Lannett Company
Annual Report 2021

Plain-text annual report

Table of Contents UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark One) ☒ ANNUAL REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 ☐ TRANSITION REPORT UNDER SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 OR For the transition period from to Commission File No. 001-31298 LANNETT COMPANY, INC. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) State of Delaware State of Incorporation 23-0787699 I.R.S. Employer I.D. No. 1150 Northbrook Drive, Suite 155 Trevose, Pennsylvania 19053 Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (215) 333-9000 (Address of principal executive offices and telephone number) Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act: Title of each class Common Stock, $0.001 par value Trading Symbol(s) LCI Name of each exchange on which registered New York Stock Exchange Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S- T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): Large accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☒ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12B-12 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ Aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, as of December 31, 2020 was $214,124,709 based on the closing price of the stock on the NYSE. As of July 31, 2021, there were 42,276,052 shares of the registrant’s common stock, $.001 par value, outstanding. Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS ITEM 2. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES ITEM 5. MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ITEM 6. [RESERVED] ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES PART I PART II PART III PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE SIGNATURES 2 4 23 38 38 38 39 41 42 59 59 59 60 60 61 66 96 99 99 100 109 Table of Contents CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. Any statements made in this Annual Report that are not statements of historical fact or that refer to estimated or anticipated future events are forward-looking statements. We have based our forward-looking statements on management’s beliefs and assumptions based on information available to them at this time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, words such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “would,” “estimate,” “continue,” or “pursue,” or the negative other variations thereof or comparable terminology, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements reflect our current perspective of our business, future performance, existing trends and information as of the date of this filing. These include, but are not limited to our beliefs about future revenue and expense levels, growth rates, prospects related to our strategic initiatives and business strategies, express or implied assumptions about government regulatory action or inaction, anticipated product approvals and launches, business initiatives and product development activities, assessments related to clinical trial results, product performance and competitive environment, anticipated financial performance. The statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. We caution the reader that certain important factors may affect our actual operating results and could cause such results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. Lannett is under no obligation to, and expressly disclaims any such obligation to, update or alter its forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise and other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control, including those resulting from such events, or the prospect of such events, such as public health issues including health epidemics or pandemics, such as the recent outbreak of the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”), whether occurring in the United States or elsewhere, which could disrupt our operations, disrupt the operations of our suppliers and business development and other strategic partners, disrupt the global financial markets or result in political or economic instability. We believe the risks and uncertainties discussed under the “Item 1A - Risk Factors” and other risks and uncertainties detailed herein and from time to time in our SEC filings may affect our actual results. We disclaim any obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. We also may make additional disclosures in our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and in other filings that we may make from time to time with the SEC. Other factors besides those listed here could also adversely affect us. 3 Table of Contents ITEM 1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS Business Overview PART I Lannett Company, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company,” “Lannett,” “we,” or “us”) was incorporated in 1942 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and reincorporated in 1991 as a Delaware corporation. We primarily develop, manufacture, market and distribute generic versions of brand pharmaceutical products. Generics represent the vast majority of U.S. prescriptions today, accounting for approximately 90% of prescriptions in the 12-month period ending June 30, 2021. We report financial information on a quarterly and fiscal year basis with the most recent being the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. All references herein to a “fiscal year” or “Fiscal” refer to the applicable fiscal year ended June 30. Over the past 18 years, the Company has grown total net sales from $12.1 million in fiscal year 2001 to $478.8 million in fiscal year 2021. The Company generates revenue through filing and receiving approvals for abbreviated new drug applications (“ANDAs”), strategic partnerships and launches of additional manufactured drugs, as well as from products acquired from Silarx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (“Silarx”) and Kremers Urban Pharmaceuticals Inc. (“KUPI”) in 2015. More recently, the Company’s revenues have grown through a renewed emphasis on new product launches, strategic portfolio management and business development. We have launched 55 products since January 2018, anchored by 24 new partner agreements, covering 33 new product launches, and complemented by 22 acquired or internally developed products. Over the last three years, new product launches have generated more than $485 million of revenues. Today, we market more than 100 products, mainly tablet, capsule or liquid oral generic medications. Examples of marketed products include generics such as Posaconazole, Fluphenazine, Levothyroxine and Sumatriptan and our NDA-based product Numbrino. Our portfolio includes medications across multiple and diverse groups of therapeutic categories. The 55 products we launched have grown our revenue base, diversified our portfolio and reduced product concentration. For the fiscal years 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Company’s top two products contributed, on average, approximately 40% of revenues. By comparison, our top two products accounted for approximately 28% and 19% of revenues for fiscal years 2020 and 2021, respectively. The Company’s pipeline includes 12 ANDAs currently pending at the FDA and more than 20 additional product candidates in various stages of development. More recent additions to our pipeline include high value, large market opportunity products that are often partnered. These higher value products generally have more technical, manufacturing, regulatory and operational complexity and require significant capital investment for specialized and dedicated manufacturing facilities and equipment, making them more durable product opportunities with fewer expected competitors. Four of the product candidates, generic Advair Diskus and generic Flovent Diskus, combination drug/devices for the treatment of asthma, and biosimilar Insulin Glargine and biosimilar Insulin Aspart for the treatment of diabetes both delivered in a device, are widely used medications that we believe represent a combined U.S. addressable market opportunity of over $13 billion in 2021, which includes the entire Insulin Glargine market. The ANDA for the generic Advair Diskus product was submitted to the FDA on April 1, 2021, and the generic Flovent Diskus product along with the Insulin Glargine and Insulin Aspart biosimilar products are all in relatively advanced stages of development. We have identified and are negotiating with current and potential partners for additional complex, large and durable market opportunity products, including other biosimilars and inhalation drug/device products. 4 Table of Contents Over the past three years, we have made cost and operational discipline, along with reducing our debt, key priorities. Since the beginning of calendar year 2018, we lowered our gross debt level by more than $320 million, which included paying off our Term A Loan in November 2020 and Term Loan B in April 2021. We have streamlined our operations by restructuring and generally exiting the pain management Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (“APIs”) business. We consolidated plants and facilities, and substantially increased production and output at our remaining manufacturing sites in Seymour, Indiana and Carmel, New York. In addition, we have reduced costs companywide; these efforts included substantial workforce reductions, a $66 million cost savings plan implemented in 2018 (approximately half of which we re- invested into the business) and another $15 million cost reduction plan implemented in July 2020. The July 2020 cost reduction plan included consolidating our Research and Development (“R&D”) function into one location, as well as other cost savings measures focused on our manufacturing base. Competitive Strengths Diversified product portfolio. We currently market over 100 products across multiple therapeutic categories. For the fiscal years 2017, 2018 and 2019, the Company’s top two products contributed, on average, approximately 40% of revenues. By comparison, our top two products accounted for approximately 28% and 19% of revenues for fiscal years 2020 and 2021, respectively. Attractive mid to longer term pipeline. We believe we have an attractive pipeline of large product opportunities that will enable us to grow revenue and profitability. For example, we filed the ANDA for generic Advair on April 1, 2021, and are on track to launch in calendar year 2022, if approved. The other dry powder inhaler we have in partnership with Respirent, generic Flovent Diskus, is currently in clinical development. Additionally, we are focused on advancing our biosimilar Insulin Glargine and biosimilar Insulin Aspart pipeline products to potentially launch in calendar years 2023 and 2024, respectively. We believe leveraging our existing relationships to collaborate on opportunities across dry powder inhalation, metered dose inhalation, and other biosimilar products will enable us to further strengthen our pipeline. Extensive experience with productive partnerships. We continue to grow, diversify and strengthen our business by entering into partnerships to distribute both externally developed products and authorized generic equivalents of brand products. We are focused on the U.S. generics market, but our partnership opportunities are global, as demonstrated by our partnerships with HEC, Respirent, Rivopharm, IBSA, Cediprof/Neolpharma and Sinotherapeutics, due to our experience, expertise and reliability in commercialization in the U.S. market. In fiscal year 2021, we successfully launched around a dozen new products, several of which are sourced from external parties, including Levothyroxine tablets and Levothyroxine capsules (Tirosint®). We believe that our success with these products, along with existing alliances, has established us as a strong development and marketing partner creating the foundation for continued productive partnership alliances in the future. Strong internal product development capabilities. We believe that our U.S.-based manufacturing expertise, low overhead expenses and skilled product development capabilities will contribute to being competitive in the generic pharmaceutical market. We intend to dedicate significant resources toward developing new products because we believe our success is linked to our ability to continually introduce new generic products into the marketplace. Strong track record of obtaining regulatory approvals for new products. During the past three fiscal years, we have received one NDA approval and 12 ANDA approvals from the FDA. Although the timing of ANDA approvals by the FDA is uncertain, we currently expect to continue to receive more during Fiscal 2022. These regulatory approvals will enable us to manufacture and supply a broader portfolio of generic pharmaceutical products. Market orientation. We believe that our success depends on our ability to properly assess the competitive market for new products, including customer interest, the number of competitors, market share opportunity and the generic unit price erosion. We look to reduce our exposure to competitive influences that may negatively affect our sales and profits, including the potential saturation of the market for certain products, by continuing to emphasize a strong product selection process with an orientation in internal development to areas where we have technological and manufacturing expertise and use external development partnerships to access other technologies and associated manufacturing capacity as well as risk sharing. 5 Table of Contents Leverage our flexibility and speed. We believe flexibility and speed in decision-making are critical success factors in the generic industry. Our mid-sized scale and relatively less complex organizational structure as a U.S. based organization results in a nimbler response to securing market opportunities. For example, Fluphenazine, a product that contributed approximately $96 million of net revenue in fiscal year 2020, was the result of the Company capitalizing on changing market opportunity and achieving significant market share and profitability for about a decade before other new manufacturers entered the market in early fiscal year 2021. Dependable U.S.-based supplier to our customers. We believe we are viewed by our customers as a strong, dependable supplier due in part to our agile and reliable operations network, as well as having a less complex manufacturing/supply chain based mostly within the U.S. We have cultivated productive customer relationships by focusing on what is important to them and their patients, along with maintaining adequate inventory levels, employing a responsive order filling system and prioritizing timely fulfillment of those orders. Unless a later delivery date is specified, a majority of our orders are filled and shipped on or the day after we receive the order. Reputation for regulatory compliance. We have a strong track record of regulatory compliance. We believe that we have effective regulatory compliance capabilities and practices due to: (1) the hiring of qualified individuals, (2) the implementation of comprehensive Standard Operating Procedures (“SOP”), (3) adherence to current Good Manufacturing Practices (“cGMP”) and (4) operating an owned manufacturing network less complex than larger firms. Our agility in responding quickly to market events and a reputation for regulatory compliance positions us to avail ourselves of market opportunities as they materialize. We continue to pursue “Quality by Design” for improving and maintaining product quality in our pharmaceutical development and manufacturing facilities, which is outlined in the Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”) report entitled, “Pharmaceutical Quality for the 21st Century: A Risk-Based Approach.” The FDA periodically inspects our operations to determine our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. During an inspection, the FDA may issue an inspection report, entitled a “Form 483,” containing potentially objectionable observations arising from an inspection. Additionally, at the close of each inspection, FDA will issue an Establishment Inspection Report (“EIR”) that details the final classification for each site, either No Action Indicated (“NAI”), Voluntary Action Indicated (“VAI”), or Official Action Indicated (“OAI”). The FDA’s observations may be minor or severe in nature and the degree of severity is generally determined by potential consequences to the consumer. By strictly complying with cGMPs and the various FDA guidelines as well as adherence to our Standard Operating Procedures, we have never received a cGMP Warning Letter in more than 70 years of business. Experienced management team. We have been focused on maintaining and augmenting the quality of our management team in anticipation of continuing growth. Our team is distinctive with regard to their generic industry tenure and extensive U.S. focus. We have hired experienced personnel from large, established, pharmaceutical companies as well as competing generic companies to complement the skills and knowledge of the existing management team. As we continue to grow, additional personnel may need to be added to our management team and we intend to hire the best people available to expand the knowledge base and expertise within our team. Business Strategies Focus on the large U.S. generic market and larger U.S. brand market opportunities We believe generics are the foundation of efficient pharmaceutical care and are estimated to be approximately 90% of all U.S. pharmaceutical prescription volume with an IQVIA value of approximately $56 billion for the 12-month period ending June 30, 2021. While that estimate likely well exceeds actual market size, Lannett’s opportunity is significant relative to Lannett’s size. Meanwhile, the brand market subject to eventual genericization exceeds $450 billion, according to IQVIA. As new branded products become off patent and existing generic product opportunities become available, we will seek to generate new business through both internal development and partnerships. 6 Table of Contents We are focused on increasing our market share in the U.S. generic pharmaceutical industry while directing additional resources on the development of new products. We look to grow revenue and profitability by expanding our line of generic products, increasing unit sales to current customers, creating manufacturing efficiencies and managing our overhead and administrative costs. Emphasis on in-line execution We have a broad portfolio of existing generics and we continually look to optimize the share and value of our existing portfolio. We look to capitalize on competitor supply disruptions, which occur frequently in the industry of both a shorter and longer duration. We seek to reduce the cost of our products through various life cycle management approaches including increasing the efficiency of our plant, and our product manufacturing yields, and lowering incipient and API costs from third-party suppliers. Strategic expansion of our product offering We have three primary strategies for expanding our product offerings: (1) entering into product development partnerships or strategic alliances with third-party product developers and formulators; (2) deploying our experienced R&D staff to develop products in-house; and (3) purchasing ANDAs or New Drug Applications (“NDA”) from other manufacturers. We expect that each strategy will facilitate our identification, selection and development of additional pharmaceutical products that we may sell to our existing network of customers. We are focused on the U.S. market, but our business development efforts are global. Our relationships with global partners and our track record of delivering regulatory and commercialization expertise to global biopharmaceutical companies is a competitive advantage and offers significant opportunities for future growth. Between January 2018 and June 2021, the number of alliances that our business development efforts have secured increased significantly and we have acquired or in- licensed over 75 ANDA products as a result of these efforts. One of our major strategic partnerships was struck in October 2019 when the Company announced it had entered into an exclusive U.S. distribution agreement for the therapeutically equivalent generic of ADVAIR DISKUS® (Fluticasone Propionate – Salmeterol Xinafoate Powder Inhaler) of Respirent Pharmaceuticals Co. Ltd. ADVAIR DISKUS had U.S. sales of $3.6 billion for the 12 months ending July 2019, according to IQVIA, although the accessible generic market is expected to be lower. We currently estimate the generic accessible market to be approximately $1 billion, annually. The Company submitted to the FDA an ANDA for the product on April 1, 2021. Under the agreement, the Company will commence U.S. distribution of the product after FDA approval. The Company will make an upfront payment, as well as future milestone payments, and receive a portion of the net profits once it commences distribution of the product. The term of the agreement is 12 years, which begins upon commencement of distribution. As an expansion in our partnership with Respirent, in August 2020, the Company announced it had entered into an exclusive U.S. distribution agreement for a second product, the therapeutically equivalent generic of Flovent® Diskus® (Fluticasone Propionate Powder Inhaler). U.S. sales of Flovent Diskus were $96 million for the 12 months ending June 2021 according to IQVIA, although actual accessible generic market values are expected to be lower. Early development of the product is underway. Subsequently, the Company announced further expansion of the relationship to target the therapeutically equivalent generic to SPIRIVA® handihaler®. U.S. sales of SPIRIVA handihaler were approximately $1.5 billion for the 12 months ending June 2021 according to IQVIA. 7 Table of Contents In 2016, the Company announced a strategic partnership with YiChang HEC ChangJiang Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd, an HEC Group company, to co-develop a biosimilar insulin glargine pharmaceutical product for the U.S. market. The product is currently in development, and a healthy human Pharmacokinetic/Pharmacodynamic modeling (“PK/PD”) clinical trial was conducted in South Africa. The study met all of its primary endpoints. Subsequently, Lannett held a Biosimilar Biological Product Development Type II meeting with the FDA. The feedback was consistent with our expectation. The Company plans to manage the clinical and regulatory steps for FDA approval and will have the exclusive U.S. marketing rights to the product. Drug substance and drug product have been produced at a newly commissioned facility and we are targeting completing an Investigational New Drug Application (“IND”) towards the end of calendar year 2021. We currently expect to file the product in early calendar year 2023 and, if approved, launch the product in the first half of calendar year 2024. In February 2021, the Company expanded its strategic relationship with HEC and added a new co-development agreement for biosimilar Insulin Aspart. In addition, we will market other generic products developed by HEC with several launches expected over the next few years. In August 2020, the Company announced it had commenced distributing Cediprof, Inc’s (“Cediprof”) Levothyroxine product under an interim exclusive supply and distribution agreement. The interim supply agreement covers the period from July 2020 through the start of the previously executed 10-year exclusive supply and distribution agreement with Cediprof to distribute Levothyroxine Sodium Tablets USP, which was entered into in July 2019 and becomes effective August 2022. The Company also entered into an exclusive U.S. distribution agreement with IBSA Institut Biochemique SA and commenced the launch of the authorized generic of Tirosint® (Levothryoxine Sodium Capsules USP) in November 2020. Levothyroxine is one of the largest volume generics sold in the United States. We have several other existing supply and development agreements with both international and domestic companies; in addition, we are currently in negotiations on similar agreements with other companies through which we can market and distribute future products. We intend to continue to capitalize on our strong customer relationships to build our market share for such products. Internal research and development is also an important prong of our growth strategy. Examples of internally developed products include Chlorpromazine and butalbital, acetaminophen and caffeine (“BAC”), and co-development projects such as Sumatriptan Nasal Spray. Opportunistically, we may increase our focus on specialty markets within the pharmaceutical industry. For example, in Fiscal 2018, the Company filed its first NDA for Numbrino (cocaine hydrochloride solution), which was approved by the FDA in January 2020. Key Products Key products were selected based on current and future sales and profitability. In aggregate, the 11 products noted below accounts for approximately 47% of Lannett sales in Fiscal 2021. While these products are our top selling products, margins may vary well above or below average margins based on changing competitive circumstances as well as product partnership royalties, where applicable. Fluphenazine Tablets Fluphenazine tablets are used for the management of manifestations of psychotic disorders. Net sales of Fluphenazine tablets represented approximately 7% of total net sales in fiscal year 2021. Posaconazole DR Tablets Posaconazole DR tablets are used to prevent fungal infections in people who have a weak immune system resulting from certain treatments or conditions. The product is the generic version of Noxafil®. Net Sales of Posaconazole DR represented approximately 12.1% of total net sales in fiscal year 2021. Verapamil SR Tablets Verapamil SR tablets are a calcium channel blocker used in the treatment of high blood pressure, arrhythmia and angina. We market the authorized generic of Verelan PM. 8 Table of Contents Methylphenidate CD Capsules Methylphenidate CD is a central nervous system (“CNS”) stimulant indicated for the treatment of Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (“ADHD”). This product is the authorized generic version of the brand Metadate CD®. Omeprazole Capsules Omeprazole is a proton pump inhibitor. The product is a generic version of the branded drug Prilosec®. It is indicated for the treatment of certain diseases of the esophagus and stomach ulcers as well as pathologic hypersecretory conditions. KUPI produces Omeprazole DR capsules in 10mg, 20mg and 40mg dosages. Pantoprazole Sodium DR Tablets Pantoprazole is a proton pump inhibitor. The product is a generic version of the branded drug Nexium®. It is indicated for the treatment of certain diseases of the esophagus and pathological hypersecretory conditions. KUPI produces Pantoprazole tablets in 20mg and 40mg dosages. Sumatriptan Nasal Spray Sumatriptan Nasal Spray is indicated for the acute treatment of migraine attacks. This product is a generic version of Imitrex® Nasal Spray. The Company distributes the 5mg and 20mg dosages. Metolazone Tablets Metolazone is a diuretic medication. It is indicated for the treatment of hypertension, alone or in combination with other anti-hypertensives. We market the authorized generic version of Zaroxolyn®. This product is currently on extended back order due to an API supply issue. Amphetamine IR Tablets Amphetamine IR Tablets are used to treat ADHD and narcolepsy. It is the generic version of Adderall. Cocaine Hydrochloride Solution In December 2017, a competitor received approval from the FDA to market and sell a Cocaine Hydrochloride topical product. This approval affects the Company’s right to market and sell its unapproved cocaine hydrochloride solution product. In March 2018, in accordance with its guidance, the FDA requested the Company to cease manufacturing and distributing its unapproved cocaine hydrochloride solution product as a result of an approved product on the market. The Company committed to not manufacture or distribute cocaine hydrochloride 10% solution, which has not been sold during Fiscal 2019, as of April 15, 2019 and agreed to cease manufacturing its unapproved cocaine hydrochloride 4% solution on June 15, 2019 and cease distributing the product on August 15, 2019. We filed a NDA for Numbrino® Nasal Solution in Fiscal 2018. We received approval in January 2020 and launched the product in March 2020. The competitor filed a series of Citizen Petitions and lawsuits beginning in 2019, first attempting to block the FDA from approving our NDA for cocaine hydrochloride solution and, following the FDA’s approval, seeking a court order requiring FDA to withdraw approval of the NDA. To date, the competitor has been unsuccessful, although litigation has not yet been concluded. Refer to Note 10 “Legal, Regulatory Matters and Contingencies” for further information regarding the pending litigation. 9 Table of Contents Levothyroxine Tablets Levothyroxine tablets is a thyroid hormone medication that is used to treat underactive thyroid (hypothyroidism) and other conditions. It is deemed bioequivalent to Levoxyl®, Synthroid®, Unithroid® and Euthyrox®. Levothyroxine Capsules Levothyroxine capsules are soft gel capsules used to treat patients with hypothyroidism and other conditions. It is the generic version of the branded drug Tirosint®. Sales & Marketing and Customers We enter into contracts with Group Purchasing Organizations (“GPOs”) to sell our products to their members who are our direct and indirect customers. The largest GPOs are ClarusOne, Red Oak Sourcing and Walgreens Boots Alliance Development. Net sales to these GPOs accounted for 73% of total net sales in fiscal year 2021 and 74% in fiscal year 2020. We sell our pharmaceutical products to generic pharmaceutical distributors, drug wholesalers, chain drug retailers, private label distributors, mail-order pharmacies, other pharmaceutical companies, managed care organizations, hospital buying groups, governmental entities and health maintenance organizations. The pharmaceutical industry’s largest wholesale distributors, Amerisource Bergen, McKesson and Cardinal Health, each associated with one of the GPOs mentioned above, accounted for 27%, 21% and 12%, respectively, of our total net sales in fiscal year 2021, 25%, 23% and 11%, respectively, of our total net sales in fiscal year 2020 and 21%, 18% and 10%, respectively, of our total net sales in fiscal year 2019. Sales to wholesale customers include “indirect sales,” which represent sales to third-party entities, such as independent pharmacies, managed care organizations, hospitals, nursing homes and group purchasing organizations, collectively referred to as “indirect customers.” We enter into definitive agreements with our indirect customers to establish pricing for certain covered products. Under such agreements, the indirect customers independently select a wholesaler from which to purchase the products at these agreed-upon prices. We will provide credit to the wholesaler for the difference between the agreed-upon price with the indirect customer and the wholesaler’s invoice price. This credit is called a “chargeback.” For more information on chargebacks, see the section entitled “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Form 10-K. These indirect sale transactions are recorded on our books as sales to wholesale customers. We promote our products through direct sales, trade shows and group purchasing organizations’ bidding processes. We also have a limited number of products that are marketed as part of our customers’ “private label” programs. Private label products are manufactured by Lannett but distributed to the customer with a label typically containing the name and logo of the customer. Private label allows us to leverage our internal sales efforts by using the sales and marketing efforts of those customers. Strong and dependable customer relationships have created a positive platform for us to increase our sales volumes. Historically and in fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019, our advertising expenses have been modest. When our sales representatives make contact with a customer, we will generally offer to supply the customer our products at fixed prices. If accepted, the customer’s purchasing department will coordinate the purchase, receipt and distribution of the products throughout its distribution centers and retail outlets. Once a customer accepts our supply of a product, the customer typically expects a high standard of service, including timely receipt of products ordered, availability of convenient, user- friendly and effective customer service functions and maintaining open lines of communication. 10 Table of Contents We believe that retail-level consumer demand dictates the total volume of sales for most of our various products. In the event that wholesale and retail customers adjust their purchasing volumes, we believe that consumer demand will be fulfilled by other wholesale or retail sources of supply. As a result, we attempt to develop and maintain strong relationships with most of the major retail chains, wholesale distributors and mail-order pharmacies in order to facilitate the supply of our products through whatever channel the consumer prefers. Although we have agreements with customers governing the transaction terms of our sales, generally there are no minimum purchase quantities applicable to these agreements. Our practice of maintaining adequate inventory levels, employing a responsive order filling system and prioritizing timely fulfillment of those orders have contributed to a strong reputation among our customers as a dependable supplier of high- quality generic pharmaceuticals. Competition The manufacturing and distribution of generic pharmaceutical products is a highly competitive industry. Competition is based primarily on a reliable supply and price. In addition to competitive pricing, our competitive advantages are our ability to provide strong and dependable customer service by maintaining adequate inventory levels, employing a responsive order filling system and prioritizing timely fulfillment of orders. We look to ensure that our products are available from national wholesale, chain drug and mail-order suppliers as well as our own warehouse. The modernization of our facilities, hiring of experienced staff and implementation of inventory and quality control programs have improved our competitive cost position. Our primary competitors across our product portfolio are Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd., Mylan N.V., and Amneal Pharmaceuticals Inc. Validated Pharmaceutical Capabilities The Company’s 432,000 square foot Seymour, Indiana facility contains approximately 107,000 square feet of manufacturing space as well as a leased 116,000 square foot temperature/humidity-controlled storage warehouse. The Seymour facility has had satisfactory inspections conducted by the FDA and EMA and similar regulatory authorities of Japan, Taiwan, Brazil, China, Korea and Turkey. As of June 30, 2021, the facility has a production capacity of approximately 4.0 billion doses based on our current product mix and plant configuration. The Company has an 110,000 square foot manufacturing facility located in Carmel, New York, which sits on 25.8 acres of land. The facility specializes in liquid products and currently houses manufacturing, packaging, quality and research and development and has capacity for additional manufacturing space, if needed. Lannett owns two facilities in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The research and development facilities are located in a 31,000 square foot facility at 9000 State Road and a second, 63,000 square foot facility that is located within one mile of the State Road facility at 9001 Torresdale Avenue, Philadelphia, PA. The latter facility contains our analytical research and development and quality control laboratories. We have adopted many systems and processes to ensure adherence to FDA requirements and we believe we are operating our facilities in substantial compliance with the FDA’s cGMP regulations. Raw Materials and Finished Goods Suppliers Our use of raw materials in the production process consists of pharmaceutical chemicals in various forms that are often available from several sources. In addition to the raw materials we purchase for the production process, we purchase certain finished dosage inventories. We sell these finished dosage form products directly to our customers along with the finished dosage form products manufactured in-house. We generally take precautionary measures to avoid a disruption in raw materials and finished goods, such as finding secondary suppliers for certain raw materials or finished goods when available and maintaining adequate inventory levels. 11 Table of Contents Over time, we have entered into supply and development agreements with Summit Bioscience LLC, Respirent Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd., HEC Pharm Group, Dexcel Pharma, Elite Pharmaceuticals, RivoPharm and various other international and domestic companies. The Company is currently in negotiations on similar agreements with other companies and is actively seeking additional strategic partnerships, through which it will market and distribute products manufactured in-house or by third parties. The Company also continues to assess product acquisitions that are a strategic fit and accretive to the business. Research and Development Process Over the past several years, we have invested in R&D projects. The costs of these R&D efforts are expensed during the periods incurred. We believe that such costs may be recovered in future years when we receive approval from the FDA to manufacture and distribute such products. We have embarked on a plan to grow in future years, which includes organic growth to be achieved through our R&D efforts. We expect that our list of generic products under development will help drive future growth. The following steps outline the numerous stages in the generic drug development process: 1.) Formulation and analytical method development. After a drug candidate is selected for future sale, product development scientists perform various experiments to incorporate excipients with the APIs to produce a robust, stable and bioequivalent dosage form that will be therapeutically equivalent to the brand name drug and meet all FDA requirements for approval. These experiments will result in the creation of a number of product formulations to determine which formula will be most suitable for our subsequent development process. Various formulations are tested in the laboratory to measure results against the innovator brand drug. During this time, we may use reverse engineering methods on samples of the innovator drug to determine the type and quantity of inactive ingredients. During the formulation phase, our R&D chemists begin to develop an analytical, laboratory testing method. The successful development of this test method will allow us to test developmental and commercial batches of the product in the future. All of the information used in the final formulation, including the analytical test methods adopted for the generic drug candidate, will be included as part of the Chemistry, Manufacturing and Controls (“CMC”) section of the ANDA submitted to the FDA. 2.) Scale-up and tech transfer. After product development, our R&D formulators and our R&D chemists agree on a final formulation for use in moving the drug candidate forward in the developmental process, we then attempt to increase the batch size of the product. The batch size represents the standard magnitude to be used in manufacturing a batch of the product. The determination of batch size affects the amount of raw material that is used in the manufacturing process and the number of expected dosages to be created during the production cycle. We attempt to determine batch size based on the amount of active ingredient in each dosage, the available production equipment and unit sales projections. The scaled-up batch is then generally produced in our commercial manufacturing facilities. During this manufacturing process, we document the equipment used, the amount of time in each major processing step and any other steps needed to consistently produce a batch of that product. 3.) Bio equivalency and clinical testing. After a successful scale-up of the generic drug batch, we schedule and perform generally required bio equivalency testing on the product and in some cases, clinical testing, if required by the FDA. These procedures, which are generally outsourced to third parties, include testing the absorption rate and extent of the generic product in the human bloodstream compared to the absorption of the innovator drug. The results of this testing are then documented and reported to us to determine the “success” of the generic drug product. Success, in this context, means that we are able to demonstrate that our product is comparable to the innovator product in dosage form, strength, route of administration, quality, performance characteristics and intended use. Bioequivalence (meaning that the product has the same blood levels and dosage form as the innovator drug) and a stable formula are the primary requirements for a generic drug approval (assuming the manufacturing plant is in compliance with the FDA’s cGMP regulations). Lengthy and costly clinical trials proving safety and efficacy, which are required by the FDA for NDAs (and may include 505(b)(2)NDAs), are typically unnecessary for generic companies. If the results are successful, we will continue the collection of information and documentation for assembly of the drug application. 12 Table of Contents 4.) Submission of the ANDA for FDA review and approval. An ANDA is a comprehensive submission that contains, among other things, data and information pertaining to the proposed labeling, active pharmaceutical ingredient, excipients, container/closure, drug product formulation, drug product testing specification, methodology and results. Bioequivalence study reports are also included in the ANDA submission. Our ANDAs and NDAs are submitted to the FDA electronically using the most current Electronic Common Technical Document standards. Lannett strives to achieve a first cycle approval for each ANDA under the Generic Drug User Fee Amendments of 2012 (“GDUFA”) review metrics. In fiscal year 2021, we launched several products from internal and external sources. The following summary contains more specific details regarding our latest product launches. Market data was obtained from IQVIA although actual generic market sizes are expected to be smaller. Product Launch 1 Mexiletine Capsules 2 Levothyroxine Tablets 3 Lidocaine 2% Solution 4 Levorphanol Tablets - 2mg 5 Cocaine HCl Nasal Solution (AG) 6 Azithromycin 7 Levothyroxine Capsules 8 Methadone Solution (Sugar Free) 30ml 9 Chlorpromazine Tablets 10 Levorphanol Tablets - 3mg 11 Venlafaxine ER Tablets - 75mg 12 Fluvastatin ER Tablets Equivalent Brand Mexitil® Synthroid®/Levoxyl® Month of Launch $ July, 2020 August, 2020 $ August, 2020 Xylocaine® Viscous Solution $ $ August, 2020 $ September, 2020 $ October, 2020 $ November, 2020 $ November, 2020 Methadose™ (Mallinkrodt) $ February, 2021 $ February, 2021 $ April, 2021 $ June, 2021 Thorazine® Levo-Dromoran® Effexor XR® Lescol XL® Levo-Dromoran® Numbrino® Zithromax® Tirosint® Total Market Size as of June 2021 ($ in millions) 15.1 806.0 17.1 24.1 36.5 83.0 122.3 0.8 101.9 3.0 9.4 8.1 We have additional products of various dosage forms currently under development. Our developmental drug products are intended to treat a diverse range of indications. The products under development are at various stages in the development cycle—formulation, scale-up, clinical testing and/or FDA review. The cost associated with each product that we are currently developing is dependent on numerous factors, including but not limited to, the complexity of the active ingredient’s chemical characteristics, the price of the raw materials and the FDA- mandated requirement of bioequivalence studies (depending on the FDA’s Product Specific Guidance). With the introduction of GDUFA and additional guidance issued by the FDA, the cost to develop a new generic product varies but can total several million dollars. In addition, we currently own several ANDAs for products that are not currently marketed and noted as Discontinued in FDA’s Orange Book. Occasionally, we review such discontinued products to determine if the market potential for any of these products has recently changed to make it attractive for us to reconsider manufacturing and selling. If we decide to commercially market one of these products, we evaluate the requirements necessary for commercial launch, including a filing strategy to properly report the relaunch to the FDA so that the product is moved to the Active section of the Orange Book. In addition to the efforts of our internal product development group, we have contracted with numerous outside firms for the formulation and development of several new generic drug products. These outsourced R&D products are at various stages in the development cycle—formulation, analytical method development and testing and manufacturing scale-up. These products include orally administered solid dosage products, injectables and nasal delivery products that are intended to treat a diverse range of medical indications. We intend to ultimately transfer the formulation technology and manufacturing process for some of these R&D products to our own commercial manufacturing sites. We initiated these outsourced R&D efforts to complement the progress of our own internal R&D efforts. 13 Table of Contents We recorded R&D expenses of $24.2 million in fiscal year 2021, $30.0 million in fiscal year 2020 and $38.3 million in fiscal year 2019. These amounts included expenses associated with bioequivalence studies, internal development resources as well as outsourced development. While we manage all R&D from our principal executive office in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, we have also been taking steps to capitalize on favorable development costs in other countries. We have strategic relationships with various companies that either act as contract research organizations or API suppliers as well as dosage form manufacturers. In addition, U.S.-based research organizations have been engaged for product development to enhance our internal development. Fixed payment arrangements are established between Lannett and these research organizations and in some cases include a royalty provision. Development payments are normally scheduled in advance, based on attaining development milestones. Human Capital Management We provide affordable medicines to improve the quality of life of our patients. It is our mission and the foundation of our Lannett Cares culture. Our mission guides the way we work and we strive to put people and patients at the forefront of what we do. We are thus committed to providing a positive, inclusive and team-oriented workplace. We encourage and promote open communication with our teams, aspire to strong social connections, and provide learning and growth opportunities to our employees. We want our people, our business and our corporate responsibility to reflect the core values of Lannett. Lannett helps bring together employees with a wide variety of backgrounds, skills and cultures. Combining such a wealth of talent and resources creates the diverse and dynamic teams that consistently drive our success. As of June 30, 2021, we have more than 810 full-time employees. Employees identifying as female represent approximately 44% of our employee population and approximately 41% of employees at the leadership level (employees at manager and above) at June 30, 2021. These ratios are consistent with approximately 45% and approximately 39% respectively as of June 30, 2020. Approximately 40% of the employees holding positions at the Vice President level and above identify as female. Employee rewards, growth and development We strive to ensure that our employees are provided equal opportunity and equal treatment. With a focus on all our employees, we offer a variety of resources and rewards to support their health and well-being and career aspirations. Lannett is committed to attracting and retaining the best talent by providing competitive benefits, supporting continued learning for employees, and encouraging employees to gain exposure across many aspects of our business. Lannett recognizes the importance, contributions and performance of its employees in pursuing, achieving and supporting the company’s business objectives. Therefore, Lannett is committed to designing and maintaining compensation policies and programs that ensure equitable job and position evaluation, and competitive and performance-based pay. We have an annual short-term incentive program for eligible employees to be rewarded, in part, based on their individual goal performance, rather than being based solely on the Company’s financial performance. Under this program, an employee’s potential bonus is a blend of corporate goals and individual goals. We are committed to remaining transparent on payout opportunities and, as part of the quarterly earnings release process, Lannett communicates progress toward our corporate goals. In addition to the annual short-term incentive opportunity, we are committed to rewarding employees for exceptional performance during the year including (1) celebrating length of service milestones, (2) granting recognition awards and (3) for eligible employees, an annual discretionary long-term incentive award. During 2020, we also awarded bonuses to certain essential employees who consistently came to work at our plants during the COVID-19 pandemic to produce the affordable medicines we make for patients. 14 Table of Contents In addition to bonus opportunities, we offer a competitive benefits package, including medical, dental, and vision care. We offer a variety of wellness programs including a personal health survey and individual health coaching, fitness challenges and incentives for incremental HSA contributions, on-site health screenings, and wellness webinars. We are also focused on supporting our employees in reaching their personal financial goals. We have a 401k defined contribution plan (the “Plan”) available for substantially all employees, which includes a matching contribution during each Plan year. Further, we offer an Employee Stock Purchase Program (“ESPP”), which allows eligible employees to purchase shares of the Company’s stock at a discount to nurture an ownership mentality in everyone who works at the Company. Additionally, in 2021, we provided access to financial wellness webinars with Morgan Stanley, which included a variety of topics including college planning, budgeting, investing and retirement. Moreover, Lannett is committed to supporting our employees in their continued learning and career development. We offer employees training for their current positions and opportunities to access learning platforms. We also provide tuition reimbursement to eligible employees for all or a portion of the costs incurred by the employee to attend educational courses related to the successful performance of their duties. Employees are encouraged to seek advancement opportunities and obtain promotions, transfers and career guidance from all levels of management within Lannett and Human Resources. Across all other aforementioned matters, we understand the importance of employee satisfaction and aim to improve the employee experience. We regularly conduct and share engagement surveys with employees to obtain feedback on various matters, including executive leadership effectiveness, communication, total rewards, and development and recognition. Various actions taken by management have been a direct result of suggestions provided as part of these surveys and follow- up focus groups. During the COVID-19 pandemic, for example, we spent time to gauge the pulse of our employees and their needs, including childcare needs, using surveys and Q&A sessions. The Company’s total employee turnover rate for fiscal year 2021, which the Company defines as the ratio of the number of separated employees during the year to the average active employees during fiscal year 2021, was approximately 37%, up from approximately 17% in fiscal year 2020. The turnover rate at our Philadelphia, PA locations was approximately 17%, up from approximately 8% in fiscal year 2020 and our Carmel, NY facility turnover rate was approximately 11%, down from approximately 18% in fiscal year 2020. Competing demands for manufacturing skills, some pandemic burnout and more job opportunities resulted in approximately 47% turnover in our Seymour, IN manufacturing site, up from 20% in fiscal year 2020. The turnover rate in Seymour, IN was much higher than our historical average. While a portion of this increase is related to the 2020 Restructuring Plan, implemented in July 2020, the Company continues to focus on employee retention by establishing a purpose-driven and inclusive culture, investing in our employees, and providing transparency and opportunities for feedback to management. Employee safety A safe, healthy and secure work environment is our top priority for all employees, contractors and visitors. Our goal is to conduct business with minimal injuries and incidents and maintain compliance with applicable rules and codes. Management, as well as the Board of Directors, regularly review and monitor metrics on our safety performance. We also use these metrics to identify hazards for correction before an incident or injury occurs. If employees have concerns regarding safety, they are expected to report the concerns to their manager, to a member of the executive team, or by contacting the Company’s anonymous whistleblower hotline. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we have continued to prioritize safety and follow local, state, federal and CDC mandates. When possible, employees have been directed to work from home throughout the duration of the pandemic. Across our work sites, we implemented enhanced cleaning and sanitizing procedures and provided additional personal hygiene supplies and personal protective equipment such as rubber gloves, N95 respirators and powered air-purifying respirator that are in line with Centers for Disease Control and Preventions (“CDC”) recommendations. We have also implemented thermal screening for employees and visitors entering our facilities. Employees are required to adhere to the CDC guidelines, social distancing and any employee experiencing any symptoms of COVID-19 is required to stay home and seek medical attention. We will continue to monitor COVID-19 protocols and the safety of our employees, contractors, and visitors as CDC recommendations evolve and restrictions are lifted or raised in our various states of operations. 15 Table of Contents Corporate social responsibility Lannett believes that it is important to invest in the communities where we live, work and operate. Every year, Lannett and its employees give time and money to registered charities, schools, service clubs and community organizations. Our Charitable Contributions Policy focuses on employee involvement and is structured to provide (1) direct cash donations, (2) monetary matching for cash or goods donated by employees, and (3) monetary matching for time volunteered by employees. Lannett and our employees have participated in various charitable events throughout fiscal year 2021, including virtual charity walks, clothing and food drives, and blood drives. In addition, we have partnered with various charitable organizations to donate excess and short-dated product that would otherwise be unused. In the last two years, Lannett and its employees have raised or donated over $0.6 million of pharmaceutical products, valued at wholesale acquisition cost, to a variety of worthy organizations, with our most recent emphasis on assisting local communities impacted by COVID-19. We believe in giving back to the people, causes and organizations that make a difference in the lives of others and that inspire our employees. Environmental Matters Lannett is committed to a more sustainable future with a reduced environmental footprint, effective use of natural resources and a multi-pronged approach to managing carbon intensity that strengthens our quality-oriented focus of providing affordable medicines to patients who depend on them. As the manufacturer of high-quality generic medicines, we are focused on developing, manufacturing and distributing safe and cost-effective medicines in the United States. Because we operate primarily in the U.S., our supply chain is more compact and resilient than many of our competitors and has a smaller corresponding carbon footprint. As a U.S.-based, publicly traded company, we are also subject to various strict U.S. compliance requirements. We follow regulations issued by the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”), Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”), and various state environmental agencies in the U.S. We have consistently had a good record of compliance with these agencies. The majority of our large competitors that manufacture and are headquartered abroad are not always subject to the same set of requirements. Our product portfolio has been migrating to lower relative volume products that, as a result of their market and production requirement, have a smaller environmental impact than higher relative volume products. We still strive to reduce the amount of natural resources consumed and minimize the amount of facility and pharmaceutical-related waste generated and disposed of in our communities. Measures include implementing projects that reduce the total amount of energy & natural resources utilized and improving manufacturing operations to improve production output per unit of resources used. In addition, we participate in a drug takeback program, which provides channels for consumers to return unused prescriptions in an effort to divert waste from landfills and water supply. The Company is currently developing our plan to address climate change and intends to issue a report during fiscal year 2022 to address our goals and metrics for the future. We expect to monitor and revise these goals and metrics as the climate change landscape evolves over time. We also intend to communicate our performance against these metrics and to be transparent with our progress in improving our environmental impact. Government Regulation Pharmaceutical manufacturers are subject to extensive regulation by the federal government, including the FDA and, in cases of controlled substance products the DEA as well as other federal regulatory bodies and state governments. The Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”), the Controlled Substance Act (the “CSA”) and other federal statutes and regulations govern or influence the testing, manufacture, safety, labeling, storage, record keeping, approval, advertising and promotion of our generic drug products. Non-compliance with applicable regulations can result in fines, product recalls and seizure of products, total or partial suspension of production, personal and/or corporate prosecution and debarment and refusal of the government to approve applications. The FDA also has the authority to revoke previously approved drug applications. 16 Table of Contents Generally, FDA approval is required before a drug can be marketed. A new drug is one not generally recognized by qualified experts as safe and effective for its intended use and is submitted to the FDA as a NDA. The FDA review process for new drugs is very extensive and requires a substantial investment to research and test the drug candidate. A less burdensome approval pathway, the ANDA, is used for generic drug products. Typically, the investment required to develop a generic drug is less costly than the new drug. Some drug products may be submitted as a 505(b)(2) NDA, allowing some of the required research and testing to be waived by relying on FDA’s previous findings of safety and efficacy and literature. For additional information on the FDA approval pathways, refer to section 505(b)(1) and 505(b)(2) of the FD&C Act for NDAs, section 505(j) for ANDAs and resources available on the FDA website, www.fda.gov. Manufacturing cGMP requirements Among the requirements for a new drug approval, facilities identified in each application that perform operations related to the drug product, including drug substance manufacturers and outside contract facilities, must conform to FDA cGMP regulations. The FDA may perform general GMP and/or pre-approval inspections to assess a company’s compliance with cGMP regulations. These inspections include reviews of procedures, operations, and data used to support the application and ongoing drug product manufacturing and testing. FDA’s cGMP regulations require, among other things, quality control and quality assurance systems as well as the corresponding records and documentation. In complying with the evolving standards set forth in the cGMP regulations, we must continue to expend time, money and effort in many areas to ensure compliance. Failure to comply with statutory and regulatory requirements subject a manufacturer to possible legal or regulatory action, including but not limited to, warning letters, consent decrees placing significant restrictions on or suspending manufacturing operations, injunctions, the seizure of non-complying drug products and/or civil and criminal penalties. Adverse experiences with the product and certain non-compliance events may need to be reported to the FDA and could result in regulatory actions such as labeling changes or FDA request for application withdrawal or product removal. Other regulatory requirements With respect to post-market product advertising and promotion, the FDA imposes a number of regulations on entities that advertise and promote pharmaceuticals, which include, among others, standards for direct-to-consumer advertising, off- label promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the internet. The FDA has very broad enforcement authority under the FDCA and failure to abide by these regulations can result in penalties, including the issuance of a warning letter directing entities to correct deviations from FDA standards, a requirement that future advertising and promotional materials be pre-cleared by the FDA and state and/or federal civil and criminal investigations and prosecutions. Some of our products require participation in Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategies (“REMS”) programs. A shared system REMS encompasses multiple prescription drug products and is developed and implemented jointly by two or more companies marketing the same products. These programs can add significant costs for the Company, depending on market share and complexity of the program. Any one or a combination of FDA regulatory or enforcement actions against the Company could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. 17 Table of Contents DEA regulation We maintain registrations and quota (limitations on purchases of controlled substances) with the DEA that enable us to receive, manufacture, store, develop, test and distribute controlled substances in connection with our operations. Controlled substances are those drugs that appear on one of five schedules promulgated and administered by the DEA under the CSA. The CSA governs, among other things, the distribution, recordkeeping, quota, handling, security and disposal of controlled substances. We are subject to periodic and ongoing inspections by the DEA and similar state drug enforcement authorities to assess our ongoing compliance with the DEA’s regulations. Any failure to comply with these regulations could lead to a variety of sanctions, including the revocation or a denial of renewal of our DEA registration or quota, injunctions, or civil or criminal penalties. We are subject to an allocation of national (aggregate) quota for several products in our portfolio. Our quota requests require DEA approval in full for us to meet our forecasted customer demands. The DEA may or may not approve our quota requests in full based on factors that we do not control. Fraud and abuse laws Because of the significant federal and state funding involved in the provision of health care services, including Medicare and Medicaid funding, Congress and state legislatures have enacted, and federal and state prosecutors actively enforce, a number of laws whose purpose is to eliminate fraud, abuse, and corruption in the health care industry. Our business is subject to compliance with these laws, including both federal and state level anti-kickback laws and statutes aimed at eliminating false or fraudulent claims for payment. In addition, we are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), which prohibits offering, promising, authorizing, or making payments to any foreign government official to obtain or retain business. Because health care systems in many countries are run and funded at least in part by the government, the FCPA applies to interactions with most healthcare professionals and procurement representatives in many countries. Other countries have enacted similar anti-bribery laws. Anti-kickback statutes One of the primary federal laws aimed at curbing fraud and abuse in the federal health care programs is the Anti-Kickback Statute (“AKS”), which prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving, or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in exchange for or to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing or arranging for a good or service, for which payment may be made under a federal health care program such as Medicare, Medicaid or TRICARE. The definition of “remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, and can take many forms besides cash or compensation, including for example gifts and entertainment, certain discounts, the furnishing of free supplies, equipment or services, credit arrangements, rebates, and waivers of payments, including copayments. For example, under the AKS, a pharmaceutical company is prohibited from offering, directly or indirectly, any remuneration to induce Medicare patients to purchase the company’s drugs or to induce physicians to prescribe the company’s drugs. Several courts have interpreted the statute’s intent requirement to mean that if any one purpose of an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals of federal health care covered business, the statute has been violated, regardless of the existence of other legitimate purposes for the remuneration. In addition, the AKS may not even require proof of a kickback recipient’s motivation for accepting an illegal payment, so long as he or she accepts the kickback knowingly and willfully. Penalties for AKS violations include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment, and possible exclusion from Medicare, Medicaid, and other federal health care programs. In addition, claims for services or goods resulting from kickback arrangements are “false claims” within the meaning of the federal False Claims Act, discussed in more detail below. 18 Table of Contents The AKS is broad and prohibits many arrangements and practices that are lawful in businesses outside of the health care industry. Recognizing that the AKS is broad and may technically prohibit many innocuous or beneficial arrangements, Congress incorporated several statutory exceptions into the AKS’s framework, which protect certain types of business arrangements. Congress also authorized the Office of Inspector General of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“OIG”) to issue a series of “regulatory safe harbors.” The "safe harbor" regulations describe various payment and business practices that, although they potentially implicate the AKS, are not treated as offenses under the statute. Both the statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors set forth requirements that, if met, assure health care providers and other parties to the arrangement that they will not be prosecuted under the AKS. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit precisely within one or more safe harbors does not necessarily mean that it is illegal. However, conduct and business arrangements that do not fully satisfy each applicable safe harbor may result in increased scrutiny by government enforcement authorities such as OIG. Many states have adopted laws similar to the AKS. Some of these state prohibitions apply to referrals of patients for health care items or services reimbursed by any source, including commercial payers and private pay patients. The federal government is aggressive and particularly active in pursuing suspected violations of the AKS against companies and certain sales, marketing, and executive personnel, for allegedly offering unlawful inducements to potential or existing customers in an attempt to procure their business (i.e. to promote drug sales). Additionally, a number of courts have ruled that a transaction that violates the AKS is unenforceable as against public policy. In addition to applying federal and state anti-kickback statutes in enforcement actions involving the marketing of healthcare services and products, the federal government and various states also have enacted laws specifically regulating the sales and marketing practices of pharmaceutical companies. These laws and regulations may limit financial interactions between manufacturers and health care providers, require disclosure to the federal or state government and the public of such interactions (e.g. federal and state “Sunshine” laws), or require the adoption of compliance standards or programs. Many of these laws and regulations contain ambiguous requirements or require administrative guidance for implementation and, given the lack of clarity, our activities could be subject to the penalties under the pertinent laws and regulations. False claims act statutes The federal False Claims Act (“FCA”) imposes liability on any person or entity who, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal health care program. The Qui Tam provisions of the FCA allow private individuals with evidence of fraud to file suits on behalf of the federal government and to share in any monetary recovery. In recent years, the number of suits brought against health care providers by private individuals has increased dramatically, and in Fiscal 2020, the federal government recovered more than $1.8 billion in judgements and settlements related to FCA violations in the health care industry. In addition to the FCA, various states have enacted false claims laws analogous to the FCA, which similarly enable private individuals to bring claims on behalf of a state or local government that has been defrauded. Because the Medicaid program is jointly funded by the federal government and the states, for example, qui tam plaintiffs frequently pursue both federal and state law claims. 19 Table of Contents When an entity is determined to have violated the FCA, it may be required to pay up to three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus civil penalties in excess of $23,000 per claim, as adjusted annually. Liability arises, primarily, when an entity knowingly submits or causes another to submit a false or fraudulent claim for payment to the federal government. The definition of a “false” claim is broad: In addition to actual or objective falsity, a claim may be considered “false” for purposes of liability under the FCA based on an express or implied certification that the person or company who submitted the claim is in compliance with all applicable statutes, regulations, or government contract provisions. For example, the federal government has used the FCA to assert liability on the basis of inadequate care, kickbacks, and other improper referrals; improper use of Medicare numbers by the provider of services; as well as allegations regarding misrepresentations with respect to the services rendered. In addition, the federal government has prosecuted companies under the FCA in connection with off-label promotion of products (because government health programs ordinarily do not cover “off-label” uses of medications). Our future activities relating to the reporting of wholesale or estimated retail prices of our products, the reporting of discount and rebate information and other information affecting federal, state, and third-party reimbursement of our products, and the sale and marketing of our products may be subject to scrutiny under these laws. We are unable to predict whether we will be subject to actions under the FCA or a similar state law, or the impact of such actions. However, the costs of defending such claims, as well as any sanctions imposed, could significantly affect our financial performance. Foreign corrupt practices act The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, (the “FCPA”) and similar anti-bribery laws in other jurisdictions generally prohibit certain persons and entities, and their intermediaries, from making payments to foreign government officials to obtain or retain business. In recent years, for example, pharmaceutical, medical device, and other health care companies have resolved FCPA allegations of bribing government procurement officials to win tenders and/or bribing public health care providers to prescribe products. If we are found to be liable for FCPA or other violations, we could suffer from civil and criminal penalties or other sanctions, including contract cancellations or debarment, and loss of our reputation, any of which could have a significant impact on our business, financial condition, and operations. HIPAA and other fraud and privacy regulations The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) created two new federal crimes: health care fraud and false statements relating to health care matters. The HIPAA health care fraud statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payment programs. HIPAA’s extensive privacy and security regulations impose significant regulatory requirements on covered entities to acquire and implement information systems and to adopt business procedures and security measures designed to protect the privacy and security of patients’ protected health information. These particular HIPAA requirements have had a significant financial impact on many sectors of the health care industry because they impose extensive new requirements and restrictions on the use and disclosure of identifiable patient information, and the financial consequences of a data breach or unauthorized disclosure of patients’ protected health information, including data breaches caused by malicious third parties and inadvertent disclosures, can result in substantial civil fines, penalties and lawsuits, negative publicity, and costly remediation efforts imposed by the Office for Civil Rights of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. The HIPAA false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious, or fraudulent statement or representation in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items, or services. A violation of this statute is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment and/or exclusion from government-sponsored programs. Pricing In the United States, our sales are dependent upon the availability of coverage and reimbursement for our products from third-party payors, including federal and state programs such as Medicare and Medicaid and private organizations such as commercial health insurance and managed care companies. Such third-party payors challenge the price of medical products and services and continue to institute cost containment measures to control or significantly influence the purchase of medical products and services. 20 Table of Contents Over the past several years, the rising costs of providing health care services has triggered legislation to make certain changes to the way in which pharmaceuticals are covered and reimbursed, particularly by government programs. For instance, federal legislation and regulations have created a voluntary prescription drug benefit, Medicare Part D, which revised the formula used to reimburse health care providers and physicians under Medicare Part B and imposed significant revisions to the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program. These changes have resulted in and may continue to result in, coverage and reimbursement restrictions and increased rebate obligations by manufacturers. In addition, there continues to be legislative and regulatory proposals at the federal and state levels directed at containing or lowering the cost of health care. Examples of how limits on drug coverage and reimbursement in the United States may cause reduced payments for drugs in the future include: ● changing Medicare reimbursement methodologies; ● revising drug rebate calculations under the Medicaid program; ● reforming drug importation laws; ● fluctuating decisions on which drugs to include in formularies; and ● requiring pre-approval of coverage for new or innovative drug therapies. Also, over the last few years, several states have passed legislation or have proposed legislation that have imposed price reporting requirements for both generic and brand pharmaceutical products and that include price transparency, price increase notification and supplement rebate requirements. We cannot predict the likelihood or pace of such additional changes or whether there will be significant legislative or regulatory reform impacting our products, nor can we predict with precision what effect such governmental measures would have if they were ultimately enacted into law. However, in general, we believe that legislative and regulatory reform activity likely will continue. Current or future federal or state laws and regulations may influence the prices of drugs and, therefore, could adversely affect the prices that we receive for our products. Programs in existence in certain states seek to set prices of all drugs sold within those states through the regulation and administration of the sale of prescription drugs. Expansion of these programs, in particular, state Medicaid programs, or changes required in the way in which Medicaid rebates are calculated under such programs, could adversely affect the price we receive for our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, generic pharmaceutical drug prices have been the focus of increased scrutiny by certain states’ attorneys general, the U.S. Department of Justice and Congress. Decreases in health care reimbursements or prices of our prescription drugs could limit our ability to sell our products or could decrease our revenues, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. The Company believes that under the current regulatory environment, the generic pharmaceutical industry as a whole will be the target of increased governmental scrutiny, especially with respect to state and federal anti-trust and price-fixing claims. See Note 10 “Legal, Regulatory Matters and Contingencies” for a description of current state and federal anti-trust and price-fixing claims. 21 Table of Contents Other applicable laws We are also subject to federal, state and local laws of general applicability, including laws regulating working conditions and the storage, transportation, or discharge of items that may be considered hazardous substances, hazardous waste, or environmental contaminants. We monitor our compliance with laws and we believe we are in substantial compliance with all regulatory bodies. As a publicly-traded company, we are also subject to significant regulations and laws, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Since its enactment, we have developed and instituted a corporate compliance program based on what we believe are the current best practices and we continue to update the program in response to newly implemented or changing regulatory requirements. Employees As of June 30, 2021, we had 812 full-time employees. Securities and Exchange Act Reports We maintain a website at www.lannett.com. We make available on or through our website our current and periodic reports, including any amendments to those reports, that are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These reports include Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K. This information is available on our website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file the information with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The contents of our website are not incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K and shall not be deemed “filed” under the Exchange Act. 22 Table of Contents ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS Operational and Industry-specific Risks The generic pharmaceutical industry is highly competitive. We face strong competition in our generic product business. Revenues and gross profit derived from the sales of generic pharmaceutical products tend to follow a pattern based on certain regulatory and competitive factors. For example, as a result of new competitors entering the market, sales of Fluphenazine and Posaconazole, two of our top products, decreased during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. Typically, as patents for brand-name products and related exclusivity periods expire or fall under patent challenges, the first generic manufacturer to receive regulatory approval for generic equivalents of such products is generally able to achieve significant market penetration. As competing off-patent manufacturers receive regulatory approvals on similar products or as brand manufacturers launch generic versions of such products (for which no separate regulatory approval is required), market share, revenues and gross profit typically decline, in some cases dramatically. Accordingly, the level of market share, revenue and gross profit attributable to a particular generic product is normally related to the number of competitors in that product’s market and the timing of that product’s regulatory approval and launch, in relation to competing approvals and launches. Consequently, we must continue to develop and introduce new products in a timely and cost-effective manner to maintain our revenues and gross margins. If we are unable to successfully develop or commercialize new products on a timely basis, our revenues, gross margins and operating results will suffer. Our future results of operations will depend to a significant extent upon our ability to successfully commercialize new generic products in a timely manner. There are numerous difficulties in developing and commercializing new products, including developing, testing and manufacturing products in compliance with regulatory standards in a timely manner; receiving requisite regulatory approvals for such products in a timely manner; the availability, on commercially reasonable terms, of raw materials, including active pharmaceutical ingredients (“APIs”) and other key ingredients; developing and commercializing a new product is time consuming, costly and subject to numerous factors that may delay or prevent the successful commercialization of new products; and commercializing generic products may be substantially delayed by unexpired patents covering the brand drug. As a result of these and other difficulties, products currently in development by Lannett may or may not receive the regulatory approvals necessary for marketing. If any of our products, when developed and approved, cannot be successfully or timely commercialized, our revenue, gross margins and operating results could be adversely affected. We cannot guarantee that any investment we make in developing products will be recouped, even if we are successful in commercializing those products. We have and will continue to enter into strategic alliances and collaborations with third parties, including companies based outside of the U.S., for the commercialization of some of our drug candidates. If those collaborations are not successful, we may not be able to capitalize on the market potential of these drug candidates. We previously have and will continue in the future to seek third-party collaborators for the commercialization of some of our drug candidates on a selected basis, which adds a level of complexity to our supply network. If we do enter into any such arrangements with any third parties, we will likely have limited control over the amount and timing of resources that our collaborators dedicate to the development of our drug candidates. Our ability to generate revenues from these arrangements will depend on our collaborators’ abilities and efforts to successfully perform the functions assigned to them in these arrangements. Many risks associated with relying on third-party collaborators for developing new products are beyond our control. For example, some of our collaboration partners may decide to make substantial changes to a product’s formulation or design, may experience supply interruptions or financial difficulties or may have limited financial resources. Any of the foregoing may delay the development of new products or interrupt their market supply. In addition, if a third- party collaborator on a new product terminates our collaboration agreement or does not perform under the agreement, we may experience delays and additional costs in developing or replacing that product. 23 Table of Contents In addition, Lannett has multiple collaborations with partners outside of the U.S. and is subject to certain risks associated with having partners’ operations located in foreign jurisdictions. It is difficult to predict the impact of geopolitical risks or other factors that may interrupt supply, regulatory approval and new product launches. Disruptions in our partners’ operations or any deterioration in the geopolitical environment as a result of the above risks or otherwise could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The development, approval process, manufacture and commercialization of biosimilar products involve unique challenges and uncertainties, and our failure to successfully introduce biosimilar products could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. We and our partners and suppliers are actively working to develop and commercialize biosimilar products, including biosimilar Insulin Glargine and biosimilar Insulin Aspart. Although the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act (“BPCIA”) established a framework for the review and approval of biosimilar products and the FDA has begun to review and approve biosimilar product applications, there continues to be uncertainty regarding the regulatory pathway in the U.S., with the FDA continuing to issue and revise guidance related to its interpretation and implementation of the BPCIA. If we are unable to obtain FDA or other non-U.S. regulatory authority approval for our products, we will be unable to market them. Access to and the supply of necessary biological materials may be limited, and government regulations restrict access to and regulate the transport and use of such materials. Even if our biosimilar products are approved for marketing, the products may not be commercially successful, may require more time than expected to achieve market acceptance, and may not generate profits in amounts that are sufficient to offset the amount invested to obtain such approvals. Market success of biosimilar products will depend on demonstrating to regulators, patients, physicians and payors (such as insurance companies) that such products are safe and effective and yet offer a more competitive price or other benefit over existing therapies. In addition, manufacturers of biologic products may try to dissuade physicians from prescribing or accepting biosimilar products. If our development efforts do not result in the development and timely approval of biosimilar products or if such products, once developed and approved, are not commercially successful, or if any of the above risks occur, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected. If we are unable to obtain sufficient supplies from key suppliers that in some cases may be the only source of finished products or raw materials, our ability to deliver our products to the market may be impeded. We are required to identify the supplier(s) of all the raw materials for our products in our applications with the FDA. To the extent practicable, we attempt to identify more than one supplier in each drug application. However, some products and raw materials are available only from a single source and, in some of our drug applications, only one supplier of products and raw materials has been identified, even in instances where multiple sources exist. To the extent any difficulties experienced by our suppliers cannot be resolved within a reasonable time and at reasonable cost, or if raw materials for a particular product become unavailable from an approved supplier and we are required to qualify a new supplier with the FDA, our profit margins and market share for the affected product could decrease and our development and sales and marketing efforts could be delayed. Our policies regarding returns, allowances and chargebacks and marketing programs adopted by wholesalers may reduce our revenues in future fiscal periods. Consistent with industry practice, the Company establishes provisions for chargebacks, rebates, returns and other adjustments to gross sales. The provisions are primarily estimated based on historical experience, future expectations, contractual arrangements with wholesalers and indirect customers and other factors known to management at the time of accrual. However, we cannot ensure that our reserves are adequate or that actual product returns, allowances and chargebacks will not exceed our estimates. Health care initiatives and other third-party payor cost-containment pressures have and could continue to cause us to sell our products at lower prices, resulting in decreased revenues. Some of our products are purchased or reimbursed by state and federal government authorities, private health insurers and other organizations, such as health maintenance organizations, or HMOs, and managed care organizations, or MCOs. Third-party payors increasingly challenge pharmaceutical product pricing. There also continues to be a trend toward managed health care in the United States. Pricing pressures by third-party payors and the growth of organizations such as HMOs and MCOs could result in lower prices and a reduction in demand for our products. 24 Table of Contents One such governmental program, known as the 340B Program, requires pharmaceutical manufacturers to enter into an agreement, called a pharmaceutical pricing agreement (“PPA”), with the Secretary of Health and Human Services. Under the PPA, the manufacturer agrees to provide front-end discounts on covered outpatient drugs purchased by specified providers, called “covered entities,” that serve the nation’s most vulnerable patient populations. Outpatient prescription drugs, over the counter drugs (accompanied by a prescription), and clinic-administered drugs within eligible facilities are covered. In addition, legislative and regulatory proposals and enactments to reform health care and government insurance programs could significantly influence the manner in which pharmaceutical products and medical devices are prescribed and purchased. We expect there will continue to be federal and state laws and/or regulations, proposed and implemented, that could limit the amounts that federal and state governments will pay for health care products and services. The extent to which future legislation or regulations, if any, relating to the health care industry or third-party coverage and reimbursement may be enacted or what effect such legislation or regulation would have on our business remains uncertain. Since its enactment, there have been numerous judicial, administrative, executive, and legislative challenges to certain aspects of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“ACA”), and we expect there will be additional challenges and amendments to the ACA in the future. For example, various portions of the ACA are currently undergoing legal and constitutional challenges in the United States Supreme Court. Additionally, the Trump administration issued various Executive Orders which eliminated cost sharing subsidies and various provisions that would impose a fiscal burden on states or a cost, fee, tax, penalty or regulatory burden on individuals, healthcare providers, health insurers, or manufacturers of pharmaceuticals or medical devices. Finally, Congress has introduced several pieces of legislation aimed at significantly revising or repealing the ACA. Although a number of these and other proposed measures may require authorization through additional legislation to become effective, and the Biden administration may reverse or otherwise change these measures, Congress has indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative measures to control drug costs. It is unclear whether the ACA will be overturned, repealed, replaced, or further amended, although the Biden administration has signaled that it plans to build on the ACA and expand the number of people who are eligible for subsidies under it. It is unknown what form any such changes or any law proposed to replace the ACA would take, and how or whether it may affect our business in the future. We expect that changes to the ACA, the Medicare and Medicaid programs, changes allowing the federal government to directly negotiate drug prices and changes stemming from other healthcare reform measures, especially with regard to healthcare access, financing or other legislation in individual states, could have a material adverse effect on the healthcare industry and on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and/or our stock price operations. Sales of our products may continue to be adversely affected by the continuing consolidation of our distribution network and the concentration of our customer base. Our principal customers are wholesale drug distributors, major retail drug store chains and mail order pharmacies. These customers comprise a significant part of the distribution network for pharmaceutical products in the U.S. This distribution network has undergone significant consolidation marked by mergers and acquisitions among wholesale distributors and the growth of large retail drug store chains. As a result, a small number of large wholesale distributors control a significant share of the market and the number of independent drug stores and small drug store chains has decreased. We expect that consolidation of drug wholesalers and retailers will increase pricing and other competitive pressures on drug manufacturers, including Lannett. Our net sales may also be affected by fluctuations in the buying patterns of retail chains, mail order distributors, wholesalers and other trade buyers, whether resulting from pricing, wholesaler buying decisions or other factors. Our three largest customers accounted for 27%, 21% and 12%, respectively, of our total net sales for Fiscal 2021 and 25%, 23% and 11%, respectively, of our total net sales for Fiscal 2020. The loss of any of these customers, any financial difficulties experienced by any of these customers or any delay in receiving payments from such customers could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and our cash flows. In addition, the Company generally does not enter into long-term supply agreements with its customers that would require them to purchase our products. 25 Table of Contents We expend a significant amount of resources on research and development efforts that may not lead to successful product introductions. We conduct R&D primarily to enable us to gain approval for, manufacture, and market pharmaceuticals in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. We also partner with third parties to develop products. We cannot be certain that any investment made in developing products will be recovered, even if we are successful in commercialization. To the extent that we expend significant resources on R&D efforts and are not able, ultimately, to introduce successful new and/or complex products as a result of those efforts, there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and/or the price of our common stock. Risks Related to our Indebtedness Our substantial indebtedness may adversely affect our financial health. We have substantial indebtedness. As of June 30, 2021, we had total indebtedness of $635.6 million, including $350.0 million of 7.75% senior secured notes (the “Notes”), the $190.0 million Second Lien Secured Loan Facility (the “Second Lien Facility”) and $86.3 million aggregate principal amount of 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes (the “Convertible Notes”). We also have availability of $45.0 million under the Amended ABL Credit Facility. Our substantial indebtedness may have important consequences for us. For example, it may make it more difficult for us to make payments on our indebtedness; increase our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions, including recessions and periods of significant inflation and financial market volatility; expose us to the risk of increased interest rates because any borrowings we make under the Amended ABL Credit Facility will bear interest at variable rates; require us to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other expenses; limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate; increase our cost of future borrowing; place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors that have less indebtedness; and limit our ability to borrow additional funds that may be needed to operate and expand our business. The agreements and instruments governing our debt, contain restrictions and limitations that could significantly impact our ability to operate our business. The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in the agreements and instruments that govern our indebtedness restrict, and future debt instruments may restrict, subject to certain important exceptions and qualifications, our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things, incur or guarantee indebtedness; grant or permit liens on our assets; pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of our capital stock; make investments or acquisitions; prepay, repurchase or redeem certain other indebtedness; sell or otherwise transfer assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries; merge, consolidate or transfer all or substantially all of our assets; enter into transactions with our affiliates; grant or permit dividend or other payment restrictions affecting certain of our subsidiaries; and change the business we conduct or enter into new lines of business. In addition, the Amended ABL Credit Facility includes a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of no less than 1.10 to 1.00, which is tested only when excess availability is less than 15.0% of the lesser of (A) the borrowing base and (B) the then effective commitments under the Amended ABL Credit Facility for three consecutive business days, and continuing until the first day immediately succeeding the last day of 30 consecutive days on which Excess Availability is in excess of such threshold, and the Second Lien Credit Facility requires us to maintain at least $5.0 million in a deposit account subject at all times to control by the collateral agent for the Second Lien Lenders, and minimum liquidity of $15 million as of the last day of each month. These covenants could adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs, withstand a future downturn in our business or the economy in general, engage in business activities, including future opportunities that may be in our interest, and plan for or react to market conditions or otherwise execute our business strategies. Our ability to comply with these covenants may be affected by events beyond our control. A breach of any of these covenants could result in a default in respect of the related indebtedness. If a default occurs, the relevant lenders or holders of such indebtedness could elect to declare the indebtedness, together with accrued interest and other fees, to be immediately due and payable and proceed against any collateral securing that indebtedness. Acceleration of our other indebtedness could result in a default under the terms of the agreements that govern the Amended ABL Credit Facility and the Second Lien Credit Facility or the indentures governing the 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes and the Senior Notes. There is no guarantee that we would be able to satisfy our obligations if any of our indebtedness is accelerated. 26 Table of Contents In addition, the limitations that are imposed in the agreements that govern the Amended ABL Credit Facility and the Second Lien Credit Facility on our ability to incur certain additional debt and to take other corporate actions might significantly impair our ability to obtain other financing. If, for any reason, we are unable to comply with the restrictions in the agreements that govern the Amended ABL Credit Facility and the Second Lien Credit Facility, we may not be granted waivers or amendments to such restrictions or we may not be able to refinance our debt on terms acceptable to us, or at all. The lenders under the Amended ABL Credit Facility also have the right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments they have to provide further borrowings. If we were unable to pay such amounts, the lenders under the Amended ABL Credit Facility and the Second Lien Credit Facility could recover amounts owed to them by foreclosing against the collateral pledged to them. Due to many factors beyond our control, we may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and meet our other ongoing liquidity needs and we may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our debt agreements, which may not be successful. Our ability to make payments on, and to refinance, our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. This is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, and we may not have available to us future borrowings in an amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness or to fund our other liquidity needs. In these circumstances, we may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness or obtain additional financing will depend on, among other things our financial condition at the time; restrictions in the agreements governing our indebtedness, and the condition of the financial markets and the industry in which we operate. As a result, we may not be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. In such a case, we could be forced to sell assets, reduce or delay capital expenditures or issue equity securities to make up for any shortfall in our payment obligations under unfavorable circumstances. The terms of the indentures that govern the 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes and the Senior Notes and the agreements that govern the Amended ABL Credit Facility and the Second Lien Credit Facility limit our ability to sell assets. In addition, we may not be able to sell assets quickly enough or for sufficient amounts to enable us to meet our obligations. Any failure to make scheduled payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness when due would permit the holders of such indebtedness to declare an event of default and accelerate the indebtedness, which in turn could lead to cross defaults under the instruments governing our other indebtedness. This could result in the lenders under the agreement that governs the Amended ABL Credit Facility terminating their commitments to lend us money and could result in the lenders under the agreement that governs the Amended ABL Credit Facility and the Second Lien Credit Facility foreclosing against the assets securing such facilities, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or other insolvency proceedings. In addition, any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a timely basis would likely result in a reduction of our credit rating, which could harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness on acceptable terms. Risks Related to our Financial Condition and Results Our gross profit may fluctuate from period to period depending upon our product sales mix, our product pricing and our costs to manufacture or purchase products. Our future results of operations, financial condition and cash flows depend to a significant extent upon our product sales mix. Sales of certain products that we manufacture tend to create higher gross margins than the products we purchase and resell. As a result, our sales mix will significantly impact our gross profit from period to period. Factors that may cause our sales mix to vary include the number of new product introductions; marketing exclusivity, if any, which may be obtained on certain new products; the level of competition in the marketplace for certain products; the availability of raw materials and finished products from our suppliers; and the scope and outcome of governmental regulatory action that may involve us. The Company is continuously seeking to keep product costs low, however there can be no guarantee that gross profit percentages will stay consistent in future periods. Pricing pressure from competitors, changes in product mix and the costs of producing or purchasing new drugs may also fluctuate in future periods. 27 Table of Contents A relatively small group of products may represent a significant portion of our revenues, gross profit, or net earnings from time to time. Sales of a limited number of our products from time to time represent a significant portion of our revenues, gross profit and net earnings. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, our top five products in terms of sales, in the aggregate, represented approximately 36%, 45% and 52%, respectively, of our total net sales. If the volume or pricing of our largest selling products decline in the future (including with respect to Fluphenazine and Posaconazole, two products for which net sales decreased during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 due to lower sales prices driven by new competitors entering the market), our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and/or share price could be materially adversely affected. See “Description of Business” below for more information on our top products. If our intangible assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant charge to earnings. Under U.S. GAAP, we review our intangible assets for impairment if a triggering event occurs, which would indicate a potential change in market conditions or future outlook of value. We may be required to record additional significant charges to earnings in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our intangible assets is determined, resulting in a negative effect on our results of operations. Changes in market conditions or other changes in the future outlook of value may lead to further impairments in the future. In addition, we continue to review the potential divestment of certain assets as part of our future plans, which may lead to additional impairments. Future events or decisions may lead to asset impairments and/or related charges. For assets that are not impaired, we may adjust the remaining useful lives. Certain non-cash impairments may result from a change in our strategic goals, business direction or other factors relating to the overall business environment. Any significant impairment could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We may incur additional tax liabilities related to our operations. We are subject to income tax in the United States. We record liabilities for uncertain tax positions that involve significant management judgment as to the application of law. Our effective tax rate may also be adversely affected by numerous other factors, including changes in tax laws and regulations, and tax effects of the accounting for stock-based compensation (which depend in part on the price of our stock and, therefore, are beyond our control). Due to the results of the recent U.S. Presidential and Congressional elections, the potential for U.S. tax law changes exists, including as a result of proposals to increase the income tax rate. Increases to the income tax rate or other changes to the tax law could materially impact our tax provision, cash tax liability, and effective tax rate. The pressure to generate tax revenue to offset economic relief measures due to the COVID-19 pandemic could increase the likelihood of adverse tax law changes being enacted. If changes in U.S. federal and applicable state income tax laws increase our U.S. federal or state income tax liability, we will be obligated to pay such increased U.S. federal and state income tax liability which would reduce our cash available for business operations. Changes to or the imposition of new U.S. federal, state, or local taxes could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition. Our tax returns and positions are subject to review and audit by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities, and any adverse outcomes resulting from any examination of our tax returns could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition. The positions taken in our U.S. federal, state and local income tax return filings require significant judgments and the interpretation and application of complex tax laws. Our income tax returns are subject to examination by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service and other tax authorities. While we believe our tax return positions are proper and supportable, certain positions could be successfully challenged. An unfavorable outcome of any current or future tax audit could result in our need to utilize available cash to satisfy such tax liabilities and any interest or penalties thereon rather than for our business operations. As a result, the occurrence of an unfavorable outcome with respect to any future tax audit could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity and financial condition. 28 Table of Contents Legal and Regulatory Risks Governmental investigations into sales and marketing practices in the generic pharmaceutical industry and claims by private parties relating to such investigations may result in substantial penalties or settlements. There has been increased press coverage and increased scrutiny from regulatory and enforcement agencies and legislative bodies with respect to matters relating to the pricing of generic pharmaceuticals, including publicity and pressure resulting from prices charged by our competitors. We have experienced and may continue to experience downward pricing pressure on the price of our products due to competitive pressure to lower the cost of drugs to the ultimate consumer, which could reduce our revenue and future profitability. This increased press coverage and public scrutiny have resulted in, and may continue to result in, investigations, and calls for investigations, by governmental agencies at both the federal and state level and have resulted in, and may continue to result in, claims brought against us by private parties or by regulators taking other measures that could have a negative effect on our business. For a description of current, federal, and state investigations and claims by private parties, see Note 10 “Legal, Regulatory Matters and Contingencies.” Additional actions are possible. Responding to such investigations and claims is costly and involves a significant diversion of management attention. Such proceedings are unpredictable and may develop over lengthy periods of time. Future settlements may involve large monetary penalties. It is not possible at this time to predict the ultimate outcome of any such investigations or claims or what other investigations or lawsuits or regulatory responses may result from such assertions, or their impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and/or our stock price. Any such investigation or claim could also result in reputational harm and reduced market acceptance and demand for our products, could harm our ability to market our products in the future, could cause us to incur significant expense, could cause our senior management to be distracted from execution of our business strategy, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. Accompanying the press and media coverage of pharmaceutical pricing practices and public complaints about the same, there has been increasing U.S. federal and state legislative and enforcement interest with respect to drug pricing. In recent years, both the U.S. House of Representatives and the U.S. Senate have conducted numerous hearings with respect to pharmaceutical drug pricing practices, including in connection with the investigation of specific price increases by pharmaceutical companies, designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient support programs, reduce the costs of drugs under Medicare and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. Any proposed measures will require authorization through additional legislation to become effective, and it is uncertain whether Congress or the Biden administration will seek new legislative and/or administrative measures to control drug costs. The Biden administration has indicated that lowering drug prices continues to be a legislative and political priority. Further, it is possible that additional governmental action is taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition to the effects of any investigations or claims brought against us described above, our revenue and future profitability could also be negatively affected if any such inquiries, of us or of other pharmaceutical companies or the industry more generally, were to result in legislative or regulatory proposals that limit our ability to increase the prices of our products. Any of the events or developments described above could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations, as well as on our reputation. The recent enactment of State laws affecting the pricing of our products could have the effect of reducing our profitability. Since 2016, several state legislatures have enacted laws regulating the pricing of various types of pharmaceutical products, including generic pharmaceutical products. These laws vary in applicability and scope, and generally require manufacturers to notify various state agencies of price increases over a given threshold for a given period of time and to include a justification for any price increases. At least one state law (subsequently struck down by the court) authorized the state attorney general to seek civil penalties and disgorgement in the event a price increase is deemed unconscionable. To the extent these laws apply to our products, they could limit the prices which the company may charge for its products and reduce the company’s profitability and could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects. 29 Table of Contents Extensive industry regulation has had and will continue to have, a significant impact on our business in the area of cost of goods, especially our product development, manufacturing and distribution capabilities. All pharmaceutical companies, including Lannett, are subject to extensive, complex, costly and evolving regulation by the federal government, including the FDA and, in the case of controlled drugs, the DEA and state government agencies. The Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”), the Controlled Substance Act (the “CSA”) and other federal statutes, regulations and guidance govern or influence the development, testing, manufacturing, packing, labeling, storing, record keeping, safety, approval, advertising, promotion, sale and distribution of our products. The process for obtaining governmental approval to manufacture and market pharmaceutical products is rigorous, time- consuming and costly and we cannot predict the extent to which we may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. We are dependent on receiving FDA and other governmental or third-party approvals prior to manufacturing, marketing and shipping our products. The FDA approval process for a particular product candidate can take several years and requires us to dedicate substantial resources to complete all activities necessary to secure approvals and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates in a timely manner, or at all. In order to obtain approval of Abbreviated New Drug Applications (“ANDAs”) for our generic product candidates, we must demonstrate that our drug product is therapeutically equivalent and bioequivalent to a drug previously approved by the FDA through the drug approval process, known as the reference listed drug (“RLD”) or reference standard drug (“RS”). Bioequivalence may be demonstrated in vivo or in vitro by comparing the generic product candidate to the innovator drug product. Approval of our drug products that vary in certain ways from a brand name version of that drug may require a different FDA review process and application known as a 505(b)(2) NDA. Such 5050(b)(2) applications may require costly human clinical studies which may extend the time for approval of such drug product. Moreover, the FDA may request additional information and studies to support approval of an application, which could delay approval of the product and impair our ability to compete with other versions of the generic drug product. Consequently, there is always the chance that we will not obtain FDA or other necessary approvals, or that the rate, timing and cost of such approvals will adversely affect our product introduction plans or results of operations. We carry inventories of certain products in anticipation of launch and if such products are not subsequently launched, we may be required to write-off the related inventory. Furthermore, the FDA also has the authority to withdraw drug approvals previously granted after a hearing and require a firm to remove these products from the market for a variety of reasons, including a failure to comply with applicable regulations or the discovery of previously unknown safety problems with the product. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action. For example, the new presidential administration, sworn in January 2021, may impact our business and industry. The policies and priorities of the new administration are unknown and could materially impact the regulations governing our product candidates. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may be subject to enforcement action and there could be a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and/or the price of our common stock. In addition, facilities used to manufacture and/or test materials and drug products we market are subject to periodic inspection of facilities by the FDA, the DEA and other authorities to confirm that firms are in compliance with all applicable regulations. The FDA conducts pre-approval and/or post-approval inspections to determine whether systems and processes are in compliance with cGMP and other FDA regulations. A Form 483 notice is generally issued at the conclusion of a FDA inspection and lists conditions the FDA inspectors believe may violate cGMP or other FDA regulations. If more serious violations are identified, the FDA may take additional action, such as issuing warning letters, import alerts, etc. The DEA and comparable state-level agencies also heavily regulate the manufacturing, holding, processing, security, record-keeping and distribution of drugs that are controlled substances. Lannett manufactures and/or distributes a variety of controlled substances. The DEA periodically inspects facilities for compliance with its regulations. If our manufacturing facilities or those of our suppliers fail to comply with applicable regulatory requirements, it could result in regulatory action and additional costs. All of our facilities as well as applicable contract/supplier facilities, rely on maintaining current FDA registration and other licenses to produce and develop generic drugs. If the Company does not successfully renew its FDA registrations, the financial results of Lannett would be negatively impacted. We and our third- party manufacturers are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA to assure regulatory compliance regarding the manufacturing, distribution, and promotion of pharmaceutical products. The FDA imposes stringent mandatory requirements on the manufacture and distribution of pharmaceutical products to ensure 30 Table of Contents their safety and efficacy. If we or our partners receive similar notices of manufacturing and quality-related observations and correspondence in the future, and if we are unable to resolve these observations and address the FDA’s concerns in a timely fashion, our business, financial results and/or stock price could be materially affected. Our inability or the inability of our suppliers to comply with applicable FDA and other regulatory requirements can result in, among other things, delays in or denials of new product approvals, warning letters, import alerts, fines, consent decrees restricting or suspending manufacturing operations, injunctions, civil penalties, recall or seizure of products, total or partial suspension of sales and/or criminal prosecution. Any of these or other regulatory actions could materially harm our operating results and financial condition. Although we have instituted internal compliance programs, if these programs do not meet regulatory agency standards or if compliance is deemed deficient in any significant way, it could materially harm our business. Additionally, if the FDA were to undertake additional enforcement activities with Lannett’s Grandfathered products, their actions could result in, among other things, removal of some products from the market, seizure of the product and total or partial suspension of sales. Any of these regulatory actions could materially harm our operating results and financial condition. If brand pharmaceutical companies are successful in limiting the use of generics through their legislative and regulatory efforts, our sales of generic products may suffer. Many brand pharmaceutical companies have increasingly used state and federal legislative and regulatory means to delay generic competition. These efforts have included pursuing new patents for existing products which may be granted just before the expiration of one patent, which could extend patent protection for additional years or otherwise delay the launch of generics; using the Citizen Petition process to request amendments to FDA standards; seeking changes to U.S. Pharmacopeia, an organization which publishes industry recognized compendia of drug standards; attaching patent extension amendments to non-related federal legislation; engaging in state-by-state initiatives to enact legislation that restricts the substitution of some generic drugs, which could have an impact on products that we are developing; persuading regulatory bodies to withdraw the approval of brand-name drugs for which the patents are about to expire and converting the market to another product of the brand company on which longer patent protection exists; limiting the availability of certain RLDs, with Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategies (“REMS”) distribution requirements, to generic companies for bioequivalence testing required for ANDA premarket approval for commercialization; entering into agreements whereby other generic companies will begin to market an AG, a generic equivalent of a branded product, at the same time or after generic competition initially enters the market; filing suits for patent infringement and other claims that may delay or prevent regulatory approval, manufacture and/or scale of generic products; and, introducing “next- generation” products prior to the expiration of market exclusivity for the reference product, which often materially reduces the demand for the generic or the reference product for which we seek regulatory approval. In the U.S., some pharmaceutical companies have lobbied Congress for amendments to the Hatch-Waxman Act that would give them additional advantages over generic competitors. For example, although the term of a company’s drug patent can be extended to reflect a portion of the time an NDA is under regulatory review, some companies have proposed extending the patent term by a full year for each year spent in clinical trials rather than the one-half year that is currently permitted. If proposals like these were to become effective, or if any other actions by our competitors and other third parties to prevent or delay activities necessary to the approval, manufacture, or distribution of our products are successful, our entry into the market and our ability to generate revenues associated with new products may be delayed, reduced, or eliminated, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and/or share price. 31 Table of Contents The generic pharmaceutical industry is characterized by intellectual property litigation and third parties may claim that we infringe on their proprietary rights, which could result in litigation that could be costly, result in the diversion of management’s time and efforts, require us to pay damages or prevent us from marketing our existing or future products. Our commercial success will depend in part on not infringing or violating the intellectual property rights of others. The manufacture, use and sale of new products that are the subject of conflicting patent rights have been the subject of substantial litigation in the pharmaceutical industry. These lawsuits relate to the validity and infringement of patents or proprietary rights of third parties. We may have to defend against charges that we violated patents or proprietary rights of third parties. This is especially true in the case of generic products on which the patent covering the brand product is expiring, an area where infringement litigation is prevalent and in the case of new brand products in which a competitor has obtained patents for similar products. Our competitors, some of which have substantially greater resources than we do and have made substantial intellectual property investments in competing technologies, may have applied for or obtained, or may in the future apply for and obtain, patent rights and other intellectual property that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use and sell our products. We may not be aware of whether our products do or will infringe existing or future patents or the intellectual property rights of others. In addition, patent applications can be pending for many years and may be confidential for a number of months after filing and because pending patent claims can be revised before issuance, there may be applications of others now pending of which we are unaware that may later result in issued patents that will prevent, limit or otherwise interfere with our ability to make, use or sell our products. Even if we prevail, litigation may be costly and time-consuming and could divert the attention of our management and technical personnel. Any potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to stop making, selling or using products or technologies that allegedly infringe the asserted intellectual property; lose the opportunity to license our technology to others or to collect royalty payments based upon successful protection and assertion of our intellectual property rights against others; incur significant legal expenses; pay substantial damages or royalties to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing; pay the attorney fees and costs of litigation to the party whose intellectual property rights we may be found to be infringing; redesign or rename, in the case of trademark claims, those products that contain the allegedly infringing intellectual property, which could be costly, disruptive and/or infeasible; or attempt to obtain a license to the relevant intellectual property from third parties, which may not be available on reasonable terms or at all. Any litigation or claim against us, even those without merit, may cause us to incur substantial costs and could place a significant strain on our financial resources, divert the attention of management from our core business and harm our reputation. If we are found to infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, we could be required to pay substantial damages and/or substantial royalties and could be prevented from selling our products unless we obtain a license or are able to redesign our products to avoid infringement. If we fail to obtain any required licenses or make any necessary changes to our products or technologies, we may have to withdraw existing products from the market or may be unable to commercialize one or more of our products, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Although the parties to patent and intellectual property disputes in the pharmaceutical industry have often settled their disputes through licensing or similar arrangements, the costs associated with these arrangements may be substantial and could include ongoing royalties. Any such license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all and there can be no assurance that we would be able to redesign our products in a way that would not infringe the intellectual property rights of others. Even if we were able to obtain rights to the third-party’s intellectual property, these rights may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same intellectual property. As a result, an adverse determination in a judicial or administrative proceeding or failure to obtain necessary licenses could prevent us from manufacturing and selling a number of our products, or force us to redesign or rename our products to avoid infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties, which, even if it is possible to so redesign or rename our products, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 32 Table of Contents Our reporting and payment obligations related to our participation in U.S. federal healthcare programs, including Medicare, Medicaid and the Department of Veterans Affairs, are complex and often involve subjective decisions that could change as a result of new business circumstances, new regulations or agency guidance, or advice of legal counsel. Any failure to comply with those obligations could subject us to investigation, penalties, and sanctions. U.S. federal laws regarding reporting and payment obligations with respect to a pharmaceutical company’s participation in federal healthcare programs, including Medicare, Medicaid and the Department of Veterans Affairs (“VA”), are complex. Because our processes for calculating applicable government prices and the judgments involved in making these calculations involve subjective decisions and complex methodologies, these calculations are subject to risk of errors and differing interpretations. In addition, they are subject to review and challenge by the applicable governmental agencies, and it is possible that such reviews could result in changes that may have material adverse legal, regulatory, or economic consequences. Any governmental agencies or authorities that have commenced, or may commence, an investigation of us relating to the sales, marketing, pricing, quality, or manufacturing of pharmaceutical products could seek to impose, based on a claim of violation of anti-fraud and false claims laws or otherwise, civil and/or criminal sanctions, including fines, penalties, and possible exclusion from federal healthcare programs, including Medicare, Medicaid and/or the VA. Some of the applicable laws may impose liability even in the absence of specific intent to defraud. Furthermore, should there be ambiguity with regard to how to properly calculate and report payments—and even in the absence of any such ambiguity—a governmental authority may take a position contrary to a position we have taken, and may impose or pursue civil and/or criminal sanctions. Governmental agencies may also make changes in program interpretations, requirements or conditions of participation, some of which may have implications for amounts previously estimated or paid. There can be no assurance that our submissions will not be found by Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services or the VA to be incomplete or incorrect. Any failure to comply with the above laws and regulations, and any such penalties or sanctions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and/or stock price. We may need to change our business practices to comply with changes to fraud and abuse laws. We are subject to various federal and state laws pertaining to health care fraud and abuse, including the federal Medicare and Medicaid Anti-Kickback Statute (the “AKS”), which apply to our sales and marketing practices and our relationships with physicians and other referral sources. The AKS prohibits any person or entity from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, or paying any remuneration, including a bribe, kickback, or rebate, directly or indirectly, in return for or to induce the referral of patients for items or services covered by federal health care programs, or the furnishing, recommending, or arranging for products or services covered by such programs (which include plans and programs that provide health benefits funded by the federal government, including Medicare and Medicaid, among others). “Remuneration” has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including, for example, gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash and waivers of payments. Several courts have interpreted the AKS’s intent requirement to mean that if even one purpose in an arrangement involving remuneration is to induce referrals or otherwise generate business involving goods or services reimbursed in whole or in part under federal health care programs, the statute has been violated, and in 2020, the Eleventh Circuit ruled that no proof of a payee’s motivation for accepting a payment is required. The federal government has issued “safe harbor” regulations that set forth certain provisions which, if fully met, will assure parties that they will not be sanctioned under the AKS. The failure of a transaction or arrangement to fit within a specific safe harbor does not necessarily mean that the transaction or arrangement will be illegal or that prosecution under the AKS will be pursued, but such transactions or arrangements face an increased risk of scrutiny by government enforcement authorities and an ongoing risk of prosecution. If our sales and marketing practices or our relationships with physicians are considered by federal or state enforcement authorities to be knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, or providing any remuneration in exchange for arranging for or recommending our products and services and such activities do not fit within a safe harbor, then these arrangements could be challenged under the AKS. If our operations are found to be in violation of the AKS we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties including fines of up to $100,000 per violation, civil monetary penalties of up to $100,000 per violation, assessments of up to three times the amount of the prohibited remuneration, imprisonment and exclusion from participating in the federal health care programs. Violations of the AKS also may result in a finding of civil liability under the Federal False Claims Act (“FFCA”) (as further discussed below) and the potential imposition of additional civil fines and monetary penalties that 33 Table of Contents could be substantial. Falsely certifying compliance with the AKS in connection with a claim submitted to a federally funded insurance program is actionable under the FFCA. In addition, The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) and its implementing regulations prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any health care benefit program, including private payors. A violation of this statue is a felony and may result in fines, imprisonment and/or exclusion from government-sponsored programs. The HIPAA false statements statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement or representation in connection with the delivery of or payment for health care benefits, items, or services. A number of states also have anti-fraud and anti-kickback laws similar to the AKS that prohibit certain direct or indirect payments if such arrangements are designed to induce or encourage the referral of patients or the furnishing of goods or services. Some states’ anti-fraud and anti-kickback laws apply only to goods and services covered by Medicaid or programs such as workers’ compensation. Other states’ anti-fraud and anti-kickback laws apply to all health care goods and services, regardless of whether the source of payment is governmental or private. Due to the breadth of these laws and the potential for changes in laws, regulations, or administrative or judicial interpretations, we may have to change our business practices or our existing business practices could be challenged as unlawful, which could materially adversely affect our business. Certain federal and state governmental agencies, including the U.S. Department of Justice and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, have been investigating issues surrounding pricing information reported by drug manufacturers and used in the calculation of reimbursements as well as sales and marketing practices. For example, many government and third-party payors, historically including Medicare and Medicaid, reimburse doctors and others for the purchase of certain pharmaceutical products based on the product’s average wholesale price (“AWP”) reported by pharmaceutical companies, although the Company has not used the term AWP since 2000. Medicare currently uses average sales price (“ASP”) and wholesale acquisition cost (“WAC”) when ASP data is unavailable. The federal government, certain state agencies and private payors are investigating and have begun to file court actions related to pharmaceutical companies’ reporting practices with respect to AWP, alleging that the practice of reporting prices for pharmaceutical products has resulted in a false and overstated AWP, which in turn is alleged to have improperly inflated the reimbursement paid by Medicare beneficiaries, insurers, state Medicaid programs, medical plans and others to health care providers who prescribed and administered those products. In addition, some of these same payors are also alleging that companies are not reporting their “best price” to the states under the Medicaid program. Furthermore, under the FDCA, it is illegal for pharmaceutical companies to promote their products for uses that are not approved by the FDA, and companies that market drugs for so-called “off-label” indications may be subject to civil liability under the FFCA (as further discussed below), as well as to criminal penalties. Over the past decade, numerous lawsuits have been filed against pharmaceutical companies challenging their off-label promotional activities, and pharmaceutical companies, in the aggregate, have paid billions of dollars to defend and settle these cases. We may become subject to federal and state false claims litigation brought by private individuals and the government. We are subject to state and federal laws that govern the submission of claims for reimbursement. The FFCA imposes civil liability on individuals or entities that knowingly submit, or cause to be submitted, false or fraudulent claims for payment to the government. Violations of the FFCA and other similar laws may result in criminal fines, imprisonment and substantial civil penalties for each false claim submitted (including civil penalties presently in excess of $23,607 per claim, plus treble damages, plus liability for attorney’s fees) and exclusion from federally funded health care programs, including Medicare and Medicaid. The FFCA also allows private individuals to bring a suit on behalf of the government against an individual or entity for violations of the FFCA. These suits, also known as Qui Tam or whistleblower actions, may be brought by, with only a few exceptions, any private citizen who has material information of a false claim that has not yet been previously disclosed. These suits have increased significantly in recent years because the FFCA allows an individual to share in the amounts paid to the federal government in fines or settlement as a result of a successful Qui Tam action, in addition to the recovery of legal fees in bringing such an action. If our past or present operations are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from federal health care programs and/or the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Any penalties, damages, fines, curtailment, or restructuring of our operations could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our financial results. Action against us for 34 Table of Contents violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against them, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. Federal regulation of arrangements between manufacturers of brand and generic products could adversely affect our business. As part of the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003, companies are now required to file with the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and the Department of Justice certain types of agreements entered into between brand and generic pharmaceutical companies related to the manufacture, marketing and sale of generic versions of brand drugs. This new requirement could affect the manner in which generic drug manufacturers resolve intellectual property litigation and other disputes with brand pharmaceutical companies and could result generally in an increase in private-party litigation against pharmaceutical companies or additional investigations or proceedings by the FTC or other governmental authorities. The impact of this new requirement and the potential private-party lawsuits associated with arrangements between brand-name and generic drug manufacturers is uncertain and could adversely affect our business. Investigations of the calculation of average wholesale prices may adversely affect our business. Many government and third-party payers, including Medicare, Medicaid, Health Maintenance Organization and Managed Care Organization, have historically reimbursed doctors, pharmacies and others for the purchase of certain prescription drugs based on a drug’s AWP or WAC. In the past several years, state and federal government agencies have conducted ongoing investigations of manufacturers’ reporting practices with respect to AWP and WAC, in which they have suggested that reporting of inflated AWP’s or WAC’s has led to excessive payments for prescription drugs. For a description of current and federal and state investigations and claims by private parties, see Note 10 “Legal, Regulatory Matters and Contingencies.” Additional actions are possible. These actions, if successful, could adversely affect us and may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. We may incur product liability losses or recall expenses relating to the sale of products containing nitrosamines. According to FDA guidance, nitrosamine impurities, including, among others, N-nitrosodimethylamine (“NDMA”) may increase the risk of cancer if people are exposed to them above acceptable levels and over long periods of time, but a person taking a drug that contains nitrosamines at-or-below the acceptable daily intake limits every day for 70 years is not expected to have an increased risk of cancer. FDA published a guidance entitled “Control of Nitrosamine Impurities in Human Drugs” that recommends steps manufacturers of APIs and drug products should take to detect and prevent unacceptable levels of nitrosamine impurities in pharmaceutical products. Lannett initiated an internal risk assessment and control strategy for nitrosamines prior to issuance of the guidance. In some cases where its marketed products contain nitrosamines above published FDA acceptable levels (such as ranitidine), Lannett may be required to recall affected product, such as Lannett’s ranitidine product, which was subject to an industry wide recall when NDMA was discovered as a byproduct of the manufacturing process. Subsequent to the recall of its ranitidine product, Lannett was named a defendant in a series of product liability lawsuits. Product liability claims and lawsuits, safety alerts, product recalls or corrective actions, regardless of their ultimate outcome, could have a material adverse effect on our business and reputation and on our ability to attract and retain customers. We are unable to predict at this time if any other Lannett products will be adversely impacted by the global pharmaceutical nitrosamine review. As part of our risk management policy, we carry third-party product liability insurance coverage; however, the insurance industry recently adopted an exclusion into its comprehensive general liability policies for nitrosamine impurities. To the extent that any of Lannett’s products are subject to recall as a result of nitrosamine impurities and/or are subject to lawsuit arising out of the presence of nitrosamine impurities in its products, such losses may not be covered by insurance and could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and financial condition. 35 Table of Contents Increasing scrutiny and evolving expectations from customers, regulators, investors, and other stakeholders with respect to our environmental, social and governance practices may impose additional costs on us or expose us to new or additional risks. Companies are facing increasing scrutiny from customers, regulators, investors, and other stakeholders related to their environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) practices and disclosure. Investor advocacy groups, investment funds and influential investors are also increasingly focused on these practices, especially as they relate to the environment, climate change, health and safety, supply chain management, diversity, labor conditions and human rights, both in our own operations and in our supply chain. Increased ESG-related compliance costs for the Company as well as among our suppliers, vendors and various other parties within our supply chain could result in material increases to our overall operational costs. Failure to adapt to or comply with regulatory requirements or investor or stakeholder expectations and standards could negatively impact our reputation, ability to do business with certain partners, access to capital, and our stock price. General Business Risks Public health threats, including a pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease in the United States or elsewhere may adversely affect our business and financial results. Our business may be adversely affected by public health threats, including any pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease occurring in the United States or worldwide. The COVID-19 virus has spread to over 200 countries since December 2019 and continues to impact the global economy. The virus may impact our business, operations and financial results. Any business shutdowns or other business interruptions affecting our suppliers or interruptions in global shipping affecting our suppliers could result in our inability to continue receiving sufficient amount of finished dosage products, API and other raw materials. Any business shutdowns or other business interruptions affecting our business development and other strategic partners could also cause delays in the regulatory approval process for and launching of some or all of our pipeline drug candidates. We cannot presently predict the duration and severity of any potential business shutdowns or disruptions, but if we or any of the third parties with whom we engage, including the partners and other third parties with whom we conduct business, were to experience shutdowns or other business disruptions, our ability to conduct our business in the manner and on the timelines presently planned could be materially and adversely impacted. Additionally, subsequent to an initial stocking up of supplies at the start of the pandemic, the total volume of drug prescriptions written during the pandemic has decreased, causing less demand for our products. The length and severity of the pandemic may continue to affect the demand for our products in the future. We have taken temporary precautionary measures intended to help minimize the risk of the virus to our employees, including temporarily requiring all employees, other than employees in our manufacturing plants, distribution centers, and R&D facilities, who are able to work from home to work remotely. We have suspended non-essential travel worldwide for our employees and are discouraging employee attendance at other gatherings. These measures could negatively affect our business. For instance, temporarily requiring many of our employees to work remotely may disrupt our operations or increase the risk of a cybersecurity incident. Although the Company has taken many safety measures to reduce the impact of COVID-19 on our employees, we have experienced an increase in absenteeism arising from intermittent spikes in cases across the country, which has caused an increase in overtime and cost to produce the products. The Company has also experienced an increase in employee turnover, due to, in part, the COVID-19 pandemic and competing demands for manufacturing skills. To date, the rate of employee absenteeism and employee turnover has not had any material effect on the Company’s business or its ability to manufacture and distribute products and plants continue to operate at normal capacity. The ongoing risk of employee absenteeism and employee turnover could materially impact the Company’s operations. The full extent to which COVID-19 has impacted and may continue to impact our business will depend on future developments, which are still uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, such as the duration of the outbreak, or the effectiveness of actions to contain and treat COVID-19, particularly in the geographies where we or our third-party suppliers or business development and other strategic partners operate. Given the speed and frequency of continuously evolving developments with respect to this pandemic, we cannot reasonably estimate the magnitude of any impact on our operations and the full extent to which COVID-19 may impact our business, results of operations, liquidity or financial position is uncertain. 36 Table of Contents The loss of key personnel could cause our business to suffer. The success of our present and future operations will depend, to a significant extent, upon the experience, abilities and continued services of our key personnel. If we lose the services of our key personnel, or if they are unable to devote sufficient attention to our operations for any other reason, our business may be significantly impaired. If the employment of any of our current key personnel is terminated, we cannot assure you that we will be able to attract and replace the employee with the same caliber of key personnel. As such, we have entered into employment agreements with all of our senior executive officers in order to help retain these key individuals. We are increasingly dependent on information technology and our systems and infrastructure face certain risks, including cybersecurity and data leakage risks. Significant disruptions to our information technology systems or breaches of information security could adversely affect our business. We are increasingly dependent on information technology systems and infrastructure to operate our business. In the ordinary course of business, we collect, store and transmit large amounts of confidential information (including trade secrets or other intellectual property, proprietary business information and personal information) and it is critical that we do so in a secure manner to maintain the confidentiality and integrity of such confidential information. We could be susceptible to third-party attacks on our information technology systems, which attacks are of ever-increasing levels of sophistication and are made by groups and individuals with a wide range of motives and expertise, including state and quasi-state actors, criminal groups, “hackers” and others. Maintaining the security, confidentiality and integrity of this confidential information (including trade secrets or other intellectual property, proprietary, business information and personal information) is important to our competitive business position. The Company maintains cyber security insurance and, as part of the renewal process, the carrier undertakes an assessment of the security system controls. Additionally, information security falls within the scope of the annual audit performed by our independent audit firm. The Audit Committee has oversight responsibilities over cybersecurity and meets at least quarterly with the Company’s IT management and an outside cybersecurity consulting firm, which performs an annual assessment of our cybersecurity controls. The Audit Committee also communicates with the Company’s independent audit firm frequently regarding their annual audit procedures. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that we can prevent service interruptions or security breaches in our systems or the unauthorized or inadvertent wrongful use or disclosure of confidential information that could adversely affect our business operations or result in the loss, misappropriation and/or unauthorized access, use or disclosure of, or the prevention of access to, confidential information. A breach of our security measures or the accidental loss, inadvertent disclosure, unapproved dissemination, misappropriation or misuse of trade secrets, proprietary information, or other confidential information, whether as a result of theft, hacking, fraud, trickery or other forms of deception, or for any other cause, could enable others to produce competing products, use our proprietary technology or information and/or adversely affect our business position. Further, any such interruption, security breach, or loss, misappropriation and/or unauthorized access, use or disclosure of confidential information could result in financial, legal, business and reputational harm to us and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Rising insurance costs, as well as the inability to obtain certain insurance coverage for risks faced by us, could negatively impact profitability. The design, development, manufacture and sale of our products involve an inherent risk of product liability claims and the associated adverse publicity. The cost of insurance, including product liability as well as workers compensation and general liability insurance, has risen in recent years and may increase in the future. In response, we may increase deductibles and/or decrease certain coverage to mitigate these costs. These increases and our increased risk due to increased deductibles and reduced coverage, could have a negative impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows. Additionally, certain insurance coverage may not be available to us for risks faced by us. Sometimes the coverage we obtain for certain risks may not be adequate to fully reimburse the amount of damage that we could possibly sustain. Should either of these events occur, the lack of insurance to cover our entire cost would adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. 37 Table of Contents ITEM 2. DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY The Company’s 432,000 square foot Seymour, Indiana facility contains approximately 107,000 square feet of manufacturing space as well as a leased 116,000 square foot temperature/humidity-controlled storage warehouse. The Seymour facility has had satisfactory inspections conducted by the FDA and EMA and similar regulatory authorities of Japan, Taiwan, Brazil, China, Korea and Turkey. As of June 30, 2021, the facility has a production capacity of approximately 4.0 billion doses based on our current product mix and plant configuration. The Company has an 110,000 square foot manufacturing facility located in Carmel, New York, which sits on 25.8 acres of land. The facility specializes in liquid products and currently houses manufacturing, packaging, quality and research and development and has capacity for additional manufacturing space, if needed. Lannett owns two facilities in Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. The research and development facilities are located in a 31,000 square foot facility at 9000 State Road and a second, 63,000 square foot facility that is located within one mile of the State Road facility at 9001 Torresdale Avenue, Philadelphia, PA. The latter facility contains our analytical research and development and quality control laboratories. We have adopted many systems and processes to ensure adherence to FDA requirements and we believe we are operating our facilities in substantial compliance with the FDA’s cGMP regulations. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS Information pertaining to legal proceedings can be found in Note 10 “Legal, Regulatory Matters and Contingencies” under Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule and is incorporated by reference herein. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable 38 Table of Contents PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS Market Information The Company’s common stock trades on the NYSE. The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the intraday high and intraday low sales prices per share of the Company’s common stock during Fiscal 2021 and 2020, as quoted by the NYSE. Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2021 First quarter Second quarter Third quarter Fourth quarter First quarter Second quarter Third quarter Fourth quarter Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020 High Low $ $ $ $ 7.55 7.18 10.70 5.82 High $ 15.52 $ $ $ 13.12 10.34 10.01 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 4.89 5.75 5.23 4.12 Low 5.46 8.16 5.91 6.10 Holders As of June 30, 2021, there were 1,056 holders of record of the Company’s common stock. Dividends The Company did not pay cash dividends in Fiscal 2021, Fiscal 2020 or Fiscal 2019. The Company intends to use available funds for working capital, to pay down outstanding debt, plant and equipment additions, various product extension ventures and merger and acquisition or other growth opportunities. The Company does not expect to pay, nor should stockholders expect to receive, cash dividends in the foreseeable future. 39 Table of Contents The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the Company’s share repurchase activity in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2021. ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Period (In thousands) April 1 to April 30, 2021 May 1 to May 31, 2021 June 1 to June 30, 2021 Total (d) Maximum Number (or Approximate Dollar Value) of Shares (or Units) that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs Programs (c) Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or (a) Total Number of Shares (or Units) Purchased* (b) Average Price Paid per Share (or Unit) 1,094 2,468 293 3,855 $ $ 4.37 4.43 4.60 4.43 — $ — — — — — — — * Shares were repurchased to settle employee tax withholding obligations pursuant to equity award programs. 40 Table of Contents Stock Performance Chart The following graph compares Lannett Company’s annual percentage change in cumulative total return on common shares over the past five years, commencing July 1, 2016 and ending June 30, 2021, with the cumulative total return of companies comprising the NYSE Composite Index and the S&P Pharmaceuticals Select Industry Index. The S&P Pharmaceuticals Select Industry Index is an industry index published by S&P Dow Jones Indices, a division of S&P Global, and is comprised stocks in the S&P Total Market Index that are classified in the GICS pharmaceuticals sub-industry. This presentation assumes that $100 was invested in shares of the relevant issuers on June 30, 2016, and that dividends received were immediately invested in additional shares. The graph plots the value of the initial $100 investment at one-year intervals for the fiscal years shown. The S&P Pharmaceuticals Select Industry Index replaces the Morningstar Drug Manufacturers -Specialty & Generic Index in this analysis and going forward, as the latter data is no longer accessible. The latter index has been included with data through June 30, 2020. ITEM 6. [RESERVED] 41 Table of Contents ITEM 7. RESULTS OF OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND The following discussion and analysis describes significant changes in the financial condition and results of operations, as well as liquidity and capital resources of the Company. Additionally, it addresses accounting policies and estimates that management has deemed are “critical accounting policies and estimates.” This discussion and analysis is intended as a supplement to and should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements and other sections of this Form 10-K. The following discussion contains forward-looking statements. You should refer to the “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” set forth in Part I of this Annual Report. We report financial information on a quarterly and fiscal year basis with the most recent being the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. All references herein to a “fiscal year” or “Fiscal” refer to the applicable fiscal year ended June 30. Company Overview Lannett Company, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”, “Lannett”, “we” or “us”) primarily develop, manufacture, package, market and distribute solid oral and extended release (tablets and capsules), topical, liquids, nasal and oral solution finished dosage forms of drugs, generic forms of both small molecule and biologic medications, that address a wide range of therapeutic areas. Certain of these products are manufactured by others and distributed by the Company. Additionally, the Company is pursuing partnerships, research contracts and internal expansion for the development and production of other dosage forms including: ophthalmic, nasal, patch, foam, buccal, sublingual, suspensions, soft gel, injectable and oral dosages. The Company operates pharmaceutical manufacturing plants in Carmel, New York and Seymour, Indiana. The Company’s customers include generic pharmaceutical distributors, drug wholesalers, chain drug stores, private label distributors, mail- order pharmacies, other pharmaceutical manufacturers, managed care organizations, hospital buying groups, governmental entities and health maintenance organizations. Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic In December 2019, the COVID-19 virus emerged in Wuhan, China and spread to other parts of the world. In March 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) designated COVID-19 a global pandemic. Governments on the national, state and local level in the United States, and around the world, have implemented lockdown and shelter-in-place orders, requiring many non-essential businesses to shut down operations for the time being. The Company’s business, however, is deemed “essential” and it has continued to operate and has continued to manufacture and distribute its medicines to customers. The Company has developed a comprehensive plan that enables it to maintain operational continuity with an emphasis on manufacturing, distribution and R&D facilities during this crisis, and to date, has not encountered any significant obstacles implementing its business continuity plans. However, the Company continually assesses COVID-19 related developments and adjusts its risk mitigation planning and business continuity activities as needed. 42 Table of Contents In mid-March, 2020, the Company instituted a work from home process for all employees, other than employees in our manufacturing plants, distribution center, and R&D facilities which support manufacturing. For employees who cannot perform their job remotely, the Company has implemented enhanced cleaning and sanitizing procedures, weekly fogging and provided additional personal hygiene supplies and personal protective equipment such as rubber gloves, N95 respirators and powered air-purifying respirator that are in line with Centers for Disease Control and Preventions (“CDC”) recommendations. The Company has also implemented thermal screening for all employees and visitors entering its facilities. Employees are required to adhere to the CDC guidelines, social distancing and any employee experiencing any symptoms of COVID-19 is required to stay home and seek medical attention. Any employee who tests positive for COVID-19 is required to quarantine and is not allowed to return to the facilities without a physician’s release. The Company has closed its facilities to outside persons that are not critical to continuing our operations. In cases where they are essential, visitors undergo a pre-admittance check to include a thermal screening and risk evaluation. The Company has experienced an increase in absenteeism arising from intermittent spikes in cases across the country, which has caused an increase in overtime and cost to produce the products, but to date the rate of employee absenteeism has not had any material effect on the Company’s business or its ability to manufacture and distribute products and plants continue to operate at normal capacity. As the pandemic continues to linger due to variants or limited vaccine supplies, there is an ongoing risk of employee absenteeism which could materially impact the Company’s operations. To date, the Company’s work from home process has not materially impacted the Company’s financial reporting systems or controls over financial reporting and disclosures nor do we expect that the remote work arrangement will have a material impact in the future. Currently and as anticipated for the near future, the supply chain supporting the Company’s products remains intact, enabling the Company to receive sufficient inventory of the key materials needed across the Company’s network. The Company is experiencing some delays and allocations for certain API and other raw materials of higher demand, which, to date, have not had a material impact on its results of operations. However, the Company is regularly communicating with its suppliers, third-party partners, customers, healthcare providers and government officials in order to respond rapidly to any issues as they arise. The longer the current situation continues, it is more likely that the Company may experience some sort of interruption to its supply chain, and such an interruption could materially affect its business, including but not limited to, our ability to timely manufacture and distribute its products as well as unfavorably impact our results of operations. Additionally, subsequent to an initial stocking up of supplies at the start of the pandemic, the total volume of drug prescriptions written during the pandemic has decreased causing less demand for our products. Specifically, the pandemic has resulted in fewer elective surgeries being performed, causing less demand for our Numbrino cocaine hydrochloride product. As a result of the pandemic, certain clinical trials which were underway or scheduled to begin were temporarily placed on hold, although all such clinical trials were resumed and have been completed. Such delays impacted the Company’s timing for filing applications for product approvals with the FDA as well as related timing of FDA approval of such filings. Additionally, the pandemic has slowed down the Company’s efforts to expand its product portfolio through acquisitions and distribution opportunities, impacting the speed with which the Company is able to bring additional products to market. While there have been some efforts by some of our customers to increase their inventory levels for the Company’s products in the near term, the Company has not seen significant increases in demand. The Company does not anticipate any significant changes in demand for its products in the future, however, depending on the duration and severity of the outbreak, levels of demand may change. In light of the economic impacts of COVID-19, the Company reviewed the assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2021, including intangible and other long-lived assets. Based on our review, the Company determined that no impairments or other write-downs specifically related to COVID-19 were necessary during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. Our assessment is based on information currently available and is highly reliant on various assumptions. Changes in market conditions could impact the Company’s future outlook and may lead to impairments in the future. Based on the foregoing, the Company cannot reasonably predict the ultimate impact of COVID-19 on our future results of operations and cash flows due to the continued uncertainty around the duration and severity of the pandemic. 43 Table of Contents 2020 Restructuring Plan On July 10, 2020, the Board of Directors authorized a restructuring and cost savings plan (the “2020 Restructuring Plan”) to enhance manufacturing efficiencies, streamline operations and reduce the Company’s cost structure. The 2020 Restructuring Plan was implemented, in part, as a result of previously anticipated near-term competition and pricing pressure with respect to certain key products. The 2020 Restructuring Plan included lowering operating costs and reducing the workforce by approximately 80 positions. The 2020 Restructuring Plan was initiated on July 13, 2020 and completed as of December 31, 2020. The Company incurred approximately $4.0 million in severance-related costs in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, in connection with the 2020 Restructuring Plan. The Company expects the 2020 Restructuring Plan to result in annual cost savings in excess of $15.0 million. Climate Change The Company believes in a more sustainable future with a reduced environmental footprint, effective use of natural resources and a multi-pronged approach to reducing our effect on the climate while maintaining our focus on providing affordable medicines to our customers and ultimately the patients who depend on them. Commitment to this belief, however, may come at increased costs to the Company including, but not limited to, capital investments, additional management and compliance costs, and reduced output, all of which may be material. Costs incurred by our suppliers and vendors to comply with their own sustainability commitments may also be passed through the supply chain resulting in higher operational costs to the Company. Climate change and the associated risks continues to evolve over time and could materially impact the Company’s results of operations and cash flows in any given year. The Company monitors such changes and strives to address these risks in a timely manner. 44 Table of Contents Results of Operations — Fiscal 2021 compared to Fiscal 2020 Net sales decreased 12% to $478.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. The following table identifies the Company’s net product sales by medical indication for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021 and 2020. (In thousands) Medical Indication Analgesic Anti-Psychosis Cardiovascular Central Nervous System Endocrinology Gastrointestinal Infectious Disease Migraine Respiratory/Allergy/Cough/Cold Urinary Other Contract manufacturing revenue Total net sales Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2021 $ 14,684 43,720 65,987 95,115 27,070 67,540 67,761 25,554 9,258 5,786 35,312 20,991 $ 478,778 $ 2020 8,680 104,934 88,576 77,256 — 73,477 73,237 44,266 11,576 4,225 35,013 24,504 $ 545,744 The decrease in net sales was driven by a decrease in the selling price of products of $90.1 million partially offset by increased volumes of $23.1 million. The decrease in the selling price of products was primarily driven by lower sales prices of Fluphenazine, which is included within the Anti-Psychosis medical indication, and Posaconazole, which is included in Infectious Disease medical indication, due to new competitors entering the market, as well as lower average selling price across the remaining medical indications. Overall volumes increased primarily due to increased volumes of Posaconazole and from new product launches, including Levothyroxine Tablets and Capsules, partially offset by lower volumes of Fluphenazine. The Company has seen increased competitive market pressure in recent years, which has resulted in overall decreases in selling prices of products and sales volume across our product portfolio. We have partially offset these competitive pressures with new product launches and will continue to seek opportunities for additional launches. In January 2017, a provision in the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 required drug manufacturers to pay additional rebates to state Medicaid programs if the prices of their generic drugs rise at a rate faster than inflation. The provision negatively impacted the Company’s net sales by $18.9 million and $35.7 million in Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020, respectively, which contributed to the overall decreased average selling price. The following chart details price and volume changes by medical indication between Fiscal 2021 and Fiscal 2020: Medical indication Analgesic Anti-Psychosis Cardiovascular Central Nervous System Endocrinology Gastrointestinal Infectious Disease Migraine Respiratory/Allergy/Cough/Cold Urinary 45 Sales volume change % Sales price change % 73 % (29)% (17)% 44 % 100 % — % 16 % (17)% (14)% 26 % (4)% (29)% (9)% (21)% — % (8)% (23)% (25)% (6)% 11 % Table of Contents The Company sells its products to customers through various distribution channels. The table below presents the Company’s net sales to each distribution channel for the fiscal year ended June 30: (In thousands) Customer Distribution Channel Wholesaler/Distributor Retail Chain Mail-Order Pharmacy Contract manufacturing revenue Total net sales June 30, 2021 $ 390,356 57,120 10,311 20,991 $ 478,778 June 30, 2020 $ 429,824 79,606 11,810 24,504 $ 545,744 The overall decrease in sales was primarily driven by lower sales of Fluphenazine and Posaconazole due to new competitors entering the market partially offset by sales from new product launches. The Company has seen increased competitive market pressure in recent years, which has resulted in overall decrease in sales to the distribution channels above. We have partially offset these competitive pressures with new product launches and will continue to seek opportunities for additional launches. Cocaine Hydrochloride Solution In December 2017, a competitor received approval from the FDA to market and sell a Cocaine Hydrochloride topical product. In March 2018, in accordance with FDA guidance, the FDA requested the Company cease manufacturing and distributing our unapproved cocaine hydrochloride solution product as a result of an approved product on the market. The Company committed to not manufacture or distribute cocaine hydrochloride 10% solution, which was not sold during Fiscal 2019, and also ceased manufacturing its unapproved cocaine hydrochloride 4% solution on June 15, 2019 and ceased distributing the product on August 15, 2019. The competitor filed a series of Citizen Petitions beginning in 2019, seeking to block approval of the Company’s Section 505(b)(2) NDA for its cocaine hydrochloride solution product by claiming that the grant of the New Chemical Entity (“NCE”) exclusivity issued to the competitor blocks the approval of the Company’s application for five years. Following the FDA’s rejection of the competitor’s argument and approval of the Company’s Section 505(b)(2) NDA, the competitor filed two lawsuits against the FDA (one in federal court in the District of Columbia and one in federal court in the District of Maryland) seeking a court order in two different federal courts directing the FDA to withdraw approval of the Section 505(b)(2) NDA. To date, neither court has directed the FDA to withdraw the NDA. The Company has intervened in both lawsuits and there are currently cross motions for summary judgment pending in the case filed in federal court for the District of Columbia and a motion to dismiss the complaint filed in the federal court for the District of Maryland. Separately, on June 6, 2020, the competitor filed a patent infringement complaint, since amended, in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, asserting that the Company’s approved cocaine hydrochloride product infringes six patents issued to the competitor. The Company filed an answer and counterclaim, alleging that the Company either does not infringe or that the six asserted patents and three additional unasserted patents are invalid. The competitor filed a motion to partially dismiss a portion of the counterclaim as to the unasserted patents. The motion to dismiss is pending a determination by the court and discovery is ongoing. The Company continues to market its approved cocaine hydrochloride product. On August 16, 2021, the Company and the competitor reached an agreement in principle to amicably resolve all pending cases, including the cases in the federal courts in the District of Columbia, District of Maryland and District of Delaware. The parties are working to negotiate and finalize the settlement documents over the next 45 days and have filed motions in each of the courts to stay the cases pending the finalization of the settlement documents. 46 Table of Contents Thalomid® The Company filed with the FDA an ANDA No. 206601, along with a paragraph IV certification, alleging that the fifteen patents associated with the Thalomid drug product are invalid, unenforceable and/or not infringed. On January 30, 2015, Celgene Corporation and Children’s Medical Center Corporation filed a patent infringement lawsuit in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, alleging that the Company’s filing of ANDA No. 206601 constitutes an act of patent infringement and seeking a declaration that the patents at issue are valid and infringed. A settlement agreement was reached, and the Court dismissed the lawsuit in October 2017. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, the Company entered into a license agreement that permitted Lannett to manufacture and market in the U.S. its generic thalidomide product as of August 1, 2019 or earlier under certain circumstances. In the second quarter of Fiscal 2019, the Company received a Major Complete Response Letter (“CRL”) related to issues at its API supplier. The Company filed a response to the CRL. The Company received a second Major CRL in the first quarter of Fiscal 2020 related to continued issues at the API supplier, as well as issues with the Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy (“REMS”) program hosted by Celgene. On March 26, 2021, the Company received a third Major CRL from the FDA relating to continuing issues with the API supplier. The Company is working on addressing the FDA comments and cannot reasonably predict timing of the product launch. Ranitidine Oral Solution, USP As part of an industry-wide action, the Company issued a voluntary recall on all lots within expiry of Ranitidine Syrup (Ranitidine Oral Solution, USP), 15mg/mL to the consumer level due to levels of N-Nitrosodimethylamine (“NDMA”), a probable human carcinogen, above the levels recently established by the FDA. On September 17, 2019, the FDA notified the Company about the possible presence of NDMA in its Ranitidine Oral Solution product and the Company immediately commenced testing and analysis of the active pharmaceutical ingredient (“API”) and drug product and confirmed the presence of NDMA. The Company’s net sales of Ranitidine Oral Solution in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2019 totaled $1.9 million. On April 1, 2020, the FDA ordered all Ranitidine products (including the Company’s product) withdrawn from the U.S. market and provided guidance on the requirements for submitting additional information to the FDA in order to re-introduce the product to the market. Since initiating the voluntary recall, the Company has not been marketing its Ranitidine Oral Solution product and has no future plans to attempt to re-introduce the product at this time. The Company does not believe the recall will have a significant impact on our future expected financial position, results of operations and cash flows. On June 1, 2020, a class action complaint was served upon the Company and approximately forty-five (45) other companies asserting claims for personal injury arising from the presence of NDMA in Ranitidine products. The complaint is consolidated in a multidistrict litigation (“MDL”) pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida. Similar complaints were filed in state court in New Mexico and state court in Maryland and served upon the Company. Subsequently, a number of similar complaints were served on the Company. The Company has filed a motion to dismiss the complaint filed in the MDL which, on December 31, 2020, was granted with leave to amend as to certain of the claims. The plaintiffs filed a First Amended complaint on February 9, 2021, to which the generic manufacturer defendants, including the Company, filed a renewed motion to dismiss all claims. On July 8, 2021, the Court issued an Order granting the motion and dismissing all claims with prejudice based on federal preemption. Separately, the New Mexico case was conditionally transferred to the MDL, but ultimately remanded back to the state court. Since the Company was not licensed to do business in New Mexico and, based upon the information received to date, did not sell Ranitidine in New Mexico, we plan to file a motion to dismiss based, among other things, federal preemption and lack of jurisdiction. Separately, the Company filed a notice to remove and transfer the Maryland case to the MDL which the plaintiff has opposed. On April 1, 2021, the case was remanded back to the state court. On August 17, 2021, Helena Hilbert & William Hilbert III, Individually and on behalf of their minor child "WH", filed a complaint in the Philadelphia Court of Common Pleas against the Company and approximately seven other defendants, alleging personal injury as a result of using the Company’s Ranitidine products. The Company intends to file a motion to dismiss all of the pending state claims, among other reasons, based on federal preemption. The Company has placed its insurance carrier on notice of the claim and the carrier has appointed counsel to defend the Company. 47 Table of Contents Cost of Sales, including amortization of intangibles. Cost of sales, including amortization of intangibles, for Fiscal 2021 increased 6% to $403.2 million from $380.5 million in the same prior-year period. The increase was attributable to an increase of $13.2 million in write-downs for excess and obsolete inventory, which primarily relates to the Company’s decision to discontinue 23 lower margin product lines, as well as additional volumes from new product launches. The Company also recorded $5.0 million in consideration to renew the Company’s distribution agreement with Recro Gainesville, LLC (“Recro”) during the second quarter of Fiscal Year 2021. Gross Profit. Gross profit for Fiscal 2021 decreased 54% to $75.6 million or 16% of total net sales. In comparison, gross profit for Fiscal 2020 was $165.2 million or 30% of total net sales. The decrease in gross profit percentage was primarily attributable to lower volumes of Fluphenazine, which had higher than average gross profit margins, as well as overall lower average selling prices of our products. The Company also recorded an increase in the write-downs for excess and obsolete inventory as well as consideration to renew the distribution agreement with Recro in the second quarter of Fiscal 2021. Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses decreased 19% to $24.2 million in Fiscal 2021 from $30.0 million in Fiscal 2020. The decrease was primarily due to lower R&D expenses as a result of timing of certain milestones related to product development projects as well as employee headcount reductions related to the 2020 Restructuring Plan. Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 14% to $68.1 million in Fiscal 2021 compared with $79.5 million in Fiscal 2020. The decrease was primarily driven by a lower branded prescription drug fee, lower incentive-based compensation, lower expenses at the Company’s Cody Labs subsidiary and other cost reduction initiatives. Asset impairment charges. In Fiscal 2021, the Company recorded various asset impairment charges totaling $216.6 million. The Company reviewed its product portfolio during Fiscal 2021 and decided to discontinue 23 lower gross margin product lines, including product lines that were acquired through various past business and product acquisitions. As a result of the discontinuance and the reduction in net sales and gross margin of certain other product lines, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $193.0 million related to the KUPI product rights intangible assets. The impairment charge is primarily a result of the decline in net sales and gross margin of certain product lines acquired in connection with the KUPI acquisition, including those product lines being discontinued. In addition, the Company recorded a $17.0 million impairment charge to its intangible asset for a distribution and supply agreement with Cediprof, Inc., which is included within the other product rights category of definite-lived intangible assets, as a result of increased competition and lower projected cash flows for the Levothyroxine product. The Company also recorded a $5.0 million impairment charge to its KUPI in-process research and development intangible asset due to delays in the expected launch of a product within the portfolio, which results in reduced projected cash flows. See Note 8 “Goodwill and Intangible Assets” for more information. Other Loss. Interest expense for the year ended June 30, 2021 totaled $53.8 million compared to $66.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2020. The decrease was due to a lower average debt balance in Fiscal 2021 as compared to the prior-year as well as a lower weighted-average interest rate due to the full repayment of the outstanding Term Loan A in November 2020. The weighted average interest rate for Fiscal 2021 and 2020 was 8.0% and 8.8%, respectively. The Company also recorded a $10.3 million loss on extinguishment of debt related to the payoff of the Term Loan B Facility during Fiscal 2021. Income Tax. The Company recorded income tax expense in Fiscal 2021 of $60.6 million compared to income tax benefit of $15.3 million in Fiscal 2020. The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2021 was (20.0)%, compared to 31.4% for Fiscal 2020. The income tax expense recorded in Fiscal 2021 was primarily driven by the full valuation allowance recorded against the Company’s deferred tax assets. See Note 17 “Income Taxes” for more information. Net Loss. For the year ended June 30, 2021, the Company reported net loss of $363.5 million, or $(9.23) per diluted share. Comparatively, net loss in the corresponding prior-year period was $33.4 million, or $(0.86) per diluted share. 48 Table of Contents Results of Operations — Fiscal 2020 compared to Fiscal 2019 Net sales decreased 17% to $545.7 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. The following table identifies the Company’s net product sales by medical indication for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019. The medical indication categories for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 were reclassified to better align with industry standards and the Company’s peers. (In thousands) Medical Indication Analgesic Anti-Psychosis Cardiovascular Central Nervous System Endocrinology Gastrointestinal Infectious Disease Migraine Respiratory/Allergy/Cough/Cold Urinary Other Contract manufacturing revenue Total net sales Fiscal Year Ended June 30, — $ 2020 8,680 104,934 88,576 77,256 73,477 73,237 44,266 11,576 4,225 35,013 24,504 $ 545,744 2019 $ 8,251 73,453 101,467 59,019 197,522 63,043 16,950 41,592 12,479 6,755 51,517 23,359 $ 655,407 The decrease in net sales was driven by decreased volumes of $79.4 million and, to a lesser extent, decreased average selling price of products of $30.3 million. Overall volumes decreased primarily due to the loss of Levothyroxine sales associated with the expiration of the JSP Distribution Agreement, partially offset by additional volumes from product launches and increased market share in certain key products. Average selling prices were impacted by product mix and price decreases in certain key products due to competitive pricing pressures. Although the Company has benefited in the past from favorable pricing trends, these trends have reversed. Net sales within the infectious disease category increased significantly as a result of the distribution and supply agreement with Sinotherapeutics Inc., which was signed in August 2019, to distribute Posaconazole tablets. In January 2017, a provision in the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 required drug manufacturers to pay additional rebates to state Medicaid programs if the prices of their generic drugs rise at a rate faster than inflation. The provision negatively impacted the Company’s net sales by $35.7 million and $30.8 million in Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019, respectively, which contributed to the overall decreased average selling price. The following chart details price and volume changes by medical indication between Fiscal 2020 and Fiscal 2019: Medical indication Analgesic Anti-Psychosis Cardiovascular Central Nervous System Endocrinology Gastrointestinal Infectious Disease Migraine Respiratory/Allergy/Cough/Cold Urinary 49 Sales volume change % Sales price change % 25 % 33 % (12)% 47 % (100)% 16 % 346 % 21 % (5)% (34)% (20)% 10 % (1)% (16)% — % 1 % (14)% (14)% (2)% (3)% Table of Contents The Company sells its products to customers through various distribution channels. The table below presents the Company’s net sales to each distribution channel for the fiscal year ended June 30: (In thousands) Customer Distribution Channel Wholesaler/Distributor Retail Chain Mail-Order Pharmacy Contract manufacturing revenue Total net sales June 30, 2020 $ 429,824 79,606 11,810 24,504 $ 545,744 June 30, 2019 $ 529,717 80,944 21,387 23,359 $ 655,407 Overall net sales decreased primarily due to the loss of the Levothyroxine sales associated with the expiration of the JSP Distribution Agreement, partially offset by additional volumes from product launches and increased market share in certain key products. The decrease in sales to wholesalers, as well as mail-order pharmacies, was also primarily due to the loss of Levothyroxine sales. Cost of Sales, including amortization of intangibles. Cost of sales, including amortization of intangibles, for Fiscal 2020 decreased 8% to $380.5 million from $411.8 million in the same prior-year period. The decrease was primarily attributable to the loss of Levothyroxine sales associated with the expiration of the JSP Distribution Agreement as well as lower cost of sales as a result of the Company’s decision to cease operations at Cody Labs, partially offset by additional volumes of other products sold as well as increased product royalties expense related to various distribution agreements. Gross Profit. Gross profit for Fiscal 2020 decreased 32% to $165.2 million or 30% of total net sales. In comparison, gross profit for Fiscal 2019 was $243.6 million or 37% of total net sales. The decrease in gross profit percentage was primarily attributable to the loss of Levothyroxine sales associated with the expiration of the JSP Distribution Agreement, which had higher than average gross profit margins, price decreases across our product portfolio as well as increased product royalties related to various distribution agreements, partially offset by manufacturing efficiencies as a result of cost reduction initiatives and an increase in volumes of certain key products with higher than average gross margins. Research and Development Expenses. Research and development expenses decreased 23% to $30.0 million in Fiscal 2020 from $38.8 million in Fiscal 2019. The decrease was primarily due to lower R&D expenses as a result of the Company’s decision to cease operations at Cody Labs as well as the timing of certain milestones related to product development projects. Selling, General and Administrative Expenses. Selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 9% to $79.5 million in Fiscal 2020 compared with $87.6 million in Fiscal 2019. The decrease was primarily driven by lower financial advisory costs, a decrease in regulatory-related costs, lower expenses at the Company’s Cody Labs subsidiary and other cost reduction initiatives, partially offset by a branded prescription drug fee as well as increased legal costs. Asset impairment charges. In Fiscal 2020, the Company recorded various asset impairment charges totaling $34.4 million. During Fiscal 2020, the Company performed an impairment analysis of its AB-rated Methylphenidate Hydrochloride product, which is distributed under a license agreement with Andor, due to significant declines in the projected profitability of the distribution arrangement. As a result of the analysis, the Company recorded a $14.0 million impairment charge. The Company also performed an annual impairment analysis of our indefinite-lived intangible assets. As a result, the Company recorded a $9.0 million and an $8.0 million impairment charge to its KUPI IPR&D and Silarx IPR&D assets, respectively, due to the abandonment of several pipeline products within both portfolios. The Company recorded a ROU lease asset totaling $1.2 million related to an existing lease at Cody Labs upon adoption of ASU No. 2016-02 and subsequently recorded a full impairment of the asset as a result of the decision to cease operations at Cody Labs. 50 Table of Contents Other Income (Loss). Interest expense for the year ended June 30, 2020 totaled $66.8 million compared to $84.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2019. The decrease was due to a lower average debt balance in Fiscal 2020 as compared to the prior-year period as well as a lower weighted-average interest rate due to the partial repayment of the outstanding Term Loan A balance with proceeds from the issuance of the 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes. The weighted average interest rate for Fiscal 2020 and 2019 was 8.8% and 9.7%, respectively. Investment income totaled $1.6 million in Fiscal 2020 compared with $3.2 million in Fiscal 2019. Income Tax. The Company recorded income tax benefit in Fiscal 2020 of $15.3 million compared to income tax benefit of $74.1 million in Fiscal 2019. The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2020 was 31.4%, compared to 21.4% for Fiscal 2019. The effective tax rate for the period ended June 30, 2020 was higher compared to the same prior-year period primarily due to the impact of the CARES Act which allowed the Company to carryback its 2020 taxable loss into its Fiscal 2015 tax year, where the statutory tax rate was 35%. The increase was slightly offset by excess tax shortfalls related to stock compensation as well as a non-deductible branded prescription drug fee. Net Income (Loss). For the year ended June 30, 2020, the Company reported net loss of $33.4 million, or $(0.86) per diluted share. Comparatively, net loss in the corresponding prior-year period was $272.1 million, or $(7.20) per diluted share. Liquidity and Capital Resources Cash Flow The Company finances its operations with cash flow generated from operations and has $45.0 million available to draw upon under the Amended ABL Credit Facility, which is discussed further below. At June 30, 2021, working capital was $263.1 million as compared to $228.3 million at June 30, 2020, an increase of $34.8 million. Current product portfolio sales as well as sales related to future product approvals are anticipated to continue to generate positive cash flow from operations. Net cash provided by operating activities of $60.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 reflected net loss of $363.5 million, adjustments for non-cash items of $441.0 million, as well as cash used in operating assets and liabilities of $16.6 million. In comparison, net cash from operating activities of $116.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 reflected net loss of $33.4 million, adjustments for non-cash items of $110.7 million, as well as cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $38.7 million. Significant changes in operating assets and liabilities from June 30, 2020 to June 30, 2021 are comprised of: ● A decrease in accounts receivable of $26.9 million mainly due to the overall decrease in sales, as well as the timing of sales and cash receipts. The Company’s days sales outstanding (“DSO”) at June 30, 2021, based on gross sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 and gross accounts receivable at June 30, 2021, was 77 days. The level of DSO at June 30, 2021 was comparable to the Company’s expectation that DSO will be in the 70 to 85-day range based on customer payment terms. ● An increase in income taxes receivable totaling $20.4 million primarily due to additional estimated tax refunds related to provisions of the CARES Act and an anticipated Fiscal 2021 taxable loss, partially offset by income tax receipts of $36.8 million. ● A decrease in rebates payable of $19.2 million primarily due to lower sales of Fluphenazine in Fiscal 2021, which had higher than average government-related rebates. ● A decrease in royalties payable of $7.1 million primarily due to lower sales of distributed products with royalty arrangements in Fiscal 2021. 51 Table of Contents ● A decrease in accrued payroll and payroll-related costs of $5.6 million primarily related to payments made in August 2020 in connection with incentive-based compensation accrued in Fiscal Year 2020 as well as lower incentive-based compensation accrued in Fiscal Year 2021. Significant changes in operating assets and liabilities from June 30, 2019 to June 30, 2020 are comprised of: ● A decrease in accounts receivable of $39.1 million mainly due to the timing of sales and cash receipts, as well as adjustments to wholesale acquisition pricing to our customers. The Company’s days sales outstanding (“DSO”) at June 30, 2020, based on gross sales for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 and gross accounts receivable at June 30, 2020, was 61 days. The level of DSO at June 30, 2020 was significantly lower than the Company’s expectation that DSO will be in the 70 to 85-day range based on customer payment terms, due to higher gross sales in the three months ended March 31, 2020 compared to the three months ended June 30, 2020. ● An increase in accounts payable totaling $19.0 million primarily due to the timing of vendor invoices and payments. ● An increase in prepaid income taxes totaling $14.5 million primarily due to the carryback of the Company’s Fiscal 2020 taxable loss into the Fiscal 2015 tax year as a result of the CARES Act as well as tax payments made in Fiscal 2020. Net cash used in investing activities of $14.8 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 was mainly the result of purchases of property, plant and equipment of $10.4 million and purchases of intangible assets of $4.5 million. Net cash used in investing activities of $40.0 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 was mainly the result of purchases of intangible assets of $28.8 million and purchases of property, plant and equipment of $18.3 million, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of property, plant and equipment of $7.4 million. Net cash used in financing activities of $92.2 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 was primarily due to debt repayments of $437.9 million and payment of debt issuance costs of $10.1 million, partially offset by proceeds from issuance of long-term debt of $356.2 million. The financing activities during Fiscal 2021 were primarily related to the refinancing in April 2021. Net cash used in financing activities of $71.9 million for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 was due to debt repayments of $146.7 million, purchase of capped calls in connection with the 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes offering totaling $7.1 million, payments of debt issuance costs totaling $3.5 million, and purchases of treasury stock totaling $1.9 million, partially offset by proceeds from issuance of 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes of $86.3 million and proceeds from sale of stock pursuant to stock compensation plans of $1.0 million. Credit Facility and Other Indebtedness The Company has previously entered into and may enter future agreements with various financial institutions to provide additional cash to help finance the Company’s acquisitions, various capital investments and potential strategic opportunities. These borrowing arrangements as of June 30, 2021 are as follows: 7.750% Senior Secured Notes due 2026 On April 22, 2021, the Company issued $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.750% senior secured notes due 2026 (the “Notes”) in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and outside the United States to persons other than U.S. persons in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act. The Notes bear interest semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning on October 15, 2021, at a rate of 7.750% per annum in cash. The Notes will mature on April 15, 2026, unless earlier redeemed or repurchased in accordance with their terms. 52 Table of Contents Second Lien Secured Loan Facility On April 5, 2021, the Company entered into an Exchange Agreement with certain participating lenders to exchange a portion of their existing Term B Loans for Second Lien Loans pursuant to a new $190.0 million Second Lien Secured Loan Facility (“Second Lien Facility”). On April 22, 2021, in connection with the issuance of the Notes and the entrance into the Amended ABL Credit Facility, which is discussed further below, the exchange between the Company and the participating lenders was consummated. From the Closing Date until the one-year anniversary of the Closing Date, the Second Lien Loans bear 10.0% PIK interest. Thereafter, the Second Lien notes will bear 5.0% cash interest and 5.0% PIK interest until maturity, except to the extent the Company elects to pay all or portion of the PIK interest in cash. The Second Lien Loans will mature on July 21, 2026. In connection with the Second Lien Facility, the Company issued to the Participating Lenders warrants to purchase up to 8,280,000 shares of common stock of the Company (the “Warrants”) at an exercise price of $6.88 per share. The Warrants were issued on April 22, 2021 with an eight-year term. The Participating Lenders received registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock of the Company to be received upon exercise of the Warrants. The holders of the Warrants are entitled to receive dividends or distributions of any kind made to the common stockholders to the same extent as if the holder had exercised the Warrant into common stock. The Warrants are considered participating securities under ASC 260, Earnings per share. Amended ABL Credit Facility On December 7, 2020, the Company entered into a credit and guaranty agreement, which provided for an asset-based revolving credit facility (the “ABL Credit Facility”) of up to $30 million, subject to borrowing base availability, and included letter of credit and swing line sub-facilities. On April 22, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2020 (such agreement as so amended, the “Amended ABL Credit Agreement”), among the Company, certain of its wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries party thereto, as borrowers or as guarantors, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and as collateral agent and the other lenders party thereto, for the purpose of, among other things, increasing the aggregate amount of the revolving credit facility from $30.0 million to $45.0 million and extending the maturity thereof to the fifth anniversary of the closing date of Notes Offering (subject to a springing maturity as set forth therein). The Amended ABL Credit Agreement provides for a revolving credit facility (the “Amended ABL Credit Facility”) that includes letter of credit and swing line sub-facilities. Borrowing availability under the Amended ABL Credit Facility is determined by a monthly borrowing base collateral calculation that is based on specified percentages of eligible accounts receivable less certain reserves and subject to certain other adjustments as set forth in the Amended ABL Credit Agreement. Availability is reduced by issuance of letters of credit as well as any borrowings. Loans outstanding under the Amended ABL Credit Agreement bear interest at a floating rate measured by reference to, at the Company’s option, either an adjusted London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) (subject to a floor of 0.75%) plus an applicable margin of 2.50% per annum, or an alternate base rate plus an applicable margin of 1.50% per annum. Unused commitments under the Amended ABL Credit Facility are subject to a fee of 0.50% per annum, which fee increases to 0.75% per annum for any quarter during which the Company’s average usage under the Amended ABL Credit Facility is less than $5.0 million. In connection with the Second Lien Facility, the Company is required to maintain at least $5.0 million in a deposit account at all times subject to control by the Second Lien Collateral Agent, and a minimum cash balance of $15.0 million as of the last day of each month. At June 30, 2021, the Company classified the $5.0 million required deposit account balance as restricted cash, which is included in other assets caption in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. 53 Table of Contents 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 On September 27, 2019, the Company issued $86.3 million aggregate principal amount of the 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes (the “Convertible Notes”) in a private offering to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Convertible Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Company and bear interest at an annual rate of 4.50% payable semi-annually in arrears on April 1 and October 1 of each year, beginning on April 1, 2020. The Convertible Notes will mature on October 1, 2026, unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted in accordance with their terms. The Convertible Notes are convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock at an initial conversion rate of 65.4022 shares per $1,000 principal amount of Convertible Notes (which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $15.29 per share), subject to adjustments upon the occurrence of certain events (but will not be adjusted for any accrued and unpaid interest). The Company may redeem all or a part of the Convertible Notes on or after October 6, 2023 at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Convertible Notes redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, up to, but excluding, the redemption date, subject to certain conditions relating to the Company’s stock price having been met. Following certain corporate events that occur prior to the maturity date or if the Company delivers a notice of redemption, the Company will, in certain circumstances, increase the conversion rate for a holder who elects to convert its Convertible Notes in connection with such corporate event or notice of redemption. The indenture covering the Convertible Notes contains certain other customary terms and covenants, including that upon certain events of default occurring and continuing, either the trustee or holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Convertible Notes may declare 100% of the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest on, all the Convertible Notes to be due and payable. In connection with the offering of the Convertible Notes, the Company also entered into privately negotiated “capped call” transactions with several counterparties. The capped call transaction will initially cover, subject to customary anti-dilution adjustments, the number of shares of common stock that initially underlie the Convertible Notes. The capped call transactions are expected to generally reduce the potential dilutive effect on the Company’s common stock upon any conversion of the Convertible Notes with such reduction subject to a cap which is initially $19.46 per share. Other Liquidity Matters Refer to the “Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic” section above for the impact on our future liquidity. Future Acquisitions We are continuously evaluating the potential for product and company acquisitions as a part of our future growth strategy. In conjunction with a potential acquisition, the Company may utilize current resources or seek additional sources of capital to finance any such acquisition, which could have an impact on future liquidity. We may also from time to time depending on market conditions and prices, contractual restrictions, our financial liquidity and other factors, seek to prepay outstanding debt or repurchase our outstanding debt through open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases, or otherwise. The amounts involved in any such transactions, individually or in the aggregate, may be material and may be funded from available cash or from additional borrowings. 54 Table of Contents Contractual Obligations The following table represents material annual contractual obligations as of June 30, 2021: (In thousands) Long-Term Debt (1) Interest on Obligations (1) Operating Lease Obligations (2) Asset Purchase Payment Obligations (3) Total Total $ 631,950 278,580 18,939 13,627 $ 943,096 — $ Less than 1 year $ 30,885 2,051 1,250 $ 34,186 1-3 years 3-5 years — $ 350,000 87,342 4,228 — $ 441,570 84,991 4,147 12,377 $ 101,515 More than 5 Years $ 281,950 75,362 8,513 — $ 365,825 (1) Long-term debt amounts above relate to principal amounts due for the Notes, Second Lien Facility, and the Convertible Notes. Interest on obligations primarily consists of cash interest on the Notes, Second Lien Facility and the Convertible Notes. PIK interest on the Second Lien Facility is due upon maturity and is also included in the interest on obligations line above. However, following the one-year anniversary of the closing date of the Second Lien Facility, the Company may elect to pay in cash any interest required to be paid in the form of PIK interest. Refer to Note 9 “Long-Term Debt” for additional information. (2) Operating lease obligations primarily relate to an eight-year lease for the Company’s headquarters in Trevose, Pennsylvania as well as a 116,000 square foot leased warehouse in Seymour, Indiana. (3) The asset purchase payment obligation above refers to the consideration due to Andor Pharmaceuticals, LLC for the AB-rated Methylphenidate Hydrochloride perpetual license agreement. In the normal course of business, the Company may enter into noncancelable purchase orders for API and has various ongoing capital expenditure projects that may result in contractual obligations. Under the terms of the License and Collaboration Agreement with HEC to develop an insulin glargine product, the Company agreed to fund up to the initial $32 million of the development costs and split 50/50 any development costs in excess thereof. As of June 30, 2021, the Company has incurred approximately $4 million of development costs towards the $32 million commitment made by the Company. Under the terms of a separate License and Collaboration Agreement with HEC and affiliates to develop a biosimilar insulin aspart product, the Company agreed to fund up to the initial $32 million of the development costs, provided that if total development and other costs paid by Lannett are less than $32 million then the difference will be paid to Sunshine over the first year of commercialization. As of June 30, 2021, the Company has not yet incurred material costs towards the $32 million commitment made by the Company. Refer to Note 11 “Commitments” for additional information. Research and Development Arrangements In the normal course of business, the Company has entered into certain research and development and other arrangements. As part of these arrangements, the Company has agreed to certain contingent payments, which generally become due and payable only upon the achievement of certain developmental, regulatory, commercial and/or other milestones. In addition, under certain arrangements, we may be required to make royalty payments based on a percentage of future sales, or other metric, for products currently in development in the event that the Company begins to market and sell the product. Due to the inherent uncertainty related to these developmental, regulatory, commercial and/or other milestones, it is unclear if the Company will ever be required to make such payments. 55 Table of Contents Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and the rules and regulations of the U.S. Securities & Exchange Commission requires the use of estimates and assumptions. A listing of the Company’s significant accounting policies is detailed in Note 2 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” A subsection of these accounting policies has been identified by management as “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates.” Critical accounting policies and estimates are those which require management to make estimates using assumptions that were uncertain at the time the estimates were made and for which the use of different assumptions, which reasonably could have been used, could have a material impact on the financial condition or results of operations. Management has identified the following as “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates”: Revenue Recognition, Inventories, Income Taxes, and Valuation of Long-Lived Assets, including Intangible Assets. Revenue Recognition The Company complies with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which superseded ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. Under ASC 606, the Company recognizes revenue when title and risk of loss of promised goods or services have transferred to the customer at an amount that reflects the consideration the Company is expected to be entitled. Our revenue consists almost entirely of sales of our pharmaceutical products to customers, whereby we ship product to a customer pursuant to a purchase order. Revenue contracts such as these do not generally give rise to contract assets or contract liabilities because: (i) the underlying contracts generally have only a single performance obligation and (ii) we do not generally receive consideration until the performance obligation is fully satisfied. The new revenue standard also impacts the timing of the Company’s revenue recognition by requiring recognition of certain contract manufacturing arrangements to change from “upon shipment or delivery” to “over time.” However, the recognition of these arrangements over time does not currently have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position. The Company adopted ASC 606 using the modified retrospective method. When revenue is recognized, a simultaneous adjustment to gross sales is made for estimated chargebacks, rebates, returns, promotional adjustments and other potential adjustments. These provisions are primarily estimated based on historical experience, future expectations, contractual arrangements with wholesalers and indirect customers and other factors known to management at the time of accrual. Accruals for provisions are presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements as a reduction to gross sales with the corresponding reserve presented as a reduction of accounts receivable or included as rebates payable, depending on the nature of the reserve. 56 Table of Contents Provisions for chargebacks, rebates, returns and other adjustments require varying degrees of subjectivity. While rebates generally are based on contractual terms and require minimal estimation, chargebacks and returns require management to make more subjective assumptions. Each major category is discussed in detail below: Chargebacks The provision for chargebacks is the most significant and complex estimate used in the recognition of revenue. The Company sells its products directly to wholesale distributors, generic distributors, retail pharmacy chains and mail-order pharmacies. The Company also sells its products indirectly to independent pharmacies, managed care organizations, hospitals, nursing homes and group purchasing organizations, collectively referred to as “indirect customers.” The Company enters into agreements with its indirect customers to establish pricing for certain products. The indirect customers then independently select a wholesaler from which to purchase the products. If the price paid by the indirect customers is lower than the price paid by the wholesaler, the Company will provide a credit, called a chargeback, to the wholesaler for the difference between the contractual price with the indirect customers and the wholesaler purchase price. The provision for chargebacks is based on expected sell-through levels by the Company’s wholesale customers to the indirect customers and estimated wholesaler inventory levels. As sales to the large wholesale customers, such as Cardinal Health, AmerisourceBergen and McKesson increase (decrease), the reserve for chargebacks will also generally increase (decrease). However, the size of the increase (decrease) depends on product mix and the amount of sales made to indirect customers with which the Company has specific chargeback agreements. The Company continually monitors the reserve for chargebacks and makes adjustments when management believes that expected chargebacks may differ from the actual chargeback reserve. Rebates Rebates are offered to the Company’s key chain drug store, distributor and wholesaler customers to promote customer loyalty and increase product sales. These rebate programs provide customers with credits upon attainment of pre-established volumes or attainment of net sales milestones for a specified period. Other promotional programs are incentive programs offered to the customers. Additionally, as a result of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”) enacted in the U.S. in March 2010, the Company participates in a new cost-sharing program for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries designed primarily for the sale of brand drugs and certain generic drugs if their FDA approval was granted under a NDA or 505(b) NDA versus an ANDA. Drugs purchased within the Medicare Part D coverage gap (commonly referred to as the “donut hole”) result in additional rebates. The Company estimates the reserve for rebates and other promotional credit programs based on the specific terms in each agreement when revenue is recognized. The reserve for rebates increases (decreases) as sales to certain wholesale and retail customers increase (decrease). However, since these rebate programs are not identical for all customers, the size of the reserve will depend on the mix of sales to customers that are eligible to receive rebates. Returns Consistent with industry practice, the Company has a product returns policy that allows customers to return product within a specified time period prior to and subsequent to the product’s expiration date in exchange for a credit to be applied to future purchases. The Company’s policy requires that the customer obtain pre-approval from the Company for any qualifying return. The Company estimates its provision for returns based on historical experience, changes to business practices, credit terms and any extenuating circumstances known to management. While historical experience has allowed for reasonable estimations in the past, future returns may or may not follow historical trends. The Company continually monitors the reserve for returns and makes adjustments when management believes that actual product returns may differ from the established reserve. Generally, the reserve for returns increases as net sales increase. 57 Table of Contents Other Adjustments Other adjustments consist primarily of price adjustments, also known as “shelf-stock adjustments” and “price protections,” which are both credits issued to reflect increases or decreases in the invoice or contract prices of the Company’s products. In the case of a price decrease, a credit is given for product remaining in customer’s inventories at the time of the price reduction. Contractual price protection results in a similar credit when the invoice or contract prices of the Company’s products increase, effectively allowing customers to purchase products at previous prices for a specified period of time. Amounts recorded for estimated shelf-stock adjustments and price protections are based upon specified terms with direct customers, estimated changes in market prices and estimates of inventory held by customers. The Company regularly monitors these and other factors and evaluates the reserve as additional information becomes available. Other adjustments also include prompt payment discounts and “failure-to-supply” adjustments. If the Company is unable to fulfill certain customer orders, the customer can purchase products from our competitors at their prices and charge the Company for any difference in our contractually agreed upon prices. Inventories Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value determined by the first-in, first-out method. Inventories are regularly reviewed and write-downs for excess and obsolete inventory are recorded based primarily on current inventory levels, expiration date and estimated sales forecasts. While estimated sales forecasts are subjective in nature, the projections allow management to reasonably predict the net realizable value of current inventory based on expected demand. A decrease in the estimated sales forecasts would indicate the need to write-down excess and obsolete inventory. Management continuously monitors the market activity and assesses inventory levels. Income Taxes The Company uses the liability method to account for income taxes as prescribed by ASC 740, Income Taxes. Deferred taxes are recorded to reflect the tax consequences on future years of events that the Company has already recognized in the financial statement or tax returns. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are adjusted to recognize the effect of changes in tax law or tax rates in the period during which the new law is enacted. Under ASC 740, Income Taxes, a valuation allowance is required when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized through generating sufficient future taxable income. Failure to achieve forecasted taxable income in applicable tax jurisdictions could affect the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets and could result in an increase in the Company’s effective tax rate on future earnings. The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position claimed on a tax return only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The benefit from uncertain tax positions recorded in the financial statements was immaterial for all periods presented. The Company’s future effective income tax rate is highly reliant on future projections of taxable income, tax legislation, and potential tax planning strategies. A change in any of these factors could materially affect the effective income tax rate of the Company in future periods. Valuation of Long-Lived Assets, including Intangible Assets The Company’s long-lived assets primarily consist of property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets. Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the assets’ estimated useful lives, generally for periods ranging from 5 to 39 years. Definite-lived intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the assets’ estimated useful lives, generally for periods ranging from 5 to 15 years. The Company continually evaluates the reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets. 58 Table of Contents Property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (“triggering events”) indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. The nature and timing of triggering events by their very nature are unpredictable; however, management regularly considers the performance of an asset as compared to its expectations, industry events, industry and economic trends, as well as any other relevant information known to management when determining if a triggering event occurred. If a triggering event is determined to have occurred, the first step in the impairment test is to compare the asset’s carrying value to the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows of the asset, then an impairment exists. An impairment loss is measured as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value, which in most cases is calculated using a discounted cash flow model. Discounted cash flow models are highly reliant on various assumptions which are considered Level 3 inputs, including estimates of future cash flows (including long-term growth rates), discount rates and the probability of achieving the estimated cash flows. Management regularly reviews estimated future cash flows for reasonableness and considers how recent activity, including a triggering event, may impact those projections. Management also compares various industry benchmarks when determining the discount rate to use in an impairment. A higher (lower) estimate of future cash flows and/or discount rate would result in a larger (smaller) impairment. assessment. The judgments made in determining the estimated fair value can materially impact our results of operations. There can be no assurances as to when, or if, future impairments may occur. Recent Accounting Pronouncements In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which changes the impairment model used to measure credit losses for most financial assets. We are required to recognize an allowance that reflects the Company’s current estimate of credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the financial asset, including trade receivables. The Company adopted this guidance in the first quarter of Fiscal 2021. The adoption of ASU 2016-13 did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt - Debt with Conversion and Other Options and Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity, with changes to modify and simplify the application of U.S. GAAP for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity. ASU 2020-06 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The ASU requires adoption using either the retrospective basis or the modified retrospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2020-06 on its Consolidated Financial Statements. ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, the Company paid off our outstanding, variable-rate Senior Secured Credit Facility with cash and the proceeds from new fixed-rate debt. The Company has historically invested in equity securities, U.S. government agency securities and corporate bonds, which are exposed to market and interest rate fluctuations. The market value, interest and dividends earned on these investments may vary based on fluctuations in interest rate and market conditions. ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA The Consolidated Financial Statements and Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm is set forth in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Consolidated Financial Statements” and incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 9. FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND None. 59 Table of Contents ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Disclosure Controls and Procedures We carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Rule 13a-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, as amended, for financial reporting as of June 30, 2021. Based on that evaluation, our chief executive officer and chief financial officer concluded that these controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported as specified in SEC rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to our management to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures. There were no changes in these controls or procedures identified in connection with the evaluation of such controls or procedures that occurred during our last fiscal quarter, or in other factors that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect these controls or procedures. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission. These disclosure controls and procedures include, among other things, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting The report of management of the Company regarding internal control over financial reporting is set forth in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Consolidated Financial Statements: Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting” and incorporated herein by reference. Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm The attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting is set forth in Item 15 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Consolidated Financial Statements: Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” and incorporated herein by reference. Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting During the quarter ended June 30, 2021, there were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION None. 60 Table of Contents ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PART III Directors and Executive Officers The directors and executive officers of the Company are set forth below: Age Position Directors: Patrick G. LePore John C. Chapman Timothy C. Crew David Drabik Jeffrey Farber Melissa Rewolinski Paul Taveira Officers: Timothy C. Crew John Kozlowski John M. Abt Maureen M. Cavanaugh Robert Ehlinger Samuel H. Israel 66 66 60 53 60 51 61 60 49 56 61 63 59 Chairman of the Board Director Director Director Director Director Director Chief Executive Officer Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer Vice President and Chief Quality and Operations Officer Senior Vice President and Chief Commercial Operations Officer Vice President and Chief Information Officer General Counsel and Chief Legal Officer Patrick G. LePore was appointed as a Director of the Company in July 2017. On July 1, 2018, Mr. LePore succeeded Mr. Farber as Chairman of the Board of Directors. Mr. LePore served as chairman, Chief Executive Officer and president of PAR Pharmaceuticals, Inc., until the company’s acquisition by private equity investor TPG in 2012. He remained as chairman of the new company through the sale of the company to Endo Pharmaceuticals. Mr. LePore began his career with Hoffmann LaRoche. Later, he founded Boron LePore and Associates, a medical communications company, which he took public and was eventually sold to Cardinal Health. Mr. LePore is the Vice Chairman of the board of Matinas BioPharm. On September 10, 2020, Mr. LePore was appointed as a director of the board of VYNE Therapeutics, Inc. Mr. LePore earned his bachelor’s degree from Villanova University and Master of Business Administration from Fairleigh Dickinson University. The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. LePore is well qualified to serve as a Director due, in part, to his understanding and experience as a Chief Executive Officer and Director of highly regarded companies within the pharmaceutical industry. Mr. LePore is an independent director as defined by the rules of the NYSE. 61 Table of Contents John C. Chapman was appointed as a Director of the Company in July 2018. Mr. Chapman is a retired audit partner for KPMG, having specialized in providing audit services to large complex multinational pharmaceutical and consumer market companies. During his tenure at KPMG, he served for six years as a member of the firm’s board of directors and for several years as KPMG’s global chair of pharmaceuticals and chemicals. Mr. Chapman also served as global lead partner for some of KPMG’s largest clients, including Pfizer, Hoechst and PepsiCo, among others. Mr. Chapman, a certified public accountant, earned a Bachelor of Business Administration in accounting practice degree from Pace University, New York. The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. Chapman is well qualified to serve as a Director, due to his extensive experience in the public accounting profession. Additionally, Mr. Chapman has significant experience in dealing with acquisitions, divestitures, initial public offerings and secondary offerings. Mr. Chapman is an independent director as defined by the rules of the NYSE. Timothy C. Crew was appointed as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and a Director of the Company in January 2018. Mr. Crew has more than 30 years of experience in the generic and branded pharmaceutical industries. Previously, he served as Chief Executive Officer of Cipla North America, a global pharmaceutical company based in Mumbai, India. Before Cipla, he worked for eight years at Teva Pharmaceuticals Industries Ltd. (“Teva”), where he ultimately served as Senior Vice President and Commercial Operating Officer of the North American Generics division, the world’s largest generic operation with multibillion dollars of annual sales. Before that, he was Teva’s Vice President, Alliances and Business Development. Mr. Crew was also an Executive Vice President, North America, for Dr. Reddy’s Laboratories Ltd. Mr. Crew began his pharmaceutical career at Bristol-Myers Squibb, where he held a number of senior management positions in global marketing, managed healthcare, marketing, business development and strategic planning. Prior to his pharmaceutical roles, Mr. Crew served in the United States Army, where he rose to the rank of Captain. Mr. Crew earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in economics from Pomona College and a Masters of Business Administration degree from Columbia Business School. The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. Crew is well qualified to serve as a Director due, in part, to his understanding and experience as a Chief Executive Officer and Director of highly regarded companies within the pharmaceutical industry. David Drabik was elected a Director of the Company in January 2011. Mr. Drabik is a National Association of Corporate Directors Governance Fellow. Since 2002, Mr. Drabik has been President of Cranbrook & Co., LLC (“Cranbrook”), an advisory firm primarily serving the private equity and venture capital community. At Cranbrook, Mr. Drabik assists and advises its clientele on originating, structuring and executing private equity and venture capital transactions. From 1995 to 2002, Mr. Drabik served in various roles and positions with UBS Capital Americas (and its predecessor UBS Capital LLC), a New York City based private equity and venture capital firm that managed $1.5 billion of capital. From 1992 to 1995, Mr. Drabik was a banker with Union Bank of Switzerland’s Corporate and Institutional Banking division in New York City. Mr. Drabik graduated from the University of Michigan with a Bachelor of Business Administration degree. The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. Drabik is well qualified to serve as a Director due, in part, to his understanding and involvement in investment banking. As a global investment bank professional with extensive experience advising senior management, his skills include business analytics, financing and a strong familiarity with SEC documentation. Mr. Drabik is an independent director as defined by the rules of the NYSE. Jeffrey Farber was appointed a Director of the Company in May 2006 and was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors in July 2012. In July 2018, Patrick LePore succeeded Jeffrey Farber as the Chairman of the Board. Jeffrey Farber joined the Company in August 2003 as Secretary. Since 1994, Mr. Farber has been President and the owner of Auburn Pharmaceutical (“Auburn”), a national generic pharmaceutical distributor. Prior to starting Auburn, Mr. Farber served in various positions at Major Pharmaceutical (“Major”), where he was employed for over 15 years. At Major, Mr. Farber was involved in sales, purchasing and eventually served as President of the Midwest division. Mr. Farber also spent time working at Major’s manufacturing division, Vitarine Pharmaceuticals, where he served on its Board of Directors. Mr. Farber graduated from Western Michigan University with a Bachelor of Science Degree in Business Administration and participated in the Pharmacy Management Graduate Program at Long Island University. 62 Table of Contents The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. Farber is qualified to serve, due, in part, to his significant experience in the generic drug industry and his ongoing role as the owner of a highly regarded and successful generic drug distributor. His skills include a thorough knowledge of the generic drug marketplace and drug supply chain management. Melissa Rewolinski was appointed as a Director of the Company in July 2019. Dr. Rewonliski is a National Association of Corporate Governance Fellow. Dr. Rewolinski currently serves as principal of MVR Consulting, where she specializes in providing counsel to small and mid-size biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies. Earlier she held a number of senior level R&D positions for Intercept, rising to Senior Vice President, Head of Technical Operations, and member of the Executive Team. Previously, she served as Senior Director, Development for Amira Pharmaceuticals, and before that as a Chemical Development Group Leader and a Pharmaceutical Sciences Project Team Leader for Pfizer Global R&D. Dr. Rewolinski began her career at Pharmacia & Upjohn as a post-doctoral research scientist. Dr. Rewolinski earned a Doctorate degree in Organic Chemistry and Bachelor of Science degree in Chemistry, magna cum laude, from Rice University. The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Dr. Rewolinski is well qualified to serve as a Director due, in part, to her significant experience in operational and drug development roles within the pharmaceutical industry. Dr. Rewolinski is an independent director as defined by the rules of the NYSE. Paul Taveira was appointed a Director of the Company in May 2012. Mr. Taveira was the Chief Executive Officer of the National Response Corporation, an international firm specializing in environmental services, from June 2015 to February 2019. He previously served on the Board of Directors and as the Chief Executive Officer of A&D Environmental Services Inc., an environmental and industrial services company. From 2007 to 2009, Mr. Taveira was a Managing Partner of Precision Source LLC, a manufacturer of precision parts for various industries across the United States. From 1997 to 2007, Mr. Taveira held several positions at PSC Inc., a national provider of environmental services, including President, Vice President and Regional General Manager. From 1987 to 1997, Mr. Taveira held several management positions with Clean Harbors Inc., an international provider of environmental and energy services. Mr. Taveira graduated from Worcester State University with a Bachelor of Science degree in Biology. The Governance and Nominating Committee concluded that Mr. Taveira is well qualified to serve as a Director due, in part, to his understanding and experience as a Chief Executive Officer and Director of various companies. Mr. Taveira is an independent director as defined by the rules of the NYSE. John Kozlowski joined the Company in 2009 and was promoted in 2010 to Corporate Controller. In 2016, Mr. Kozlowski was promoted to Vice President Financial Operations & Corporate Controller. In October 2017, Mr. Kozlowski was promoted to Chief Operating Officer. In April 2018, Mr. Kozlowski was promoted to Chief of Staff and Strategy Officer. In August 2019, Mr. Kozlowski succeeded Martin Galvan as the Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer. In July 2020, Mr. Kozlowski was also appointed the Principal Accounting Officer. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Kozlowski served in senior finance and accounting roles for Optium Corporation and Finisar Australia. He earned a Bachelor of Arts degree in finance from James Madison University and a Masters of Business Administration degree from Rider University. John M. Abt joined the Company in March 2015 as Vice President of Quality and was promoted to Vice President and Chief Quality and Operations Officer in April 2018. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Abt held senior level positions in both quality and operations and has extensive knowledge in pharmaceutical manufacturing, quality, strategy, business improvement and site transformation. Prior to joining the Company, he most recently served as Teva Pharmaceuticals’ Vice President Global Quality Strategy, overseeing the development and implementation of strategy and associated initiatives for the global quality organization. Before that, he held a number of leadership positions of increasing responsibility in operations, continuous improvement, quality systems and compliance. He earned his Doctorate in Business Administration from Temple University, Masters of Administrative Science in Business Management from Johns Hopkins University and a Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry from Niagara University. 63 Table of Contents Maureen M. Cavanaugh joined the Company in May 2018 as Senior Vice President and Chief Commercial Operations Officer. Prior to joining the Company, Ms. Cavanaugh spent the past 11 years at Teva, most recently as Senior Vice President, Chief Commercial Officer, North American Generics. Earlier at Teva, Ms. Cavanaugh served as Senior Vice President and General Manager, U.S. Generics and before that held a variety of positions in sales, marketing and customer operations. Ms. Cavanaugh also previously served as Senior Director of Marketing at PAR Pharmaceuticals, as Director, Product Management and Marketing Research at Sandoz Inc., and held a number of finance, sales and marketing operations positions at Bristol Myers-Squibb. Ms. Cavanaugh earned a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration degree from LaSalle University and a Masters of Business Administration degree from Rider University. Robert Ehlinger joined the Company in July 2006 as Chief Information Officer. In June 2011, Mr. Ehlinger was promoted to Vice President of Logistics and Chief Information Officer. Prior to joining Lannett, Mr. Ehlinger was the Vice President of Information Technology at MedQuist, Inc., a healthcare services provider, where his career spanned 10 years in progressive operational and technology roles. Prior to MedQuist, Mr. Ehlinger was with Kennedy Health Systems as their Corporate Director of Information Technology supporting acute care and ambulatory care health information systems and biomedical support services. Earlier on, Mr. Ehlinger was with Dowty Communications where he held various technical and operational support roles prior to assuming the role of International Distribution Sales Executive managing the Latin America sales distribution channels. Mr. Ehlinger received a Bachelor’s of Arts degree in Physics from Gettysburg College in Gettysburg, PA. Samuel H. Israel joined the Company in July 2017 as General Counsel and Chief Legal Officer. Prior to joining Lannett, Mr. Israel was a partner with Fox Rothschild LLP, a national, full-service law firm, with 26 offices that provide services in more than 60 practice areas, since 1998. He served as chair of the firm’s Pharmaceutical and Biotechnology Practice and handled a variety of commercial litigation matters. Mr. Israel earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Chemical Engineering from the University of Pennsylvania and a Juris Doctor degree with honors from Rutgers University School of Law. To the best of the Company’s knowledge, there have been no events under any bankruptcy act, no criminal proceedings and no judgments or injunctions that are material to the evaluation of the ability or integrity of any director, executive officer, or significant employee during the past ten years. Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act (“Section 16”) requires the Company’s directors, executive officers and persons who own more than ten percent of the common stock of the Company, to file with the SEC initial reports of beneficial ownership and reports of changes in beneficial ownership of common stock of the Company. Based solely on review of these reports, or written representations from these persons that no other reports were required to be filed with the SEC, the Company believes that all reports for the Company’s directors, executive officers and ten percent shareholders that were required to be filed under Section 16 during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021 were timely filed, except for one Form 4 for Melissa Rewolinski reporting a single sale of 14,150 shares. The transaction was subsequently reported on a Form 4. Code of Ethics The Company has adopted the Code of Professional Conduct (the “code of ethics”), a code of ethics that applies to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as well as all other company personnel. The code of ethics is publicly available on our website at www.lannett.com. If the Company makes any substantive amendments to the code of ethics or grants any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the code to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, or any other executive, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a report on Form 8-K. 64 Table of Contents Audit Committee The Audit Committee has responsibility for overseeing the Company’s financial reporting process on behalf of the Board. In addition, Audit Committee responsibilities include selection of the Company’s independent auditors, conferring with the independent auditors regarding their audit of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, pre-approving and reviewing the independent auditors’ fees and considering whether non-audit services are compatible with maintaining their independence and considering the adequacy of internal financial controls. The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a written charter adopted by the Board, which is available on the Company’s website at www.lannett.com. The charter describes the nature and scope of the Audit Committee’s responsibilities. The members of the Audit Committee are Paul Taveira, David Drabik, John Chapman, and Melissa Rewolinski. All members of the Audit Committee are independent directors as defined by the rules of the NYSE. Financial Expert on Audit Committee: The Board has determined that John Chapman, a current Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee, is the Audit Committee financial expert as defined in section 3(a)(58) of the Exchange Act and the related rules of the Commission for the year ended June 30, 2021. Information Security Experience on Audit Committee: The Audit Committee is responsible for overseeing management’s controls over information security. The Audit Committee meets at least quarterly with the Company’s IT management and an outside cybersecurity consulting firm, which performs an annual assessment of our cybersecurity controls, as well as the Company’s independent auditors regarding their annual audit procedures, which include information security. John Chapman has information security experience. Pursuant to the Audit Committee charter, the Audit Committee is briefed periodically on the status of the Company’s systems and processes to ensure that the Company’s electronic information is not compromised. There have not been any breaches of Company information systems in the last three years and the Company, which maintains a cyber security insurance policy, has not paid any expenses or penalties related to any information breaches. Environmental, Social and Governance Committee In April 2021, the Board formed an Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) Committee to provide oversight of the Company’s ESG activities and evaluation of risks that may arise from these activities. The members of the ESG Committee are Timothy Crew, John Chapman, David Drabik, Melissa Rewolinski, and Paul Taveira. Timothy Crew currently serves as the Chairman of the ESG Committee. Corporate Governance Other information required in this Item 10 was included in the 2021 Proxy Statement, which was filed with the SEC on December 7, 2020. The sections incorporated by reference in this Item 10 include: “The Role of the Board and Risk Oversight,” “Board Leadership Structure,” “Communicating with the Board of Directors,” “Board Committees,” and “Executive Sessions of Independent Directors.” 65 Table of Contents ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION Compensation Discussion and Analysis This Compensation Discussion and Analysis (“CD&A”) describes our Fiscal 2021 Executive Compensation Program. It provides an overview of the compensation program for the following Named Executive Officers (“NEOs”) and how the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (“the Committee”) made its decisions for our 2021 Fiscal Year. NEO Timothy C. Crew John Kozlowski Maureen Cavanaugh Samuel H. Israel John Abt Say on Pay Results in 2021 Title/Role Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer Senior Vice President and Chief Commercial Operations Officer Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel Vice President and Chief Quality and Operations Officer At our annual stockholders meeting in January 2021, our stockholders approved the “say-on-pay” proposal, with approximately 80% of votes cast in support of our executive compensation program. Although this vote is non-binding, its outcome, along with stockholder feedback and the competitive business environment, plays an important role in how the Committee makes decisions about the program’s structure. To this end, the Committee periodically conducts reviews of the Executive Compensation Program, monitors industry practices and seeks feedback from some of our largest investors. Based in part on this feedback, the Committee introduced performance shares tied to the Company’s three-year total stockholder returns (“TSR”) relative to companies in the S&P Pharmaceuticals Select Industry Index as part of the long-term incentive program for NEOs in Fiscal 2018 and has increased its weighting over time from 25% initially to 35% of the target award opportunity in Fiscal 2021. For equity grants to NEOs in Fiscal 2022, the weighting on performance shares increased to 50% of total award opportunities, with half tied to three-year relative TSR and half to strategic portfolio goals over the three-year measurement period. The Committee also added a provision for the relative TSR component capping performance share award funding at target if we outperform comparator companies and our absolute TSR is negative. The Fiscal 2022 Annual Bonus Plan for NEOs will include a component tied to the internal development and external assessment of a report outlining the Company’s Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) strategy and practices. Our executive compensation program for NEOs continues to place a significant emphasis on performance-based variable pay tied to key strategic objectives. We also maintain stock ownership requirements for executive officers and non-employee directors, and in Fiscal 2021 our Board of Directors approved an expanded compensation recovery or “clawback” provision amending all executive officer employment contracts in the event of the need for a restatement of financial statement arising from fraud or misconduct. We believe these actions demonstrate our responsiveness to stockholder feedback and our ongoing commitment to aligning executive pay with performance and long-term value creation. The following pages of this CD&A highlight performance results since Fiscal 2018 that have had a direct impact on the compensation paid to our NEOs over the same period of time. It looks specifically at the performance measures used in the short- and long-term incentive awards under the Executive Compensation Program that the Committee believes drive stockholder value. It also describes recently approved changes for Fiscal 2022 to further align our Executive Compensation Program with our objectives and best competitive practice. A Word About Risk The Committee believes that incentive plans, along with the other elements of the Executive Compensation Program, provide appropriate rewards to our NEOs to keep them focused on our goals. The Committee also believes that the program’s structure, along with its oversight, continues to provide a setting that does not encourage the NEOs to take excessive risks in their business decisions. 66 Table of Contents Executive Summary Business Highlights Fiscal 2021 was a year of significant challenges as well as strategic accomplishments that we believe will position the Company for future growth and value creation. Our financial results were adversely impacted by the ongoing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, pricing pressures within the generic pharmaceuticals industry, and organizational and portfolio restructuring actions. Despite these challenges, we continued to seamlessly maintain and enhance our operations, safeguard our employees, and provide safe, high quality medications to customers and patients. We continued to successfully execute on our strategy of enhancing our core business, launching new products, building our R&D pipeline, expanding strategic alliances, and reducing costs. We launched a total of 12 new products during Fiscal 2021, most of which have limited or moderate competitors. We also removed 23 lower margin products from our portfolio which, combined with the above- referenced macroeconomic challenges, adversely impacted near-term net sales but is expected to improve longer-term profitability. While we did not achieve budgeted revenue and profitability goals for Fiscal 2021, we continued to operate profitably, based on adjusted Operating Income, which excludes impairments, amortization, restructuring and non-cash interest expenses, and certain other non-recurring items, during a very challenging operating environment. During Fiscal 2021, we continued to diligently pay down our term loan debt by approximately $80 million and in April 2021, we completed a refinancing transaction that significantly extended the maturity of our debt and enhanced our capital structure. The refinance significantly improves our near-term free cash flow through a reduction in cash interest and loan amortization, providing us with increased flexibility to invest in additional growth opportunities. During the first quarter of Fiscal 2021, we fully implemented a new restructuring and cost savings plan with expected annual savings of more than $15 million to help address ongoing competitive pricing pressure within the generic pharmaceuticals sector. These activities significantly strengthened our financial flexibility and ability to make ongoing investments in our business and product pipeline. We continue to execute on a number of key strategic initiatives as discussed below. We believe these actions will better position the Company for long-term profitable growth and stockholder value creation. In addition, we continued to make important advances in product development and mix and in our regulatory approval process, allowing us to efficiently and safely place our products that span a variety of categories on the market. We launched a total of 48 new products over the past three fiscal years, including 12 in Fiscal 2021, with additional launches planned in Fiscal 2022 and beyond. As of June 30, 2021, we had over 100 products available to the market. We also continue to capitalize on our strategic partnerships, both domestically and internationally. Since January 2018, we acquired or in-licensed over 75 Abbreviated New Drug Application (ANDA) products and entered into several new strategic alliance agreements which diversified and enhanced our revenue streams. In Fiscal 2020 and 2021, we entered into commercialization agreements with several leading pharmaceutical companies that have the potential to significantly increase our future annual revenues. Included among these is a revised and expanded agreement with our strategic alliance partner, HEC Group, for an insulin-based product with significant market potential to treat type 1 and type 2 diabetes, which impacts approximately 34 million Americans, as well as a fast-acting, biosimilar insulin aspart product candidate with significant market potential. We also entered into agreements with Respirent for inhalation products. We continue to make progress advancing these and other product candidates towards commercial launches over the next several years. 67 Table of Contents As noted above, our financial performance in Fiscal 2021 was adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and ongoing competitive pressures within the generic pharmaceutical industry. Despite these challenges, our executive leadership and other employees made significant progress in executing our strategic plan and positioning the Company for future growth. The impact of these events and developments are reflected in our compensation decisions for Fiscal 2021, consistent with our pay for performance philosophy. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, salary increases for NEOs were delayed until January 2021, except for Mr. Kozlowski, whose market adjustment was effective in July 2020 as his salary remained well below 50th percentile market values. Short-term incentive (annual bonus) payouts to NEOs for Fiscal 2021 were well below target, with no awards earned for components tied to corporate financial goals (representing 70% of total target award opportunities) due to below-threshold performance results, and awards tied to individual performance and strategic objectives earned at or above target levels. Based on overall performance results, short-term incentive payouts for NEOs for Fiscal 2021 were earned at levels ranging from 30% to 40% of total target award opportunities (averaging 34% of target), well-below payouts earned for Fiscal 2020. Additionally, performance shares tied to 3-year relative TSR cycles ending in September 2020 and July 2021 were forfeited since our TSR results relative to comparator companies in the S&P Pharmaceuticals Select Industry Index were below the threshold level. We believe these actions demonstrate our commitment to aligning executive pay with performance. In July 2021, our NEOs received target long-term incentive grants based on a target value mix of 30% for restricted stock, 20% for cash awards tied to changes in our absolute stock price over the three-year period ending June 30, 2024, and 50% for performance shares, with half tied to our relative TSR vs. companies in the S&P Pharmaceuticals Select Index for the three-year performance cycle running from July 1, 2021 through June 30, 2024 and half to various strategic portfolio goals over the three-year measurement period ending June 30, 2024. Many outstanding stock options held by our NEOs are currently “underwater” and the value of many other outstanding equity awards are below grant date target values. Based on our interim relative TSR results through June 30, 2021, performance shares granted in Fiscal 2020 and 2021 are tracking below threshold levels which, if sustained over the applicable three-year performance periods, would result in no awards being earned by NEOs. 68 Table of Contents Key financial performance highlights, as reported in accordance with GAAP requirements, are shown below. GAAP-based results for Fiscal 2021 reflect asset impairments and certain other non-cash and/or non-recurring expenses that are excluded from adjusted profitability metrics. Year over year declines vs. Fiscal 2020 results reflect continued challenging market conditions within the generic pharmaceuticals industry as well as within the broader market due to the ongoing pandemic, and for comparisons vs. Fiscal 2018 and 2019 results, the non-renewal of the former distribution agreement with Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals (JSP), which expired in March 2019 and had significantly contributed to our prior net sales and profitability. See the section of our Form 10-K entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional details and discussion of Company performance. † Peer Group average pertains to the Fiscal 2021 peer group. 69 Table of Contents Comparison of Disclosed Versus Realizable CEO Pay for Mr. Crew (Based on Summary Compensation Table) Compared with values reported in the Summary Compensation Table for Mr. Crew, current realizable values are 40% lower for Fiscal 2020 and 54% lower for Fiscal 2021. Mr. Crew’s reported compensation for Fiscal 2020 includes actual base salary plus STI earned plus the full value of a retention incentive earned in December 2019 plus equity awards granted in Fiscal 2020 (with stock options and restricted stock based on Fiscal 2019 performance). Fiscal 2021 reported compensation includes actual base salary plus STI earned plus grant date accounting values for target equity grants for Fiscal 2021. Realizable pay reflects current intrinsic values for equity grants based on our stock price as of June 30, 2021, with assumed performance share award funding at 0% of target for the Fiscal 2020 and 2021 grants based on interim relative TSR results from date of grant through June 30, 2021. 70 Table of Contents Fiscal 2021 Executive Compensation Program Changes As our Company grows, the Committee is committed to the evolution and improvement of our Executive Compensation Program to ensure alignment with our business strategy and stockholder interests, as well as best competitive practices. The Committee made the following adjustments to the program’s core compensation elements for 2021: What’s Changed Short-Term Incentives (“Annual Bonus”) How It’s Changed · Added cash flow from Long-Term Incentives operations as a percentage of Adjusted EBITDA to the strategic objectives component. · Increased award funding for threshold performance from 25% to 50% of target award opportunities. · Changed target value mix from an equal weighting for all vehicles to 35% performance shares tied to 3-year relative TSR, 20% stock options, and 45% service-based restricted stock · Revised full vesting time period from four years to three years for all award vehicles. 71 Explanation No changes were made to the overall performance mix or target award opportunities expressed as percentages of base salary. The cash flow metric was added to reinforce strategic priorities associated with further enhancing our financial flexibility. Threshold award funding was increased to align more closely with peer group and broader market practice and recognize use of challenging performance goals. Emphasis on stock options was reduced to help manage overall equity plan share usage, and emphasis on restricted stock was increased to enhance retention during a time of heightened uncertainty, with the majority of total award opportunities continuing to be tied to performance and/or stock price appreciation. The time frame for full vesting for all awards was set at three years to align more closely with peer group and broader market practice. Table of Contents Our Commitment to Sound Corporate Governance In order to align our executive compensation program with long-term stockholder interests, we have adopted a variety of sound corporate governance practices, as illustrated in the following table: What We Do · Emphasize variable incentives to align pay with · Provide multi-year pay guarantees within employment What We Don’t Do performance agreements · Tie incentive compensation to multiple performance metrics that reinforce key business objectives · Allow stock option repricing without stockholder approval · Place primary emphasis on equity compensation to align · Permit stock hedging or pledging activities executive and stockholder interests · Use stock ownership guidelines for executive officers · Provide uncapped short-term incentive and performance and non-employee directors share awards · Maintain a clawback policy allowing for the · Pay tax gross-ups on any awards recoupment of excess compensation in the event of a material financial restatement and fraud or misconduct · Engage an independent compensation consultant to · Provide excessive executive perquisites advise the Compensation Committee Executive Officer Stock Ownership Guidelines To further encourage alignment with stockholder interests, the Board has established stock ownership and retention requirements for executive officers. Within five years of first being subject to guidelines in their current role, each executive officer is required to achieve and maintain ownership levels, based on a multiple of base salary, as noted in the following table. Position CEO All Other Executive Officers Base Salary Multiple Ownership Requirement 3.0X (300%) annual base salary 1.5X (150%) annual base salary Until guidelines are met, executive officers must retain 50% of net after-tax shares received from equity grants, including net after-tax shares received from stock option exercise or vesting of restricted stock and performance shares, until they are in compliance. If guidelines are not met within the five-year compliance period, the holding requirement increases to 100% of net after-tax shares from equity grants until achieved. Shares owned outright by executive officers or their spouse, as well as shares held in retirement plans and unvested time-based restricted stock count towards ownership requirements. Unearned performance shares and outstanding stock options do not count towards ownership. Non-employee directors are also subject to stock ownership and holding requirements, as described in the “Compensation of Directors” section of this 10-K. 72 Table of Contents Overview of the Executive Compensation Program Our Philosophy A fundamental objective of our Executive Compensation Program is to focus our executives on creating long-term stockholder value — all aspects of our program are rooted in this goal and designed around the following guiding principles: ● Pay for performance: A significant portion of compensation should be variable and directly linked to corporate and individual performance goals and results. ● Competitiveness: Compensation should be sufficiently competitive to attract, motivate and retain an executive team fully capable of driving exceptional performance. ● Alignment: The interests of executives should be aligned with those of our stockholders through equity-based compensation and performance measures that help to drive stockholder value over the long term. To support these guiding principles, our program includes the following compensation elements: Pay Element Base Salary Short-Term Incentives (Annual Bonus) Long-Term Incentives Target Compensation Mix Form Cash (Fixed) Cash (Variable) Equity and Cash (Variable) Purpose Provides a competitive level of compensation that reflects position responsibilities, strategic importance of the position and individual experience. Provides a cash-based award that recognizes the achievement of corporate goals in support of the annual business plan, as well as specific, qualitative and quantitative individual goals for the most recently completed fiscal year. Provides incentives for management to execute on financial and strategic goals that drive long-term stockholder value creation and support the Company’s retention strategy. The charts below show that most of our NEO’s target compensation for Fiscal 2021 is variable (82% for our CEO and an average of 69% for our other current NEOs). Variable pay includes the target value of short-term cash incentives (“STI”), performance shares, stock options, and restricted stock. 73 Table of Contents Based upon Fiscal 2021 compensation as reported in the Summary Compensation Table on page 86 of this 10-K, variable pay represents approximately 82% of total pay for our CEO and 70% of average total pay for our other current NEOs. This mix reflects below-target short-term incentives earned at an average of 34% of target award levels in Fiscal 2021 under the Annual Bonus Plan (shown as STI), the grant date accounting fair value of target performance share, stock option, and restricted stock grants in Fiscal 2021, and additional restricted stock grants of 5,000 shares for Mr. Kozlowski and 10,000 shares for Mr. Abt to further recognize contributions and additional responsibilities assumed during Fiscal 2021. How Compensation Decisions Are Made ● The Role of the Compensation Committee. The Committee, composed entirely of independent directors, is responsible for making executive compensation decisions for the NEOs. The Committee works closely with its independent compensation consultant, Pearl Meyer & Partners (“Pearl Meyer”), and management to examine pay and performance matters throughout the year. The Committee’s charter, which sets out its objectives and responsibilities, can be found at our website at www.lannett.com under the “Investors” section. The Committee has authority and responsibility to establish and periodically review our Executive Compensation Program and compensation philosophy. Importantly, the Committee also has the sole responsibility for approving the corporate performance goals upon which compensation for the CEO is based, evaluating the CEO’s performance and determining and approving the CEO’s compensation, including equity-based compensation, based on the achievement of his goals. The Committee also reviews and approves compensation levels for other NEOs, taking into consideration recommendations from the CEO. In making its determinations, the Committee considers market data and advice from Pearl Meyer, as well as budgets, reports, performance assessments and other information provided by management. It also considers other factors, such as the experience, skill sets, and contributions of each NEO towards our overall success. However, the Committee is ultimately responsible for all compensation-related decisions for the NEOs and may exercise its own business judgment when evaluating performance results and making compensation decisions. 74 Table of Contents Timing of Committee Meetings and Grants; Option and Share Pricing The Committee meets as necessary to fulfill its responsibilities, and the timing of these meetings is established during the year. The Committee holds special meetings from time to time as its workload requires. Annual equity grants occur after finalizing fiscal year end performance results, typically within the July/August time frame. Individual grants (for example, associated with the timing of a new NEO or promotion to an NEO position) and special recognition awards may occur at any time of year. The exercise price of each stock option and fair value of restricted stock awarded to our NEOs is the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. ● The Role of the CEO. The CEO does not play any role in the Committee’s determination of his own compensation. However, he presents the Committee with recommendations for each element of compensation including base salaries and short- and long-term incentive awards for the other NEOs, as well as non-executive employees who are eligible for equity grants. The CEO bases these recommendations upon his assessment of each individual’s performance, as well as market practice. The Committee has full discretion to modify the recommendations of the CEO in the course of its approvals. ● The Role of the Independent Consultant. The Committee consults, as needed, with an outside compensation consulting firm. As it makes decisions about executive compensation, the Committee reviews data and advice from its consultant about current compensation practices and trends among publicly traded companies in general and comparable generic pharmaceutical companies in particular. The Committee also periodically reviews recommendations from its outside consultant and makes recommendations to the Board about the compensation for non-employee directors. In Fiscal 2020, Pearl Meyer was retained by the Committee, as its independent consultant, to review the competitiveness of the Executive Compensation Program. Pearl Meyer provided the Committee with compensation data with respect to similarly sized biopharmaceutical and life sciences companies and consulted with the Committee about a variety of issues related to competitive compensation practices and incentive plan designs. Pearl Meyer was also retained by the Committee in Fiscal 2021 to review the competitiveness of the Executive Compensation Program and to provide ongoing advice relating to the Executive Compensation Program. The Committee assessed the independence of Pearl Meyer pursuant to the SEC rules and concluded that no conflict of interest exists that would prevent Pearl Meyer from independently advising the Committee. 75 Table of Contents Peer Group & Benchmarking The Committee evaluates industry-specific and general market compensation practices and trends to ensure the Executive Compensation Program is appropriately competitive. When making decisions about the program for Fiscal 2020, the Committee considered publicly available data, as well as a market study conducted by Pearl Meyer in May 2020. The Pearl Meyer study developed market values using a blend of peer group proxy pay data for the companies shown below as well as published survey data for the broader life sciences industry. Using this information, the Committee compared our program to the compensation practices of other companies which the Committee believes are comparable to the Company in terms of size, scope and business complexity (the “peer group”). As shown below, the Company ranked in the upper half of the peer group in terms of employee headcount, at the 50th percentile for net sales, and between the 25th and 50th percentiles for enterprise value. Company Name Acorda Therapeutics, Inc. Amneal Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Amphastar Pharmaceuticals, Inc. ANI Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Assertio Therapeutics, Inc. Catalent, Inc. Momenta Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Prestige Consumer Healthcare Inc. Supernus Pharmaceuticals, Inc. United Therapeutics Corporation Lannett Company, Inc. Percentile Rank Fiscal Year End # of Employees Enterprise Value 6/30/2021 ($mm) Fiscal Year End Operating Income ($mm) Fiscal Year End Sales ($mm) Cumulative 1 YR TSR 6/30/2021 Cumulative 3 YR TSR 6/30/2021 Cumulative 5 YR TSR 6/30/2021 168 $ 181 6,000 $ 3,319 1,980 369 $ $ 955 588 27 13,900 96 $ $ 20,951 $ $ $ $ $ $ (87) $ 153 -89.6% (96.0)% (97.6)% 146 $ 1,993 -28.6% — % — % 16 $ (5) $ 350 208 -4.5% -57.4% 12.9 % (25.1)% 14.7 % (43.5)% (43) $ 410 108 $ 3,094 -88.7% 99.4 % (96.4)% 208.0 % (98.2)% 268.6 % 118 $ N/A $ (312) $ 24 — % — % — % 505 $ 4,093 563 $ 1,247 $ $ 297 188 $ $ 943 64.5 % (1.3)% 12.7 % 520 (7.0)% (28.6)% 81.3 % $ $ 5,672 950 730 812 $ $ 33% 60% 591 (237) $ 10% $ 1,483 479 50% 129.8 % -22.9% 44 % 38.3 % (77.1)% 25 % 3.1 % (92.1)% 25 % Subsequent to the 2020 study, former peer Momenta Pharmaceuticals was acquired. For purposes of a subsequent market pay analysis conducted by Pearl Meyer in May 2021, the Committee approved a revised peer group excluding Momenta Pharmaceuticals (acquired) and Catalent (size outlier) and including the 8 remaining companies from the 2020 peer group as shown above as well as Coherus BioSciences, Inc.. The revised peer group aligns with us in terms of company size and industry focus. 76 Table of Contents The Committee uses external market data as a reference point to ensure the Company’s executive compensation program is sufficiently competitive to attract, retain, and motivate highly experienced and talented NEOs. The Committee generally seeks to position target total direct compensation for NEOs at or near 50th percentile market values for comparable positions but does not utilize a purely formulaic benchmarking approach. Based on the May 2020 Pearl Meyer study, target total direct compensation, including the sum of base salary plus target short-term and long-term incentives, was within the competitive range (defined as +/- 15%) of 50th percentile market values for all NEOs other than Mr. Abt, who was slightly above the range, and equal to 95% of the 50th percentile in the aggregate. Actual total direct compensation, which included Fiscal 2020 short-term incentives earned between threshold and target, the annualized value of one-time retention bonuses paid in Fiscal 2020, and grant date values for Fiscal 2020 equity grants, was within or above a competitive range of 50th percentile market values for all NEOs other than Mr. Kozlowski, who was below the range, and equal to 104% of the 50th percentile in the aggregate. As previously noted, when evaluating our executive compensation program, the Committee considers a variety of other factors in addition to external market data, such as Company and individual performance, and each NEO’s qualifications, skill sets, and past and expected future contributions towards our success. 2021 Executive Compensation Program Decisions Base Salary We attribute much of our success to our highly experienced executive management team, and the strength of their leadership has been clearly demonstrated by our exceptional long-term performance results and strategic accomplishments. In order to remain competitive among our industry peers, the Committee believes it should set compensation at market- competitive levels that reflect the executive’s experience, role and responsibilities. Based on Pearl Meyer’s 2020 study, current salaries were below 50th percentile market values for four of our five NEOs and within a competitive range (+/- 10%) of the 50th percentile for all incumbents other than Mr. Kozlowski, who was below the range. The Committee approved merit increases equal to 6.5% of base salary for Mr. Kozlowski and 3% base salary for all of our other current NEOs for Fiscal 2021. Due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, the effective date of salary increases was delayed, for all incumbents other than Mr. Kozlowski, to January 2021, with no retroactive adjustments provided. The following table summarizes annualized salaries for Fiscal 2020 and 2021 for our NEOs. Annualized salaries differ from actual values received as reported in the Summary Compensation Table due to the timing of effective dates. NEO Timothy C. Crew John Kozlowski Maureen Cavanaugh Samuel H. Israel John Abt Short-Term Incentives (Annual Bonus) 2020 Base Salary 2021 Base Salary % Change 3 % 6.5 % 3 % 3 % 3 % 750,000 385,000 438,000 412,000 354,500 772,500 410,000 451,140 424,360 365,135 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ The Company’s NEOs participate in an annual bonus program, which is designed to reinforce the annual business plan and budgeted goals and to recognize yearly performance achievements focused primarily on financial and operating results. Actual payouts can range from 0% (below threshold) to 200% (superior performance) of target awards and are paid in cash. The Committee sets each NEO’s threshold, target and superior bonus opportunity as a percentage of base salary, as follows: NEO Timothy C. Crew All Other NEOs Threshold (50% of Target) Annual Bonus Opportunity As a % of Salary Target (100% of Target) Superior (200% of Target) 50 % 30 % 100 % 60 % 200 % 120 % 77 Table of Contents Expressed as percentages of salary, Fiscal 2021 target and maximum award opportunities were the same as those established in Fiscal 2020 for all NEOs, while threshold award funding was increased to 50% of target (vs. 25% of target in Fiscal 2020). The overall annual bonus plan for Fiscal 2021 was comprised of two components: ● Corporate Financial & Operational Goals: 70% of the total target award opportunity is tied to operating results versus targets established by the Committee to promote a focus on Company-wide profitable growth and collaboration: Performance Metric Adjusted Operating Income Adjusted Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) Net Sales Strategic Objectives Individual Objectives Weighting (out of 100%) 30 % 20 % 20 % 20 % 10 % Fiscal 2021 performance metrics and weightings for corporate financial and operational goals were identical to those established in Fiscal 2020. Adjusted Operating Income and Adjusted EPS are defined as GAAP Operating Income and diluted EPS, respectively, excluding bonus and stock-based compensation expense, as further adjusted for certain non-recurring items. ● Strategic / Individual Objectives: 30% of the total target award opportunity is based on the achievement of pre- established quantitative and qualitative strategic and individual goals, to reinforce key strategic objectives and to promote individual accountability and “line of sight.” For Fiscal 2021, the strategic objectives component for all NEOs was tied to an equally weighted blend of Cash Flow from Operations as a percentage of Adjusted EBITDA and number of product launches and filings. The individual objectives component for each NEO is tied to various other strategic, financial and operational objectives, taking into consideration each NEO’s job function and responsibilities. For competitive harm reasons, the Company does not disclose specific details on individual goals and other strategic objectives. 2021 Short-Term Incentives (Annual Bonus): Results and Payouts ● Corporate Financial & Operational Results (Collectively Weighted 70% of Total Target Award) Fiscal 2021 Target goals were set below Fiscal 2020 actual levels for Adjusted Operating Income and Adjusted EPS and above Fiscal 2020 actual results for Net Sales, based on our 2021 internal budgets which anticipated continued challenging market conditions within the generic pharmaceuticals sector. The Committee viewed the Fiscal 2021 performance hurdles as very challenging in light of then-current internal forecasts and industry and economic conditions, including the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. The Committee established Threshold performance hurdles at 85% of Target goals and Superior hurdles at 120% of Target to account for stretch goals, challenging market conditions, and to align more closely with our historical performance range spreads. Fiscal 2021 financial performance goals and actual results are shown in the following table: Performance Metric Adjusted Operating Income ($ millions) Adjusted EPS Net Sales ($ millions) Threshold 100.3 1.12 505.0 $ $ $ Performance Goals Target Superior 118.0 1.32 594.1 $ $ $ 141.6 1.58 712.9 $ $ $ Actual 55.5 0.21 478.8 Weighting (Out of 70%) 30 % $ 20 % $ 20 % $ 78 Table of Contents Actual Fiscal 2021 performance results were below the Threshold goal level for all three Corporate financial metrics, impacted by even more challenging market conditions within the generic pharmaceuticals sector than originally anticipated, use of stretch goals, and the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. Actual Adjusted Operating Income for Fiscal 2021 excluded pre-tax items totaling approximately $292.7 million, including restructuring expenses, impairments, and other non-recurring items. Actual Adjusted EPS excluded the same $292.7 million in pre-tax items plus $22.0 million primarily related to non-cash interest expense and a loss on extinguishment of debt as well as the related tax effects for all of these items. For Fiscal 2021, the Net Sales result was the same as the GAAP-reported value, with no adjustments applied. ● Strategic and Individual Performance Results (Collectively Weighted 30% of Total Target Award) For Fiscal 2021, the strategic objectives component was primarily tied to Cash Flow from Operations goals, which exceeded the Superior level, and number of product launches and filings, which was below the Threshold level. The Committee also considered each NEO’s contributions towards a variety of other company-wide strategic and function-specific objectives, including the debt restructuring which significantly enhanced our financial flexibility, revisions to our product portfolio to improve longer-term profitability, and product launches and development. While no specific weightings were assigned to these other objectives, the Committee considered each NEO’s contributions towards, ongoing success with restructuring activities, the continued strengthening of our balance sheet, maintaining operational discipline within a challenging market environment, and achievement of various other strategic growth milestones. Based on the Committee’s overall assessment, each NEO met or exceeded most goals for the strategic objectives and individual performance components. All NEOs earned target payouts for the strategic objectives component. Mr. Kozlowski and Ms. Cavanaugh earned maximum awards for their individual performance component to recognize their significant contributions towards our debt refinancing and strengthening of our balance sheet (in the case of Mr. Kozlowski) and strategic partnership collaborations and pipeline expansion and progression (in the case of Ms. Cavanaugh) and all other NEOs earned target awards for individual performance achievements. Total Annual Bonus Based on our Fiscal 2021 performance results, calculated award funding levels were equal to approximately 30% of target for Messrs. Crew, Israel, and Abt and 40% of target for Mr. Kozlowski and Ms. Cavanaugh. In evaluating these results, the Committee chose to not apply any discretion to calculated performance outcomes and award funding levels. Total Fiscal 2021 payouts for current NEOs are summarized in the following table: Current NEO Timothy C. Crew John Kozlowski Maureen Cavanaugh Samuel H. Israel John Abt Long-Term Incentives Corporate Financial / Strategic / Individual Operational Component Objectives Component — $ — $ — $ — $ — $ 231,750 98,400 108,274 76,385 65,724 $ $ $ $ $ Total Actual Bonus for Fiscal 2021 $ $ $ $ $ 231,750 98,400 108,274 76,385 65,724 NEOs participate in a performance-based long-term incentive program. Target award opportunities, expressed as percentages of base salary, for Fiscal 2021 are unchanged from Fiscal 2020 levels and are summarized in the following table: NEO Timothy C. Crew John Kozlowski Maureen Cavanaugh Samuel H. Israel John Abt Target Award as % of Base Salary 350 % 175 % 175 % 175 % 150 % 79 Table of Contents The target value mix for our NEOs in Fiscal 2021 is summarized below: Beginning in Fiscal 2021, all equity grants are made at target levels, to align more closely with market practice, provide for more consistent and predictable awards, and further enhance retention. Grants occur during the first quarter of each Fiscal Year, with stock options and restricted stock tied to continued service over the applicable vesting period and performance shares tied to three-year relative TSR vs. comparator companies. Target Equity Grants Made in Fiscal 2021 Beginning in Fiscal 2021, all equity grants are made at target award levels. For Fiscal 2021 grants, the Committee approved a target value mix equal to 35% for performance shares, 20% for stock options, and 45% for service-based restricted shares. The Committee approved the following performance share, stock option and restricted stock target grants, effective as of July 31, 2020: Target Equity Grants NEO Timothy C. Crew John Kozlowski Maureen Cavanaugh Samuel H. Israel John Abt # of Performance Shares # of Stock Options # of Restricted Shares 204,016 52,364 59,573 56,036 41,328 158,679 40,728 46,334 43,584 32,144 144,628 37,121 42,231 39,725 29,298 These stock options vest in three equal annual increments, beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date and expire on the tenth anniversary from the date of grant. Each stock option has an exercise price of $5.95, equal to our closing stock price on the date of grant. Restricted stock granted in Fiscal 2021 also vests in three equal annual increments, beginning on the first anniversary of grant. 80 Table of Contents Target performance share grant levels were determined by dividing target award values by the grant date closing stock price of $5.95 per share, consistent with the approach used to determine restricted stock grants. For accounting expense recognition and proxy disclosure purposes, Fiscal 2021 performance shares were valued at $9.22 per share, based on a Monte Carlo binomial modeling valuation tool, as discussed in Note 15 “Share-based Compensation” of our Consolidated Financial Statements. Award vesting will be based on the Company’s TSR relative to companies in the S&P Pharmaceuticals Index for the three-year period ending June 30, 2023, as illustrated below, with no awards earned for below-Threshold results and maximum awards of up to 200% of target grants for Superior performance. Lannett Three-Year Relative TSR vs. S&P Pharmaceuticals Select Index Below 40th Percentile 40th Percentile 50th Percentile 80th Percentile or Higher Percentage of Target Grant Earned — 50 % 100 % 200 % The Committee also approved additional restricted stock grants of 5,000 shares to Mr. Kozlowski and 10,000 shares of Mr. Abt, effective September 7, 2020, to further recognize their contributions in Fiscal 2020 and assumption of additional responsibilities. These grants vest in three equal annual increments, beginning on the first anniversary of the grant date. Compensation Recoupment (Clawback) Policy for Executive Officers In early Fiscal 2021, our Board of Directors approved an expanded compensation recovery or “clawback” provision that will be incorporated into all executive officer employment contracts. Under the revised contracts, if the Company is required to issue a material financial restatement as a result of fraud or other misconduct, the Board may, in its discretion, seek to recoup any excess performance-based short-term or long-term incentive compensation awarded during the three- year period following the originally filed financial statement(s). The recoupment provision applies to any executive officer who is found to have participated in or knew or should have known about such fraud or misconduct and took no action to prevent it. In determining the amount of any excess performance-based incentives, the Board will compare the award received based on the original financial statement(s) against the amount that would have been earned based on the restated financial results. Prior to this new policy, the Company maintained a clawback policy under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, with incentive awards for the CEO and CFO subject to recoupment in the event of a material financial restatement triggered by fraud or misconduct. Additionally, any employee who violates the provisions of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is subject to disciplinary penalties that may include termination of employment. The Committee intends to comply with any regulatory requirements pertaining to clawback provisions under the Dodd-Frank Act once rules are finalized by the SEC and New York Stock Exchange. Other Policies, Programs and Guidelines NEOs, like all other employees, have retirement programs and other benefits as part of their overall compensation package. The Committee believes that these programs and benefits support our compensation philosophy, part of which is to provide compensation that is sufficiently competitive to attract, motivate and retain an executive team fully capable of driving exceptional performance. The Committee periodically reviews these programs to validate that they are reasonable and consistent with market practice. Attributed costs of the personal benefits available to the NEOs are included in column (h) of the Summary Compensation Table on page 86. ● Retirement Benefits. Each of our NEOs is eligible to participate in a 401(k) plan that is available to all employees. Through December 2020, the Company provided matching contributions on a $0.50 basis up to 8% of the contributing employee’s base salary, subject to limitations of the 401(k) plan and applicable law. Beginning January 1, 2021, the Company reduced the portion of base salary eligible for the matching contribution from 8% to 4% of the contributing employee’s base salary, subject to limitations of the 401(k) plan and applicable law. 81 Table of Contents ● Other Benefits. Our NEOs are eligible to participate in the same health benefits available to all other employees. They also participate in a wellness program where Lannett pays up to $2,250 towards the cost of a comprehensive annual physical examination. Lannett provides life insurance for NEOs which would, in the event of death, pay up to $187,500 to designated beneficiaries. Premiums paid for coverage above $50,000 are treated as imputed income. Lannett also provides short- and long-term disability insurance which would, in the event of disability, pay the NEO 100% of his base salary up to the plan limits of $10,000 per week for short-term disability and $15,000 per month for long-term disability. The NEOs are also provided with car allowances. ● Post-Termination Pay. The Committee believes that reasonable severance and change-in-control benefits are necessary in order to recruit and retain qualified senior executives and are generally required by the competitive recruiting environment within our industry and the marketplace in general. These severance benefits reflect the fact that it may be difficult for our NEOs to find comparable employment within a short period of time and are designed to alleviate concerns about the loss of his or her position without cause. The Committee also believes that a change-in- control arrangement will provide security that will likely reduce the reluctance of an NEO to pursue a change in control transaction that could be in the best interest of our stockholders. Lannett’s severance plan is designed to pay severance benefits to a NEO for a qualifying separation. For the CEO, the severance plan provides for payment of three times base salary, plus a pro-rated annual cash bonus for the current year calculated as if all targets and goals are achieved. For the other NEOs, the severance plan currently provides for a payment of 18-months of base salary, plus a pro-rated annual cash bonus for the current year calculated as if all targets and goals are achieved for qualifying termination of employment scenarios not associated with a change in control. For qualifying termination of employment scenarios within 18 months following a change in control (as defined in the agreements), the severance payment would equal two times base salary for NEOs other than the CEO (whose severance payment would remain at three times base salary ). Employment agreements with NEOs do not have any tax gross-up provisions and only provide for severance benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment by the Company without “Cause” (as defined in the agreements) or a voluntary resignation for “Good Reason” (as defined in the agreements). They also include non-compete, non-solicitation, and other restrictive covenants for designated time frames. ● Tax and Accounting Implications. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, precludes the deductibility of an NEO’s compensation that exceeds $1,000,000 per year. The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which became effective as of January 1, 2018, modified Section 162(m) provisions, including the elimination of the “performance- based exception” that previously allowed certain performance-based compensation meeting specific requirements to qualify for full tax deductibility by the Company. The changes to Section 162(m) do not apply to certain compensation paid pursuant to a binding written contract that was in effect as of November 2, 2017. As a result of the tax law changes, compensation paid to designated “covered executives”, including current and former NEOs, in excess of $1,000,000 per individual will generally not be deductible, whether or not it is performance-based. Although the Committee has historically attempted to structure executive compensation to preserve deductibility, it also reserves the right to provide compensation that may not be fully deductible, in order to maintain flexibility in compensating NEOs in a manner consistent with our compensation philosophy, as deemed appropriate. The Committee believes that stockholder interests are best served by not restricting the Committee’s discretion in this regard, even though such compensation may result in non-deductible compensation expenses to the Company. 82 Table of Contents ● Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan. Effective July 1, 2019, the Company established a non-qualified deferred compensation plan that allows NEOs and a select group of other senior management and highly compensated employees to elect to defer up to 50% of base salary and up to 100% of annual bonuses. Deferral elections must be made prior to the start of each calendar plan year, with participants selecting among a variety of investment alternatives. The Committee has the discretion to periodically authorize company contributions but is under no obligation to do so, and any such company contributions may be subject to vesting requirements. Participant compensation deferrals are immediately vested and will be credited to individual participant accounts, along with any company contributions (if applicable) and any investment returns. Distribution of the participant’s accounts is triggered by the occurrence of the applicable event (i.e., separation from service, retirement, death, disability, a Change in Control, or pre-determined in-service distributions that are no earlier than three years after the year in which deferrals were made) under the terms of the plan, but the date on which payment is actually processed will be subject to timing requirements associated with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (“409A”). The plan is unfunded and payouts will generally be made in one cash lump sum; however, subject to the 409A restrictions on initial and subsequent form of payment elections, participants will also be eligible to elect to receive payments in annual installments of up to five years for in-service distributions and up to ten years following retirement. 83 Table of Contents Looking Ahead: Executive Compensation Program Changes for Fiscal 2022 For Fiscal 2022, the Committee decided to once again delay the timing of base salary merit increases, modify the short- term incentive (Annual Bonus) design, and to modify the long-term incentive plan design, as shown below. ● Base Salaries. The Committee approved the following market adjustments, for all incumbents other than Mr. Crew, to position NEO salaries at or near 50th percentile market values. Due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and current market conditions, the effective date for all salary increases was delayed from the first quarter to the second quarter of Fiscal 2022. NEO Timothy C. Crew John Kozlowski Maureen Cavanaugh Samuel H. Israel John Abt 2021 Base Salary* 2022 Base Salary* % Change $ $ $ $ $ 772,500 410,000 451,140 424,360 365,135 $ $ $ $ $ 772,500 451,000 464,670 437,090 376,090 — % 10.0 % 3.0 % 3.0 % 3.0 % *Reflects full-year annualized salaries; as noted above, Fiscal 2021 increases became effective as of January 1, 2021 and those for Fiscal 2022 are effective as of October 1, 2021 ● Short-Term Incentives (Annual Bonus). For Fiscal 2022, target award opportunities, expressed as percentages of base salary, are the same as in Fiscal 2021, except that a portion (20%) will be tied to deferred strategic goals relating to product development and regulatory filing milestones payable over the next several years if and when achieved. Award opportunities for the deferred strategic goals component will be capped at target and payable upon achievement of each applicable milestone prior to the end of Fiscal 2024. This will likely reduce potential short-term incentive awards payable in Fiscal 2022, as the deferred strategic milestones are not currently anticipated to occur prior to Fiscal 2023 and/or 2024, if at all. As shown in the following table, weightings for other metrics have been adjusted to account for the introduction of the deferred strategic milestones component. The former individual performance component was eliminated for Fiscal 2022 to allow for increased emphasis / focus for all NEOs on a common set of strategic objectives, which will be tied to the internal development and external assessment of a report outlining the Company’s ESG strategy and practices, operational efficiency goals, and cash flow / liquidity goals. These changes were made to more closely align short-term incentive goals with our current strategic priorities, with the majority of award opportunities continuing to be tied to challenging corporate financial and operational goals. Performance Metric Adjusted Operating Income Adjusted Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) Net Sales Fiscal 2022 Strategic Objectives Deferred Strategic Goals Weighting (out of 100%) 20 % 20 % 20 % 20 % 20 % 84 Table of Contents ● Long-Term Incentives. Expressed as percentages of base salary, target long-term incentive award opportunities are the same as in Fiscal 2021 for all NEOs. The target award value mix is 50% performance shares (up from 35% in Fiscal 2021), 30% restricted stock (down from 40% in Fiscal 2021), and 20% provided in the form of a cash-based incentive where the value varies based on changes in our stock price over the three-year period ending June 30, 2024. For Fiscal 2022 grants, the Committee chose to eliminate stock options and add a cash-based component to help manage equity plan share usage and reserves. Half of performance shares will be tied to our three-year relative TSR vs. companies in the S&P Pharmaceuticals Select Index, as shown below, with the other half tied to a variety of strategic portfolio goals relating to regulatory filings and approvals of certain key products and gross margin targets for new internal launches. Strategic portfolio goals are not currently disclosed due to competitive harm concerns, but will be disclosed following the end of the three-year performance measurement period. The revised LTI award mix for Fiscal 2022 increases the emphasis on long-term strategic objectives and value creation while continuing to promote retention and alignment with shareholder interests. All grants will continue to be made at target award levels, with the majority of award opportunities “at risk”. Full vesting periods for all grants in Fiscal 2022 were set at three years. In response to feedback from shareholders and shareholder advisory groups, the Committee also approved a change to performance share award funding that caps potential awards at the target number of shares if we outperform comparator companies but our absolute TSR is negative. Restricted stock grants were made at target award levels in July 2021, vesting in three equal annual increments based on continued service. The cash-based incentive component was also approved in July 2021, with a three-year “cliff” vesting requirement based on continued service and the award value is tied to changes in our stock price over the three-year period ending June 30, 2024. For the performance share component tied to relative TSR, award opportunities can range from 0% to 200% of target levels, based on our three-year TSR relative to companies in the S&P Pharmaceuticals Select Industry Index, as follows: Lannett Three-Year Relative TSR vs. S&P Pharmaceuticals Select Index Below 40th Percentile 40th Percentile 50th Percentile 80th Percentile or Higher Percentage of Target Award Opportunity Earned — 50 % 100 % 200 % As noted above, the other half of performance shares are tied to strategic portfolio goals to be achieved during the three- year period ending June 30, 2024. Target performance shares were granted in July 2021. Any earned shares will vest following the end of the three-year performance period. As noted above, awards for the relative TSR component will be capped at target if our relative TSR is above the 50th percentile but absolute TSR is negative. REPORT OF THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE The Compensation Committee has reviewed, discussed and approved the CD&A as set forth above with management. Taking this review and discussion into account, the undersigned Committee members recommend to the Board of Directors that the CD&A be included in the annual report on Form 10-K. Paul Taveira, Chairman John C. Chapman David Drabik 85 Table of Contents COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS Overview The tables and narratives set forth below provide specified information concerning the compensation of our Named Executive Officers (NEOs) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. Summary Compensation Table This table summarizes all compensation paid to or earned by our Fiscal 2021 NEOs for the years indicated to the extent they were serving as NEOs. Name and Principal Position Fiscal Year (a) Timothy Crew (b) Salary (c) Bonus (d) Restricted Stock Awards Options Awards Non-equity incentive plan compensation Compensation All Other (e) (f) (g) (h) Total (i) Chief Executive Officer John Kozlowski (1) Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer Maureen Cavanaugh Senior VP and Chief Commercial Operations Officer Samuel Israel Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel John Abt Vice President and Chief Quality Operations Officer 2021 2020 2019 2021 2020 2019 2021 2020 2019 2021 2020 2019 2021 2020 2019 $ 760,385 $ — $ 2,676,916 $ 558,264 $ 231,750 $ 36,573 $ 4,263,888 748,269 735,000 1,605,283 840,603 619,390 27,768 4,576,313 735,000 — 483,359 141,002 735,000 40,635 2,134,996 $ 409,327 $ — $ 714,128 $ 143,287 $ 98,400 $ 24,117 $ 1,389,259 378,077 325,000 354,878 185,840 188,096 35,582 1,467,473 325,000 — 219,228 64,894 195,000 47,199 851,321 $ 444,065 $ — $ 781,659 $ 163,012 $ 108,274 $ 18,937 $ 1,515,947 436,500 425,000 534,926 277,144 217,034 25,206 1,915,810 425,000 — - - 255,000 31,799 711,799 $ 417,705 $ — $ 735,259 $ 153,339 $ 76,385 $ 27,856 $ 1,410,544 410,616 400,000 503,548 260,863 228,871 24,896 1,828,794 400,000 — 300,969 89,096 240,000 27,122 1,057,187 $ 359,409 — $ 596,369 $ 113,090 $ 65,724 $ 19,611 $ 1,154,203 353,346 344,500 283,703 131,340 175,659 25,080 1,313,628 344,500 — 144,249 42,080 206,700 24,221 761,750 (1) Mr. Kozlowski was appointed to the role of Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer effective August 31, 2019. Mr. Kozlowski assumed the Principal Accounting Officer role effective July 13, 2020. 86 Table of Contents All Other Compensation The following summarizes the components of column (g) of the Summary Compensation Table above: Name and Principal Position Timothy Crew Chief Executive Officer John Kozlowski Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer Maureen Cavanaugh Senior VP and Chief Commercial Operations Officer Samuel Israel Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel John Abt Vice President and Chief Quality Operations Officer Company Match Contributions 401(k) Plan 5,625 9,750 5,655 $ Auto Allowance 13,500 $ 13,500 13,500 Fiscal Year 2021 2020 2019 2021 2020 2019 2021 2020 2019 2021 2020 2019 2021 2020 2019 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 3,073 13,035 9,556 5,491 9,760 16,442 7,935 9,588 8,727 6,303 9,832 9,033 10,800 10,800 10,800 10,800 10,800 10,800 10,800 10,800 10,800 10,800 10,800 10,800 Pay in Lieu of Vacation Wellness Benefit $ $ $ $ $ 14,856 - 16,962 7,885 7,404 22,500 $ $ — $ — — 6,529 - 3,077 $ — $ — — 2,250 4,250 4,250 2,250 4,250 4,250 2,250 4,250 4,250 2,250 4,250 4,250 2,250 4,250 4,250 $ Excess Life Insurance 342 268 268 $ $ $ $ 109 93 93 396 396 307 342 258 268 258 198 138 $ $ $ $ $ Total 36,573 27,768 40,635 24,117 35,582 47,199 18,937 25,206 31,799 27,856 24,896 27,122 19,611 25,080 24,221 87 Table of Contents Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2021 Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards Target ($) (d) $ 772,500 Maximum ($) (e) $ 1,545,000 Threshold ($) (c) $ 386,250 Estimated Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards Threshold (f) Target (g) Maximum (h) All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares of Stocks or Units (#) (1) (2) (i) All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options (#) (1) (j) Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/sh) (3) Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Options Awards (4) (i) 79,340 158,679 317,358 204,016 144,628 $ 5.95 $ 123,000 $ 246,000 $ 492,000 20,364 40,728 81,456 $ 135,342 $ 270,684 $ 541,368 23,167 46,334 92,668 $ 127,308 $ 254,616 $ 509,232 21,792 43,584 87,168 $ 109,541 $ 219,081 $ 438,162 16,072 32,144 64,288 52,364 5,000 59,573 56,036 41,328 10,000 37,121 $ 5.95 42,231 $ 5.95 39,725 $ 5.95 29,298 $ 5.95 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 1,463,020 1,213,895 558,264 375,512 311,566 27,050 143,287 427,199 354,459 163,012 401,844 333,414 153,339 296,368 245,902 54,100 113,090 Name (a) Timothy Crew Chief Executive Officer John Kozlowski Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer Maureen Cavanaugh Senior VP and Chief Commercial Operations Officer Samuel Israel Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel John Abt Vice President and Chief Quality Operations Officer Grant Date (b) 7/31/2020 7/31/2020 7/31/2020 7/31/2020 7/31/2020 9/7/2020 7/31/2020 7/31/2020 7/31/2020 7/31/2020 7/31/2020 7/31/2020 7/31/2020 7/31/2020 7/31/2020 9/7/2020 7/31/2020 (1) All stock option and restricted stock grants vest in three equal annual increments. (2) Restricted stock grants on 9/7/20 to Messrs. Kozlowski and Abt were made to further recognize their contributions in Fiscal 2020 and assumption of additional responsibilities. (3) The exercise price was equal to the Company’s closing stock price on the date of grant. (4) Stock options were valued using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Performance shares were valued using a Monte Carlo binomial model. The assumptions used in fair value calculations are described in Note 15 “Share-based Compensation,” in the Form 10-K. The grant date fair value for other stock grants reflects the number of shares multiplied by the Company’s closing stock price on the applicable date of grant. 88 Table of Contents Outstanding Equity Awards at 2021 Fiscal Year End The following table sets forth information concerning the outstanding stock awards held at June 30, 2021 by each of the NEOs. The options were granted ten years prior to the option expiration date and vest over three or four years from that grant date. Restricted shares vest over three or four years from the date of grant. Name (a) Timothy Crew Chief Executive Officer John Kozlowski Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer Maureen Cavanaugh Senior VP and Chief Commercial Operations Officer Samuel Israel Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel John Abt Vice President and Chief Quality Operations Officer Option Awards Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Number of Number of Securities Securities Securities Underlying Underlying Underlying Unexercised Unexercised Unexercised Options (#) Unearned Options (#) Exercisable Unexercisable Options (#) (c) (d) Stock Awards Equity Equity Incentive Plan Incentive Plan Number of Shares or Market Value of Shares or Units of Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Stock That Units of Stock Rights That Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Option Option Exercise Expiration Have Not That Have Not Price ($) (e) Vested ($) (h) Vested (#) (g) Date (f) Have Not Vested (#) (i) Rights That Have Not Vested ($) — 7,209 156,053 144,628 — $ 23.65 — $ 12.20 — $ 6.57 — $ 5.95 1/1/2028 7/29/2028 7/28/2029 7/30/2030 306,988 $ 1,433,634 244,437 $ 1,141,521 (b) 32,103 14,417 52,017 — 4,000 9,334 4,200 6,635 11,500 — 17,150 — 2,759 9,110 16,142 — 1,970 1,155 2,759 4,302 8,127 — — — — 3,318 34,500 37,121 51,450 42,231 — 4,555 48,428 39,725 — — — 2,152 24,383 29,298 — $ 4.16 10/25/2022 9/4/2023 — $ 13.86 8/11/2024 — $ 34.77 — $ 12.20 — $ 6.57 — $ 5.95 7/29/2028 7/28/2029 7/30/2030 — $ 6.57 7/28/2029 — $ 5.95 7/30/2030 — $ 17.40 — $ 12.20 — $ 6.57 — $ 5.95 9/21/2027 7/29/2028 7/28/2029 7/30/2030 — $ 59.20 7/21/2025 — $ 31.30 — $ 17.40 — $ 12.20 — $ 6.57 — $ 5.95 7/26/2026 9/21/2027 7/29/2028 7/28/2029 7/30/2030 89 81,512 $ 380,661 63,178 $ 295,041 91,613 $ 427,833 70,074 $ 327,246 89,846 $ 419,581 75,393 $ 352,085 71,991 $ 336,198 47,730 $ 222,899 Table of Contents Options Exercised and Stock Vested During the Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2021 The following table sets forth information concerning stock options exercised and stock awards that vested during Fiscal 2021 for each of the NEOs. Name and Principal Position (a) Timothy Crew Chief Executive Officer John Kozlowski Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer Maureen Cavanaugh Senior VP and Chief Commercial Operations Officer Samuel Israel Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel John Abt Vice President and Chief Quality Operations Officer Employment and Separation Agreements Options Number of Shares Value Acquired On Exercise Realized on Exercise — — $ Stock Awards Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting 43,814 Value Realized on Vesting $ 271,218 — $ — 12,437 $ 77,850 — $ — 18,560 $ 100,484 — $ — 19,778 $ 115,398 — $ — 9,768 $ 56,929 The Company has entered into employment agreements with its current NEOs. Each of the agreements provides for an annual base salary and eligibility to receive a bonus. The salary and bonus amounts of these executives are determined by the review and approval of the Compensation Committee in accordance with the Committee’s charter as approved by the Board of Directors. Additionally, these executives are eligible to receive stock options and restricted stock awards. In 2018, the Company amended each of the employment agreements it has entered into with its current NEOs and with other employees to confirm and clarify that nothing in the employment agreements prohibits or limits the right of any employee from providing confidential information to or otherwise communicating with the SEC or any other governmental entity or self-regulatory organization or from accepting financial awards from the SEC or any other governmental entity or self- regulatory organization. Under the terms of the employment agreements, these executive employees may be terminated at any time with or without cause, or by reason of death or disability. In certain termination situations, the Company is liable to pay these executives severance compensation as discussed in the table below. 90 Table of Contents Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control The following table summarizes potential payments or benefits upon various termination of employment scenarios for our current NEOs as of fiscal year end and assumes that the relevant triggering event occurred on June 30, 2021. The fair market values of share-based compensation (i.e. Stock Options and Restricted Stock) were calculated using the closing price of Lannett Company, Inc. stock ($4.67) on June 30, 2021, which was the last trading day of Fiscal 2021. The “spread” or difference between the fair market value of Lannett Company’s stock on June 30, 2021, and the option exercise price, was used for valuing stock options. Name Timothy Crew Without Cause/ With Good Reason (1) (2) Base Salary Continuation Annual Cash Bonus $ 2,317,500 $ 231,750 For Cause or Retirement / Death / Disability (3) (4) $ — $ 231,750 Change in Control (5) $ 2,317,500 $ 231,750 John Kozlowski Without Cause/ With Good Reason (1) (2) For Cause or Retirement / Death / Disability (3) (4) Change in Control (5) Maureen Cavanaugh Without Cause/ With Good Reason (1) (2) For Cause or Retirement / Death / Disability (3) (4) Change in Control (5) Samuel Israel Without Cause/ With Good Reason (1) (2) For Cause or Retirement / Death / Disability (3) (4) Change in Control (5) John Abt Without Cause/ With Good Reason (1) (2) For Cause or Retirement / Death / Disability (3) (4) Change in Control (5) $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 615,000 $ 98,400 — $ 98,400 820,000 $ 98,400 676,710 $ 108,274 — $ 108,274 902,280 $ 108,274 636,540 $ 76,385 — $ 76,385 848,720 $ 76,385 547,703 $ 65,724 — $ 65,724 730,270 $ 65,724 Acceleration and Exercisability Of Unvested Stock Option Awards Acceleration Of Unvested Restricted Stock Insurance Benefit Other Continuation Benefits Total — $ 2,575,155 $ 26,882 $ 5,100 $ 5,156,387 — $ — $ — $ 5,100 $ 236,850 — $ 2,575,155 $ 26,882 $ 5,100 $ 5,156,387 — $ 675,702 $ 21,721 $ 6,792 $ 1,417,615 — $ — $ — $ 6,792 $ 105,192 — $ 675,702 $ 21,721 $ 6,792 $ 1,622,615 — $ 755,078 $ 26,882 $ 4,368 $ 1,571,312 — $ — $ — $ 4,368 $ 112,642 — $ 755,078 $ 26,882 $ 4,368 $ 1,796,882 — $ 771,666 $ 3,972 $ 4,176 $ 1,492,739 — $ — $ — $ 4,176 $ 80,561 — $ 771,666 $ 3,972 $ 4,176 $ 1,704,919 — $ 559,097 $ 50,880 $ 5,992 $ 1,229,396 — $ — $ — $ 5,992 $ 71,716 — $ 559,097 $ 50,880 $ 5,992 $ 1,411,963 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 91 Table of Contents (1) Each employment agreement ranges from 1-3 years and is automatically renewed unless notice is given by either party. Any non-renewal of the existing employment agreements by the Company and any resignation of the Executive with Good Reason both constitute a termination without Cause. Under the current employment agreements with our NEOs, base salary continuation for a period of 18-36 months (and ranging from 24-36 months for a qualifying termination following a Change in Control ), pro-rated cash bonus as if all targets and goals were achieved subject to any applicable cap on cash payments, acceleration of exercisability of unvested stock option awards, acceleration of unvested restricted stock, and insurance benefit continuation for a period of 18 months (collectively “Severance Compensation”) will only be made if the Executive executes and delivers to the Company, in a form prepared by the Company, a release of all claims against the Company and other appropriate parties, excluding the Company’s performance obligation to pay Severance Compensation and the Executive’s vested rights under the Company sponsored retirement plans, 401(k) plans and stock ownership plans (“General Release”). Severance Compensation is paid in equal monthly installments over a 12-month period to commence on the 90th day following the Termination Date provided the Executive has not revoked the General Release prior to that date. Earned but unpaid base salary, accrued but unpaid annual bonus (if the Executive otherwise meets the eligibility requirements) and accrued but unpaid paid time off and other miscellaneous items are to be paid in a single lump sum in cash no later than the earlier of: (1) the date required under applicable law; or (2) 60 days following the Termination Date. (2) Under the existing employment agreements, Good Reason is defined as giving written notice of his resignation within thirty (30) days after Executive has actual knowledge of the occurrence, without the written consent of Executive, of one of the following events: (A) the assignment to Executive of duties materially and adversely inconsistent with Executive’s position or a material and adverse alteration in the nature of his duties, responsibilities and/or reporting obligations, (B) a reduction in Executive’s Base Salary or a failure to pay any such amounts when due; or (C) the relocation of Company headquarters more than 100 miles from its current location. (3) Under the existing employment agreements, if the Executive is terminated For Cause; by death; by disability; resigns without Good Reason; or retires; earned but unpaid base salary, accrued but unpaid annual bonus (if the Executive otherwise meets the eligibility requirements) and accrued but unpaid paid time off and other miscellaneous items are to be paid in a single lump sum in cash no later than the earlier of: (1) the date required under applicable law; or (2) 60 days following the Termination Date. (4) For Cause generally means Executive’s willful commission of an act constituting fraud, embezzlement, breach of fiduciary duty, material dishonesty with respect to the Company, gross negligence or willful misconduct in performance of Executive duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation relating to the operation of the Company, abuse of illegal drugs or other controlled substances or habitual intoxication, willful violation of published business conduct guidelines, code of ethics, conflict of interest or other similar policies, and Executive becoming under investigation by or subject to any disciplinary charges by any regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the Company (including but not limited to the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA), Food and Drug Administration (FDA) or the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)) or if any complaint is filed against the Executive by any such regulatory agency. (5) Under the existing employment agreements, a Change in Control is defined as a “change in ownership of the Company”, “a change in effective control of the Company”, or “a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets.” If the Executive is terminated by the Company without Cause or resigns with Good Reason within 24 months of a Change in Control event, the Executive shall be entitled to earned but unpaid base salary, accrued but unpaid annual bonus (if the Executive otherwise meets the eligibility requirements) and accrued but unpaid paid time off and other miscellaneous items. These items are to be paid in a single lump sum in cash no later than the earlier of: (1) the date required under applicable law; or (2) 60 days following the Termination Date. Additionally, the Executive shall be entitled to Severance Compensation to be paid in equal monthly installments over a 12-month period to commence on the 90th day following the Termination Date provided the Executive has not revoked the General Release prior to that date. A written notice that the Executive’s employment term is not extended within the 24-month period after a Change in Control shall be deemed a termination without Cause, unless the Executive and the Company execute a new employment agreement. 92 Table of Contents CEO Pay Ratio Disclosure As required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations of the SEC, we are providing the following information about the annual total compensation of our employees and the annual total compensation of our current CEO, Timothy Crew. For the year ended June 30, 2021, Mr. Crew’s total compensation, as reported in the Summary Compensation Table of this proxy, was $4,263,888 and total compensation for our median employee, as calculated in accordance with the requirements of Regulation S-K, was $59,834, resulting in a ratio of 71.3 to 1. This pay ratio information has been calculated in a manner consistent with SEC regulations. For purposes of determining the median employee for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2021, we determined that as of May 31, 2021, our employee population consisted of 810 individuals working at our company and its consolidated subsidiaries. For each of the 810 U.S.-based employees (other than Mr. Crew), we used their annualized base salary and target cash and equity incentive awards as of May 31, 2021 as a consistently applied compensation measure to identify the median employee. We used target cash and equity incentives since actual awards for Fiscal 2021 for each employee were not yet determined. We annualized values for employees hired after July 1, 2020, the start of our Fiscal Year. Because the SEC rules permit significant flexibility in terms of approaches used to calculate compensation and identify the median employee, comparisons among companies may not be very meaningful, even for companies within the same industry. 93 Table of Contents COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS Our Board of Directors is actively involved in providing strategic direction and fiduciary oversight to the Company. During Fiscal 2021, we had a total of seven Board members, which resulted in a significant workload for our directors. Our Board of Directors held numerous meetings and teleconferences in Fiscal 2021 in carrying out its responsibilities. The Board is actively involved in transactional due diligence, management succession planning, on-going reviews of business development activities and strategic initiatives to position the Company for future growth. The Board also continued to be actively involved in addressing the COVID-19 pandemic. For Fiscal 2021, our non-employee directors received a cash retainer of $90,000, unchanged from Fiscal 2020, payable in monthly increments of $7,500, for Board and committee service. Mr. LePore also received an additional retainer of $30,000 for serving as our Independent Non-Employee Board Chairman, and Mr. Drabik received an additional retainer of $24,000 for his central role and for continued board leadership work. No other cash retainers or meeting fees were provided during Fiscal 2021. As an executive director, Mr. Crew does not participate in the non-employee director compensation program. Board members receive annual equity grants to recognize their service during the prior fiscal year. Grant levels may vary from year to year based on Company performance. Based on the Company’s performance and the significant efforts and contributions of our directors in Fiscal 2020, in September 2020, each non-employee Board member received an award of 38,986 common shares with a grant date value of $199,998, immediately vested at grant. These grants are shown in the table below, since they occurred in Fiscal 2021. Beginning with equity awards in Fiscal 2021, the Board moved the annual grant date from July to September 1, which is not during a “blackout” period, to allow directors to immediately sell shares to fund tax liabilities. Effective in July 2014, the Board of Directors approved stock ownership guidelines for non-employee directors equal to three times their cash retainer. Non-employee directors must meet required ownership levels within five years of first becoming subject to the guidelines and must hold 50% of all net after-tax shares from equity grants until ownership requirements are met (or 100% of such shares if ownership levels are not met by the end of the five-year compliance period). All directors other than Dr. Rewolinski, who joined the board in Fiscal 2020, and Mr. Drabik, who sold some shares in Fiscal 2021 to fund tax liabilities while still in compliance with guidelines, met required ownership levels as of the end of Fiscal 2021. Mr. Drabik will regain compliance with ownership guidelines following the next director equity grant in September 2021. We maintain policies that prohibit Directors from pledging Lannett stock or engaging in activity considered hedging of our common stock, and none of our Directors has pledged Lannett stock as collateral for a personal loan or other obligations. 94 Table of Contents The following table shows compensation information for Fiscal 2021 for non-employee members of our Board of Directors. DIRECTOR COMPENSATION Name (a) Jeffrey Farber Fees Earned (b) $ 90,000 Non-Equity Incentive Plan Options Stock Awards Awards Compensation (d) — (c) (1) $ 199,998 — (e) David Drabik $ 114,000 $ 199,998 — Paul Taveira $ 90,000 $ 199,998 — Patrick LePore $ 120,000 $ 199,998 — John Chapman $ 90,000 $ 199,998 — Melissa Rewolinski $ 90,000 $ 199,998 — — — — — — Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation (f) — — — — — — All Other Compensation (g) Total (h) — $ 289,998 — $ 313,998 — $ 289,998 — $ 319,998 — $ 289,998 — $ 289,998 (1) Reflects grant date award value for equity grants received in Fiscal 2021 to recognize Board service in Fiscal 2020. 95 Table of Contents ITEM 12. RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND The following table sets forth, as of July 31, 2021, information regarding the security ownership of the directors and certain executive officers of the Company and persons known to the Company to be beneficial owners of more than five (5%) percent of the Company’s common stock. Although grants of restricted stock under the Company’s 2014 and 2021 Long Term Incentive Plans (“LTIPs”) generally vest equally over time from the grant date, the restricted shares are included below because the voting rights with respect to such restricted stock are acquired immediately upon grant. Name and Address of Beneficial Owner / Director / Executive Officer John M. Abt 1150 Northbrook Drive, Suite 155 Trevose, Pennsylvania 19053 Maureen Cavanaugh 1150 Northbrook Drive, Suite 155 Trevose, Pennsylvania 19053 John Chapman 1150 Northbrook Drive, Suite 155 Trevose, Pennsylvania 19053 Timothy Crew 1150 Northbrook Drive, Suite 155 Trevose, Pennsylvania 19053 David Drabik 1150 Northbrook Drive, Suite 155 Trevose, Pennsylvania 19053 Robert Ehlinger 1150 Northbrook Drive, Suite 155 Trevose, Pennsylvania 19053 Jeffrey Farber 1150 Northbrook Drive, Suite 155 Trevose, Pennsylvania 19053 David Farber 1150 Northbrook Drive, Suite 155 Trevose, Pennsylvania 19053 Samuel H. Israel 1150 Northbrook Drive, Suite 155 Trevose, Pennsylvania 19053 John Kozlowski 1150 Northbrook Drive, Suite 155 Trevose, Pennsylvania 19053 Patrick G. Lepore 1150 Northbrook Drive, Suite 155 Trevose, Pennsylvania 19053 Melissa Rewolinski 1150 Northbrook Drive, Suite 155 Trevose, Pennsylvania 19053 Paul Taveira 1150 Northbrook Drive, Suite 155 Trevose, Pennsylvania 19053 All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons) Office Shares Held Directly Shares Held Indirectly Total Shares Percent of Number of Class Shares Percent of Class Excluding Options (*) Including Options (**) VP and Chief Quality and Operations Officer Senior VP & Chief Commercial Operations Officer 124,764 — 124,764 (1) 0.30 % 163,122 (1), (2) 0.39 % 157,378 — 157,378 (3) 0.37 % 205,755 (3), (4) 0.49 % Director 85,005 — 85,005 0.20 % 85,005 0.20 % Chief Executive Officer 564,270 — 564,270 (5) 1.33 % 770,242 (5), (6) 1.82 % Director 51,513 — 51,513 0.12 % 51,513 0.12 % VP and Chief Information Officer 84,832 — 84,832 (7) 0.20 % 140,307 (7), (8) 0.33 % Director 2,055,635 2,194,140 4,249,775 (9) 10.05 % 4,249,775 (9) 10.05 % 1,924,870 1,693,149 3,618,019 (10) 8.56 % 3,618,019 (10) 8.56 % Chief Legal Officer and General Counsel 160,983 — 160,983 (11) 0.38 % 222,932 (11), (12) 0.53 % VP of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer 142,068 — 142,068 (13) 0.34 % 204,928 (13), (14) 0.48 % Chairman of the Board, Director 260,326 — 260,326 0.62 % 260,326 0.62 % Director 30,621 — 30,621 0.07 % 30,621 0.07 % Director 60,401 — 60,401 0.14 % 60,401 0.14 % 3,777,796 2,194,140 5,971,936 14.08 % 6,444,927 15.20 % (1) Includes 85,138 unvested shares received pursuant to restricted stock awards granted in July 2019, July 2020, September 2020 and July 2021. (2) Includes 1,970 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $59.20 per share, 1,155 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $31.30 per share, 2,759 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.40 per share, 6,454 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $12.20 per share, 16,254 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.57 per share and 9,766 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $5.95. 96 Table of Contents (3) Includes 111,469 unvested shares received pursuant to restricted stock awards granted in July 2019, July 2020 and July 2021. (4) Includes 34,300 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.57 per share and 14,077 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $5.95. (5) Includes 373,387 unvested shares received pursuant to restricted stock awards granted in July 2019, July 2020 and July 2021. (6) Includes 32,103 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $23.65 per share, 21,626 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $12.20 per share, 104,034 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.57 per share and 48,209 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $5.95 per share. (7) Includes 41,955 unvested shares received pursuant to restricted stock awards granted in July 2019, July 2020 and July 2021. (8) Includes 11,667 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $13.86 per share, 10,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $34.77 per share, 6,300 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $59.20 per share, 968 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $31.30 per share, 2,759 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.40 per share 5,569 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $12.20 per share, 12,914 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.57 per share and 5,298 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $5.95 per share. (9) Includes 994,412 shares held by the Jeffrey Farber Family Foundation which is managed by Jeffrey Farber. Jeffrey Farber disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. Includes 30,000 shares held by the Jeffrey and Jennifer Farber Family Foundation which is managed by Jeffrey Farber. Jeffrey Farber disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. Includes 528,122 shares held by Farber Family LLC (“FFLLC”) which is managed by Jeffrey and David Farber. David Farber and Jeffrey Farber each disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares. Includes 73,408 shares held by Jeffrey Farber as custodian for his children and 17,279 shares held as joint custodian with David Farber for a relative. Jeffrey Farber disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. Includes 550,919 shares held by a Grantor Retained Annuity Trust, in which Jeffrey Farber is the trustee. (10) Includes 819,443 shares held by the David and Nancy Family Foundation. David Farber disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. Includes 528,122 shares held by FFLLC which is managed by Jeffrey and David Farber. David Farber and Jeffrey Farber each disclaim beneficial ownership of these shares. Includes 180,145 shares held by David Farber as joint custodian with his children, 148,160 shares held as trustee for his children and 17,279 shares held as joint custodian with Jeffrey Farber for a relative. David Farber disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. (11) Includes 104,866 unvested shares received pursuant to restricted stock awards granted in July 2019, July 2020 and July 2021. (12) Includes 2,759 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $17.40 per share, 13,665 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $12.20 per share, 32,284 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.57 per share and 13,241 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $5.95 per share. (13) Includes 100,034 unvested shares received pursuant to restricted stock awards granted in July 2019, July 2020, September 2020 and July 2021. 97 Table of Contents (14) Includes 4,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $4.16 per share, 9,334 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $13.86 per share, 4,200 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $34.77 per share, 9,953 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $12.20 per share, 23,000 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $6.57 per share and 12,373 vested options to purchase common stock at an exercise price of $5.95 per share. * Percent of class calculation is based on 42,276,052 outstanding shares of common stock at July 31, 2021. ** Assumes that all options exercisable within sixty days after July 31, 2021 have been exercised. The following table sets forth, as of July 31, 2021, information regarding the names and addresses of the shareholders known to the Company to be beneficial owners of more than five (5%) percent of the Company’s common stock. Name and Address of Beneficial Owner JP Morgan Chase & Co. 383 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10179 The Vanguard Group 100 Vanguard Blvd. Malvern, PA 19355 Highbridge Capital Management, LLC 277 Park Avenue, 23rd Floor New York, New York 10172 Number of Percent of Shares Class 3,498,048 (1) 8.30 % 2,306,196 (2) 5.53 % 2,341,398 (3) 5.32 % (1) Based on a Schedule 13G/A filed by JP Morgan Chase & Co. with the SEC on January 25, 2021, JP Morgan Chase & Co. has sole voting power over 3,057,467 shares, shared voting power over 0 shares, sole dispositive power over 3,492,948 shares and shared dispositive power over 0 shares. (2) Based on a Schedule 13G/A filed by The Vanguard Group with the SEC on February 10, 2021, The Vanguard Group has sole voting power over 0 shares, shared voting power over 33,690 shares, sole dispositive power over 2,247,913 shares and shared dispositive power over 58,283 shares. (3) Based on Schedule 13G/A filed by Highbridge Capital Management, LLC with the SEC on February 9, 2021, Highbridge Capital Management, LLC has sole voting power over 0 shares, shared voting power over 2,341,398 shares, sole dispositive power over 0 shares and shared dispositive power over 2,341,398 shares. Equity Compensation Plan Information The following table summarizes the equity compensation plans as of June 30, 2021: (In thousands, except for weighted average exercise price) Plan Category Equity Compensation plans approved by security holders Equity Compensation plans not approved by security holders Total Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, options, warrants Weighted average exercise price of outstanding warrants and rights (a) and rights (b) Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a)) (c) 1,046 $ — $ 1,046 9.51 — 9.51 3,053 — 3,053 98 Table of Contents ITEM 13. INDEPENDENCE CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR Review and Approval of Transactions with Related Persons The responsibility for the review of transactions with “related persons” (as defined below) has been assigned to the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors, which is comprised of four independent directors. “Related persons” are defined as directors and executive officers or their immediate family members or stockholders owning more than five percent of the Company’s common stock. The Audit Committee annually reviews related party transactions with any related person in which the amount exceeds $120,000. The Company had net sales of $2.6 million, $3.0 million and $3.8 million during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, to a generic distributor, Auburn Pharmaceutical Company (“Auburn”). Jeffrey Farber, a current board member, is the owner of Auburn, which is a member of the Premier Buying Group. Accounts receivable includes amounts due from Auburn of $0.4 million and $0.7 million at June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As part of its review, the Audit Committee noted that the amount of net sales to Auburn approximated 0.6% of total net sales during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The Audit Committee reviewed an analysis of sales prices charged to Auburn, which compared the average sales prices by product for Auburn sales to the average sales prices by product to other Lannett customers during the same period. As a result of this analysis, the Audit Committee ratified the net sales made to Auburn during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES Grant Thornton LLP served as the independent auditors of the Company during Fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019. No relationship exists, other than the usual relationship between independent public accountant and client. The following table identifies the fees incurred for services rendered by Grant Thornton LLP in Fiscal 2021, 2020 and 2019. (In thousands) Fiscal 2021: Fiscal 2020: Fiscal 2019: Audit Fees Tax Fees (1) All Other Fees (2) Total Fees $ $ $ 1,413 1,510 1,409 $ $ $ 72 211 193 $ $ $ — $ — $ $ 7 1,485 1,721 1,609 (1) Tax fees include fees paid for preparation of annual federal, state and local income tax returns, quarterly estimated income tax payments and various tax planning services. (2) Other fees include fees paid for review of various correspondences including IRS audit assistance, miscellaneous studies, etc. The non-audit services provided to the Company by Grant Thornton LLP were pre-approved by the Company’s Audit Committee. Prior to engaging its auditor to perform non-audit services, the Company’s Audit Committee reviews the particular service to be provided and the fee to be paid by the Company for such service and assesses the impact of the service on the auditor’s independence. 99 Table of Contents PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE 1. Consolidated Financial Statements: See accompanying Index to Consolidated Financial Statements. 2. Consolidated Financial Statement Schedule: Lannett Company, Inc. Schedule II - Valuation and Qualifying Accounts For the years ended June 30: Description (In thousands) Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 2021 2020 2019 Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance 2021 2020 2019 3. Exhibits: Balance at Beginning of Fiscal Year Charged to (Reduction of) Expense Deductions Balance at End of Fiscal Year $ $ $ $ 1,103 1,223 1,308 $ 14,622 13,549 8,120 374 386 870 138,761 1,073 5,429 $ $ $ (776) $ (506) $ (955) 701 1,103 1,223 — $ 153,383 14,622 — 13,549 — Those exhibits marked with a (*) refer to management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements. Exhibit Number 2.1 2.2 2.3 3.1 Description Method of Filing Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Lannett Company, Inc., Rohit Desai, the RD Nevada Trust, Silarx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. and Stoneleigh Realty, LLC, dated as of May 15, 2015 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 on Form 8-K dated May 18, 2015 Stock Purchase Agreement among UCB S.A., UCB Manufacturing, Inc. and Lannett Company, Inc. dated as of September 2, 2015 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 on Form 8-K dated September 4, 2015 Amendment No. 2 to Stock Purchase Agreement Certificate of Incorporation Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.3 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement filed with respect to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders held on December 6, 1991 (the “1991 Proxy Statement”). 100 Table of Contents Exhibit Number 3.2 By-Laws, as amended Description Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated By-Laws Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated By-Laws Updated and Amended Certificate of Incorporation Updated and Amended By-Laws Method of Filing Incorporated by reference to the 1991 Proxy Statement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 on Form 8-K dated January 16, 2014 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 on Form 8-K dated July 17, 2014 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.5 to the Annual Report on 2014 Form 10-K Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.6 to the Annual Report on 2014 Form 10-K Amended and Restated Bylaws of Lannett Company Inc., as amended through January 21, 2015. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.7 on Form 8-K dated April 3, 2015 Amended and Restated Bylaws of Lannett Company Inc., as amended through July 6, 2015. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.8 on Form 8-K dated July 9, 2015 Specimen Certificate for Common Stock Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to Form 8 dated April 23, 1993 (Amendment No. 3 to Form 10-KSB for Fiscal 1992) (“Form 8”) Lannett Company, Inc. Indenture. Wilmington Trust, National Association, Providing for the Issuance of Notes in Series Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 First Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 25, 2015 Supplemental Indenture in Respect of Subsidiary Guarantee Description of Capital Stock of Lannett Company, Inc. Indenture, dated as of September 27, 2019, between the Company and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (including form of 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 on Form 10-K dated August 28, 2019 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 on Form 8-K dated September 27, 2019 Line of Credit Note dated March 11, 1999 between the Company and First Union National Bank Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ad) to the Annual Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB Philadelphia Authority for Industrial Development Taxable Variable Rate Demand/Fixed Rate Revenue Bonds, Series of 1999 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ae) to the Annual Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB 101 3.3 3.4 3.5 3.6 3.7 3.8 4 4.1 4.2 4.3 4.4 4.5 10.1 10.2 Table of Contents Exhibit Number 10.3 Description Philadelphia Authority for Industrial Development Tax- Exempt Variable Rate Demand/Fixed Revenue Bonds (Lannett Company, Inc. Project) Series of 1999 Method of Filing Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(af) to the Annual Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB 10.4 Letter of Credit and Agreements supporting bond issues between the Company and First Union National Bank Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ag) to the Annual Report on 1999 Form 10-KSB 10.5* 2003 Stock Option Plan 10.6* Employment Agreement with Kevin Smith 10.7* Employment Agreement with Arthur Bedrosian Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement for Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 2002 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Annual Report on 2003 Form 10-KSB Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q dated May 12, 2004. 10.9 10.10 Agreement between Lannett Company, Inc and Siegfried (USA), Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Annual Report on 2003 Form 10-KSB Agreement between Lannett Company, Inc and Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Form 8-K dated May 5, 2004 10.11* Terms of Employment Agreement with Stephen J. Kovary Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Annual Report on 2009 Form 10-K 10.12 Agreement of Sale Between Anvil Construction Company, Inc. and Lannett Company, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Annual Report on 2009 Form 10-K 10.13* 2006 Long Term Incentive Plan 10.15* 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan 10.16* Terms of Employment Agreement with Martin P. Galvan Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement dated January 5, 2007 Incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement dated January 19, 2011 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 on Form 8-K dated August 11, 2011 10.17 10.18 10.19* 10.20* Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated April 29, 2011 between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Annual Report on 2011 Form 10-K Loan Agreement dated May 26, 2011 between the Company, the Pennsylvania Industrial Development Authority (“PIDA”) and PIDC Financing Corporation Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Annual Report on 2011 Form 10-K Second Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Arthur P. Bedrosian Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2013 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Martin P. Galvan Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2013 102 Table of Contents Exhibit Number 10.21* 10.22* 10.23* 10.24* 10.25 10.26 10.27 10.28* 10.29 Description Method of Filing Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of William F. Schreck Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2013 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Kevin Smith Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2013 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Ernest J. Sabo Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2013 Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Robert Ehlinger Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 on Form 8-K dated January 3, 2013 Amendment to Agreement dated March 23, 2004 by and between Lannett Company, Inc. and Jerome Stevens Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 on Form 8-K dated August 19, 2013 Credit Agreement dated as of December 18, 2013 among Lannett Company Inc., as the Borrower, Certain Financial Institutions as the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent Guaranty and Security Agreement dated as of December 18, 2013, among Lannett Company, Inc., the Subsidiaries of Lannett Company, Inc. identified therein and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 on Form 8-K dated December 19, 2013 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 on Form 8-K dated December 19, 2013 Employment Agreement of Michael Bogda dated December 1, 2014 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 on Form 8-K dated December 5, 2014 Lender Joinder and First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of April 21, 2015 among Lannett Company, Inc., as the Borrower, Certain Financial Institutions as the Lenders and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 on Form 8-K dated April 24, 2015 10.30* Employment Agreement of John Abt 10.31* Employment Agreement of Rohit Desai 10.32* Employment Agreement of Dr. Mahendra Dedhiya 10.33 Project Orion Commitment Letter 10.34* Separation Agreement and General Release between William F. Schreck and Lannett Company, Inc., dated September 11, 2015 10.35 Project Orion Amended and Restated Commitment Letter Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 on Form 10-Q dated May 8, 2015 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Annual Report on 2015 Form 10-K Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to the Annual Report on 2015 Form 10-K Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 on Form 8-K dated September 4, 2015 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 on Form 8-K dated September 15, 2015 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 on Form 8-K dated September 25, 2015 103 Table of Contents Exhibit Number 10.36 Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated as of November 25, 2015 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 Description Method of Filing 10.37 Credit Agreement Joinder Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 10.38 Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of November 25, 2015 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 10.39 Supplement No. 1 to the Pledge and Security Agreement 10.40 Warrant to Purchase Common Stock 10.41 Registration Rights Agreement Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.41 on Form 8-K dated December 2, 2015 10.42* Separation Agreement and General Release between Michael Bogda and Lannett Company, Inc., dated April 11, 2016 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.42 on Form 8-K dated April 12, 2016 10.43 10.44 Amendment No. 1 to Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated June 17, 2016 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 on Form 8-K dated June 20, 2016 Amendment No. 2 to Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated June 17, 2016 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 on Form 8-K dated June 20, 2016 10.45* Employment Agreement of Samuel H. Israel Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.45 on Form 8-K dated July 19, 2017 10.46* 10.47* 10.48* 10.49* 10.50* 10.51* 10.52 Restated Employment Agreement of John Kozlowski dated October 26, 2017 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 on Form 8-K dated November 1, 2017 Employment Agreement of Timothy C. Crew effective as of January 2, 2018 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 on Form 8-K dated December 21, 2017 Separation Agreement and General Release by and between Arthur P. Bedrosian and Lannett Company, Inc. dated January 19, 2018 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 on Form 8-K dated January 24, 2018 Addendum to Employment Agreement of Timothy C. Crew dated March 28, 2018 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.49 on Form 8-K dated April 2, 2018 Employment Agreement of Maureen M. Cavanaugh effective as of May 7, 2018 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.50 on Form 8-K dated April 23, 2018 Separation Agreement and General Release by and between Kevin Smith and Lannett Company, Inc. dated June 20, 2018 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.51 on Form 8-K dated June 22, 2018 Amendment No. 3 to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2018, by and among Lannett Company, Inc., Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., and each lender party thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.52 on Form 8-K dated December 12, 2018 104 Table of Contents Exhibit Number Description Method of Filing 10.53* Form of Retention Plan Bonus Letter 10.54 Amneal Distribution and Transition Support Agreement Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.53 on Form 8-K dated December 18, 2018 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.54 on Form 10-Q dated February 7, 2019 10.55* 10.56* Separation Agreement and General Release by and between Martin Galvan and Lannett Company, Inc. dated May 22, 2019 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.55 on Form 8-K dated May 24, 2019 Second Amendment to Restated Employment Agreement of John Kozlowski, dated as of July 31, 2019 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.56 on Form 8-K dated August 1, 2019 10.57 Form of Capped Call Confirmations 10.58 Cediprof Agreement 10.59 Sinotherapeutics Distribution and Supply Agreement Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.57 on Form 8-K dated September 27, 2019 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.58 on Form 10-Q dated November 7, 2019 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.59 on Form 10-Q dated November 7, 2019 10.60* 10.61 10.62 10.63 Lannett Company, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.60 on Form 10-Q dated November 7, 2019 Collaboration and License Agreement by and among Lannett Company, Inc., North & South Brother Pharmacy Investment Co., Ltd and HEC GROUP PTY LTD, dated as of November 21, 2019 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.61 on Form 10-Q dated February 6, 2020 Supply Agreement by and among North & South Brother Pharmacy Investment Co., Ltd, HEC GROUP PTY LTD and Lannett Company, Inc., dated as of November 21, 2019 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.62 on Form 10-Q dated February 6, 2020 Amendment to Sinotherapeutics Distribution and Supply Agreement Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.63 to the Annual Report on 2020 Form 10-K 10.64* Third Addendum to Employment Agreement of Timothy Crew Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.64 10.65* 10.66* 10.67* Third Amendment to Restated Employment Agreement of John Kozlowski on Form 8-K dated August 28, 2020 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.65 on Form 8-K dated August 28, 2020 Second Addendum to Employment Agreement of Maureen Cavanaugh Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.66 on Form 8-K dated August 28, 2020 Second Addendum to Employment Agreement of Samuel H. Israel Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.67 on Form 8-K dated August 28, 2020 10.68* Second Addendum to Employment Agreement of John Abt Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.68 on Form 8-K dated August 28, 2020 105 Table of Contents Exhibit Number 10.69* 10.70 10.71 10.72 10.73 10.74 Second Addendum to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement of Robert Ehlinger Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.69 on Form 8-K dated August 28, 2020 Description Method of Filing Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2020, among Lannett Company, Inc., the subsidiary borrowers from time to time party thereto, the guarantors party thereto, the several banks and other financial institutions from time to time party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent. Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2020, made by Lannett Company, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries from time to time party thereto, in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent and administrative agent. ABL/Term Loan Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2020, among Alter Domus (US) LLC, as Term Loan Agent and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as ABL Agent. Intellectual Property Security Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2020, made by Lannett Company, Inc.; Lannett Holdings, Inc.; and Cody Laboratories, Inc. in favor of Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as collateral agent and administrative agent. Amendment No. 4 to Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2020, among Lannett Company, Inc., the lenders party thereto and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as administrative agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.70 on Form 8-K dated December 10, 2020 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.71 on Form 8-K dated December 10, 2020 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.72 on Form 8-K dated December 10, 2020 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.73 on Form 8-K dated December 10, 2020 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.74 on Form 8-K dated December 10, 2020 10.75* Fourth Addendum to Employment Agreement of Timothy C. Crew dated December 28, 2020 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.75 on Form 8-K dated December 29, 2020 10.76 10.77 10.78 10.79 License and Supply Agreement with Alkermes Pharma Ireland Limited and Kremers Urban Pharmaceuticals Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.76 on Form 10-Q dated February 4, 2021 Amendment No. 1 to License and Supply Agreement between Recro Gainesville LLC (as successor to Alkermes Pharma Ireland Limited) and Kremers Urban Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.77 on Form 10-Q dated February 4, 2021 Amendment No. 2 to License and Supply Agreement between Recro Gainesville LLC (as successor to Alkermes Pharma Ireland Limited) and Kremers Urban Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.78 on Form 10-Q dated February 4, 2021 Exchange Agreement dated April 5, 2021, among Lannett Company, Inc. and the participating lenders party thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.79 on Form 8-K dated April 6, 2021 106 Table of Contents Exhibit Number 10.80 10.81 Description Amended and Restated Exchange Agreement dated April 8, 2021, among Lannett Company, Inc. and the participating lenders party thereto. Method of Filing Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.80 on Form 8-K dated April 12, 2021 Second Lien Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2021, among Lannett Company, Inc., the guarantors party thereto, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Alter Domus (US) LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.81 on Form 8-K dated April 26, 2021 10.82 Form of Warrant to Purchase Common Stock. 10.83 10.84 10.85 10.86 10.87 10.88 10.89 10.90 10.91 Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2021, by and among Lannett Company, Inc., Deerfield Partners, L.P., Deerfield Private Design Fund III, L.P. and BPC Lending II LLC. Notes Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2021, made by Lannett Company, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries from time to time party thereto, in favor of Wilmington Trust, as collateral agent. Second Lien Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2021, made by Lannett Company, Inc. and certain of its subsidiaries from time to time party thereto, in favor of Alter Domus (US) LLC, as collateral agent and administrative agent. Cash Flow Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2021, among Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Cash Flow Agent and Alter Domus (US) LLC, as Initial Junior Priority Agent. Amendment Number One to Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of April 22, 2021, by and among by Lannett Company, Inc.; the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and collateral agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.82 on Form 8-K dated April 26, 2021 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.83 on Form 8-K dated April 26, 2021 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.84 on Form 8-K dated April 26, 2021 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.85 on Form 8-K dated April 26, 2021 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.86 on Form 8-K dated April 26, 2021 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.87 on Form 8-K dated April 26, 2021 Collaboration and License Agreement by and among Lannett Company, Inc. and Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.88 on Form 10-Q dated May 6, 2021 Supply Agreement by and among Lannett Company, Inc. and Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.89 on Form 10-Q dated May 6, 2021 Distribution Agreement Between Respirent Pharmaceuticals Co. Ltd. and Lannett Company, Inc. Filed Herewith Amendment No. 1 to Distribution Agreement Between Respirent Pharmaceuticals Co. Ltd. and Lannett Company, Inc. Filed Herewith 107 Table of Contents Method of Filing Exhibit Number 21.1 23.1 31.1 31.2 32 Subsidiaries of the Company Description Consent of Grant Thornton, LLP Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Certifications of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Filed Herewith Filed Herewith Filed Herewith Filed Herewith Filed Herewith 101.INS XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear within the Interactive Data File because its XRBL tags are embedded within the Inline XRBL Document Filed Herewith 101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document Filed Herewith 101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document Filed Herewith 101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document Filed Herewith 101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document Filed Herewith 101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document Filed Herewith 104 Cover Page Interactive Data File – The cover page interactive data file does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XRBL tags are embedded within the Inline XRBL document Filed Herewith 108 Table of Contents Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. SIGNATURES Date: August 26, 2021 LANNETT COMPANY, INC. By: /s/ Timothy C. Crew Timothy C. Crew, Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Date: August 26, 2021 Date: August 26, 2021 Date: August 26, 2021 Date: August 26, 2021 Date: August 26, 2021 Date: August 26, 2021 Date: August 26, 2021 Date: August 26, 2021 /s/ John Kozlowski John Kozlowski, Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer /s/ Patrick G. LePore Patrick G. LePore, Director, Chairman of the Board of Directors /s/ Timothy C. Crew Timothy C. Crew, Director, Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of Environmental, Social and Governance Committee /s/ David Drabik David Drabik, Director, Chairman of Governance and Nominating Committee /s/ Paul Taveira Paul Taveira, Director, Chairman of Compensation Committee /s/ Melissa Rewolinski Melissa Rewolinski, Director /s/ John C. Chapman John C. Chapman, Director, Chairman of Audit Committee /s/ Jeffrey Farber Jeffrey Farber, Director By: By: By: By: By: By: By: By: 109 Table of Contents Index to Consolidated Financial Statements Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2021 and 2020 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 111 112 116 117 118 119 120 121 110 Table of Contents Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting Management of Lannett Company Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Company’s internal control framework was designed to provide the Company’s management and Board of Directors, reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) in conducting its assessment as of June 30, 2021. As a result of this assessment, management has concluded that, as of June 30, 2021, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Grant Thornton, LLP, has issued its report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021. Grant Thornton LLP’s opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting appears on page 115 of this Form 10-K. 111 Table of Contents Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Board of Directors and Stockholders Lannett Company Inc. Opinion on the financial statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lannett Company, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2021, and the related notes and financial statement schedule included under Item 15 (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2021, and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2021, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated August 26, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion. Basis for opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Critical audit matters The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate. Reserve for net sales adjustments As described in Notes 2 and 4 to the financial statements, when the Company recognizes sales, a simultaneous adjustment to gross sales is made for estimated chargebacks, rebates, returns, promotional adjustments and other adjustments. The estimates of these reserves are primarily based on historical experience, future expectations, contractual arrangements with wholesalers and indirect customers and other factors known to management at the time the reserves are recorded and are presented in the financial statements as a reduction to gross sales with the corresponding reserves presented as reductions of accounts receivable or included as rebates payable, depending on the nature of the reserve. We identified the estimation of the reserves for these net sales adjustments by management as a critical audit matter. 112 Table of Contents The principal considerations for our determination that the reserves for net sales adjustments for estimated chargebacks, rebates, returns, promotional adjustments and other adjustments is a critical audit matter includes the high degree of estimation uncertainty and judgment involved in determining the reserve estimates. There is a high degree of subjectivity in management’s assessment of the reasonableness of the reserves for net sales adjustments, specifically the amount of chargebacks, rebates, returns, promotional adjustments and other adjustments, which requires a heightened level of auditor judgment in auditing the estimates. Further, variations in these estimates could have a significant impact on the recorded reserves for net sales adjustments. Our audit procedures related to this critical audit matter included the following, among others: ● We obtained an understanding of management’s processes and controls over calculating the reserves for net sales adjustments, including understanding relevant inputs and assumptions. ● We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of key controls relating to the calculation of the reserves for net sales adjustments, including key management review controls over the period-end accrual of chargebacks, rebates, returns, promotional adjustments and other adjustments. We also utilized information technology specialists to assist in testing key controls over the processing of chargebacks submitted by customers. ● We tested management’s process for calculating the reserves for net sales adjustments. We tested key inputs and assumptions relevant to the adjustments, such as contractual pricing and rebate arrangements with customers, historical returns data, and other contractual arrangements. ● We reviewed subsequent transactions occurring prior to the date of our audit report, which involved inspecting customer contracts and relevant source documents submitted by customers in conjunction with the chargeback, rebate, return, or other adjustment claims. ● We performed a look back analysis to assess management’s ability to estimate the reserves for net sales adjustments through review of actual activity compared to previous estimates. Measurement of the long-lived intangible asset impairment charge As described further in Notes 2 and 8 to the financial statements, the Company’s long-lived assets, including definite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (“triggering events”) indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. In December 2020, the Company determined that as a result of the discontinuation of certain lower gross margin product lines and the reduction in net sales and gross margin of certain other product lines, a triggering event and an impairment of intangible assets was present. The impairment loss is measured as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value, which is calculated using a discounted cash flow model. We identified the measurement of the long-lived asset impairment charge as a critical audit matter. The principal consideration for our determination that the measurement of the long-lived asset impairment charge is a critical audit matter is that the impairment assessment includes a high degree of estimation uncertainty due to significant management judgments in regards to the assumptions used within the assessment, including the estimates of future cash flows, discount rates and the probability of achieving the estimated cash flows, and for which management utilized an independent valuation specialist (“management’s valuation specialist”). There is a high degree of subjectivity in management’s assessment of the inputs of the impairment assessment, which requires a heightened level of auditor judgment in auditing the estimates. Further, variation in these estimates could have a significant impact on the measurement of the impairment charge. Our audit procedures related to this critical audit matter included the following, among others: ● We evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls relating to the Company’s quantitative impairment analysis processes, including controls related to the forecasted cash flows and management’s review of key assumptions which were prepared by management’s valuation specialists. ● We evaluated the level of knowledge, skill, and ability of management’s valuation specialists and their relationship to the Company. 113 Table of Contents ● We compared the Company’s cash flows used in the forecast model to historical actual results as well as available industry data. With the assistance of internal valuation specialists, we performed audit procedures over the data, methods and assumptions utilized in performing the quantitative impairment assessment, which included reviewing supporting documents and assessing reasonableness by comparing to historical trends and industry expectations. Certain key inputs/ assumptions tested by us included the following: o Long-term growth rates o Discount rates /s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2000. Philadelphia, Pennsylvania August 26, 2021 114 Table of Contents Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Board of Directors and Stockholders Lannett Company, Inc. Opinion on internal control over financial reporting We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Lannett Company, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2021, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2021, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended June 30, 2021, and our report dated August 26, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements. Basis for opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP Philadelphia, Pennsylvania August 26, 2021 115 Table of Contents LANNETT COMPANY, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (In thousands, except share and per share data) June 30, 2021 June 30, 2020 $ $ $ ASSETS Current assets: Cash and cash equivalents Accounts receivable, net Inventories Income taxes receivable Assets held for sale Other current assets Total current assets Property, plant and equipment, net Intangible assets, net Operating lease right-of-use assets Deferred tax assets Other assets TOTAL ASSETS LIABILITIES Current liabilities: Accounts payable Accrued expenses Accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses Rebates payable Royalties payable Restructuring liability Current operating lease liabilities Short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt Other current liabilities Total current liabilities Long-term debt, net Long-term operating lease liabilities Other liabilities TOTAL LIABILITIES Commitments and contingencies (Notes 10 and 11) STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) Common stock ($0.001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 40,913,148 and 39,963,127 shares issued; 39,576,606 and 38,798,787 shares outstanding at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, respectively) Additional paid-in capital Accumulated deficit Accumulated other comprehensive loss Treasury stock (1,336,542 and 1,164,340 shares at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, respectively) Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) $ $ 93,286 98,834 109,545 35,050 2,678 14,170 353,563 166,674 137,835 10,559 — $ $ 15,106 683,737 29,585 13,077 10,680 19,025 13,779 8 2,045 — 2,270 90,469 590,683 11,047 19,009 711,208 144,329 125,688 142,867 14,419 2,678 13,227 443,208 179,518 374,735 9,343 117,890 11,861 1,136,555 32,535 14,962 16,304 38,175 20,863 27 1,097 88,189 2,713 214,865 592,940 9,844 16,010 833,659 41 355,239 (364,766) (548) (17,437) (27,471) 683,737 $ 40 321,164 (1,291) (627) (16,390) 302,896 1,136,555 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements. 116 Table of Contents LANNETT COMPANY, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS (In thousands, except share and per share data) Net sales Cost of sales Amortization of intangibles Gross profit Operating expenses: Research and development expenses Selling, general and administrative expenses Restructuring expenses Asset impairment charges Total operating expenses Operating income (loss) Other income (loss): Loss on extinguishment of debt Investment income Interest expense Other Total other loss Loss before income tax Income tax expense (benefit) Net loss Loss per common share (1): Basic Diluted $ $ $ $ $ Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020 545,744 348,508 32,016 165,220 2021 478,778 378,335 24,850 75,593 $ 24,173 68,078 4,043 216,550 312,844 (237,251) 29,978 79,467 1,771 34,448 145,664 19,556 (10,341) 236 (53,830) (1,664) (65,599) (302,850) 60,625 (363,475) $ (2,145) 1,646 (66,845) (840) (68,184) (48,628) (15,262) (33,366) $ 2019 655,407 379,601 32,196 243,610 38,807 87,648 4,095 375,381 505,931 (262,321) (448) 3,166 (84,624) (2,018) (83,924) (346,245) (74,138) (272,107) (9.23) $ (9.23) $ (0.86) $ (0.86) $ (7.20) (7.20) Weighted average common shares outstanding (1): Basic Diluted ________________________________ (1) See Note 14 "Loss Per Common Share" for details on calculation. 39,391,589 39,391,589 38,592,618 38,592,618 37,779,812 37,779,812 The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements. 117 Table of Contents LANNETT COMPANY, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS (In thousands) Net loss Other comprehensive income (loss): Foreign currency translation gain (loss) Total other comprehensive income (loss) Comprehensive loss Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020 $ (363,475) $ (33,366) $ (272,107) 2021 2019 79 79 (100) (100) $ (363,396) $ (33,378) $ (272,207) (12) (12) The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements. 118 Table of Contents LANNETT COMPANY, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) (In thousands) Common Stock Shares Issued Amount Additional Paid-In Capital Retained Accumulated Earnings Other (Accumulated Comprehensive Deficit) Loss Treasury Stock Total Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) Balance, June 30, 2018 38,257 $ 38 $ 306,817 $ 306,464 $ (515) $ (13,889) $ 598,915 Shares issued in connection with share-based compensation plans Share-based compensation Purchase of treasury stock Other comprehensive income ASC 606 adjustment Net loss 713 — — — — — 1 — — — — — 1,179 9,027 — — — — — — — — (2,282) (272,107) — — — (100) — — — — (592) — — — 1,180 9,027 (592) (100) (2,282) (272,107) Balance, June 30, 2019 38,970 $ 39 $ 317,023 $ 32,075 $ (615) $ (14,481) $ 334,041 Shares issued in connection with share-based compensation plans Share-based compensation Purchase of treasury stock Other comprehensive income Capped call transaction Net loss 993 — — — — — 1 — — — — — 997 10,216 — — (7,072) — — — — — — (33,366) — — — (12) — — — — (1,909) — — — 998 10,216 (1,909) (12) (7,072) (33,366) Balance, June 30, 2020 39,963 $ 40 $ 321,164 $ (1,291) $ (627) $ (16,390) $ 302,896 Shares issued in connection with share-based compensation plans Share-based compensation Purchase of treasury stock Issuance of warrant Other comprehensive income Net loss 950 — — — — — 1 — — — — — 663 9,037 — 24,375 — — — — — — — (363,475) — — — — 79 — — — (1,047) — — — 664 9,037 (1,047) 24,375 79 (363,475) Balance, June 30, 2021 40,913 $ 41 $ 355,239 $ (364,766) $ (548) $ (17,437) $ (27,471) The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements. 119 Table of Contents LANNETT COMPANY, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (In thousands) OPERATING ACTIVITIES: Net loss Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization Deferred income tax expense (benefit) Share-based compensation Asset impairment charges Loss (gain) on sale/disposal of assets Loss on extinguishment of debt Accrual of payment-in-kind interest on Second Lien Credit Facility Amortization of debt discount and other debt issuance costs Provision for inventory write-downs Other noncash expenses Changes in assets and liabilities which provided (used) cash: Accounts receivable, net Inventories Income taxes receivable/payable Other assets Rebates payable Royalties payable Restructuring liability Operating lease liability Accounts payable Accrued expenses Accrued payroll and payroll-related expenses Other liabilities Net cash provided by operating activities INVESTING ACTIVITIES: Purchases of property, plant and equipment Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment Proceeds from sale of outstanding loan to Variable Interest Entity (“VIE”) Advance to VIE Purchases of intangible assets Net cash used in investing activities FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt Purchase of capped call Repayments of long-term debt Proceeds from issuance of stock Payment of debt issuance costs Purchase of treasury stock Net cash used in financing activities Effect on cash and cash equivalents of changes in foreign exchange rates NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND RESTRICTED CASH, END OF PERIOD SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Interest paid Income taxes paid (refunded) Andor Pharmaceuticals, LLC (“Andor”) License Agreement acquisition Accrued purchases of property, plant and equipment Issuance of warrant in connection with Second Lien Credit Facility $ $ $ $ $ $ The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Consolidated Financial Statements. 120 Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020 2019 2021 $ (363,475) $ (33,366) $ (272,107) 47,824 117,890 9,037 216,550 171 10,341 3,642 10,146 24,328 1,021 26,854 8,994 (20,437) 2,509 (19,150) (7,084) (19) (194) (2,950) (1,885) (5,624) 2,362 60,851 (10,415) 114 — — (4,500) (14,801) 356,225 — (437,926) 664 (10,088) (1,047) (92,172) 79 (46,043) 144,329 98,286 $ 56,309 (8,585) 10,216 34,448 (159) 2,145 — 14,336 10,341 1,969 39,064 (9,237) (14,465) 4,095 (8,000) 4,648 (2,288) (1,464) 19,042 2,213 (3,620) (1,628) 116,014 (18,330) 7,380 — (250) (28,800) (40,000) 86,250 (7,072) (146,700) 998 (3,489) (1,909) (71,922) (12) 4,080 140,249 144,329 $ 34,859 (36,830) $ $ — $ $ $ 1,809 24,375 51,928 7,787 $ $ — $ $ — $ 2,295 55,594 (87,242) 9,027 375,381 1,559 448 — 17,641 21,765 2,579 84,949 (24,101) 18,319 2,643 (3,225) 10,260 (4,391) — (43,274) (1,620) 12,105 — 176,310 (24,340) 14,450 5,600 — (3,000) (7,290) — — (126,743) 1,180 (1,102) (592) (127,257) (100) 41,663 98,586 140,249 66,750 (4,641) 16,000 765 — Table of Contents LANNETT COMPANY, INC. NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Note 1. The Business and Nature of Operations Lannett Company, Inc. (a Delaware corporation) and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company” or “Lannett”) primarily develop, manufacture, package, market and distribute solid oral and extended release (tablets and capsules), topical, nasal and oral solution finished dosage forms of drugs that address a wide range of therapeutic areas. Certain of these products are manufactured by others and distributed by the Company. The Company operates pharmaceutical manufacturing plants in Carmel, New York and Seymour, Indiana. The Company’s customers include generic pharmaceutical distributors, drug wholesalers, chain drug stores, private label distributors, mail- order pharmacies, other pharmaceutical manufacturers, managed care organizations, hospital buying groups, governmental entities and health maintenance organizations. COVID-19 Update In December 2019, the COVID-19 virus emerged in Wuhan, China and spread to other parts of the world. In March 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) designated COVID-19 a global pandemic. Governments on the national, state and local level in the United States, and around the world, implemented lockdown and shelter-in-place orders, requiring many non-essential businesses to shut down operations. The Company’s business, however, is deemed “essential” and it has continued to operate, manufacture, and distribute its medicines to customers. In light of the economic impacts of COVID-19, the Company reviewed the assets on our Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2021, including intangible and other long-lived assets. Based on our review, the Company determined that no impairments or other write-downs specifically related to COVID-19 were necessary during Fiscal Year 2021. Our assessment is based on information currently available and is highly reliant on various assumptions. Changes in market conditions could impact the Company’s future outlook and may lead to impairments in the future. While COVID-19 has thus far not had a material impact on the Company’s operations, subsequent to an initial stocking up of supplies by our customers at the start of the pandemic, the total volume of drug prescriptions being written in the country has decreased causing less demand for our products. We cannot reasonably predict the ultimate impact of COVID- 19 on our future results of operations and cash flows due to the continued uncertainty around the duration and severity of the pandemic. Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Basis of Presentation The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. Principles of consolidation The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Lannett Company, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Reclassifications Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year financial statement presentation. 121 Table of Contents Use of estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions are required in the determination of revenue recognition and sales deductions for estimated chargebacks, rebates, returns and other adjustments including a provision for the Company’s liability under the Medicare Part D program. Additionally, significant estimates and assumptions are required when determining the value of inventories and long-lived assets, including intangible assets, income taxes, and contingencies. Because of the inherent subjectivity and complexity involved in these estimates and assumptions, actual results could differ from those estimates. Foreign currency translation The Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in U.S. dollars, the reporting currency of the Company. The financial statements of the Company’s foreign subsidiary are maintained in local currency and translated into U.S. dollars at the end of each reporting period. Assets and liabilities are translated at period-end exchange rates, while revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the period. The adjustments resulting from the use of differing exchange rates are recorded as part of stockholders’ equity in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Gains and losses resulting from transactions denominated in foreign currencies are recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations under other income (loss). Amounts recorded due to foreign currency fluctuations are immaterial to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities less than or equal to three months at the date of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents are stated at cost, which approximates fair value, and consist of bank deposits and money market funds. The Company maintains its cash deposits and cash equivalents at well-known, stable financial institutions. Such amounts frequently exceed insured limits. In connection with the Second Lien Secured Loan Facility (“Second Lien Facility”), which is discussed in further detail in Note 9 “Long-Term Debt,” the Company is required to maintain at least $5 million in a deposit account at all times, subject to control by the Second Lien Collateral Agent. At June 30, 2021, the Company classified this balance as restricted cash, which is included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Presented in the table below is a reconciliation of the cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash amounts presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheets to the sum of such amounts presented on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the periods ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Cash and cash equivalents Restricted cash, included in other assets Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash as presented on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows $ $ 122 June 30, 2021 June 30, 2020 June 30, 2019 93,286 5,000 98,286 $ $ 144,329 — 144,329 $ $ 140,249 — 140,249 Table of Contents Allowance for doubtful accounts On July 1, 2020, the Company adopted guidance issued by the FASB in ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments, which requires the Company to recognize an allowance that reflects a current estimate of credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the financial asset, including trade receivables. The adoption of ASU 2016- 13 did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. The Company continuously monitors collections and payments from its customers and maintains a provision for estimated credit losses. The Company determines its allowance for doubtful accounts by considering a number of factors, including the length of time balances are past due, the Company’s previous loss history, the customer’s current ability to pay its obligations to the Company and the expected condition of the general economy and the industry as a whole. The Company writes off accounts receivable when they are determined to be uncollectible. Inventories Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value by the first-in, first-out method. Inventories are regularly reviewed and write-downs for excess and obsolete inventory are recorded based primarily on current inventory levels, expiration date and estimated sales forecasts. Property, Plant and Equipment Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the assets’ estimated useful lives. Repairs and maintenance costs that do not extend the useful life of the asset are expensed as incurred. Intangible Assets Definite-lived intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets is computed on a straight-line basis over the assets’ estimated useful lives which commences upon shipment of the product, generally for periods ranging from 5 to 15 years. The Company continually evaluates the reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but instead are tested at least annually for impairment. Costs to renew or extend the term of a recognized intangible asset are expensed as incurred. Valuation of Long-Lived Assets, including Intangible Assets The Company’s long-lived assets primarily consist of property, plant and equipment and definite and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Property, plant and equipment and definite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (“triggering events”) indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recoverable. If a triggering event is determined to have occurred, the asset’s carrying value is compared to the future undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows of the asset, then impairment exists. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment at least annually during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or more frequently if events or triggering events indicate that the asset might be impaired. An impairment loss is measured as the excess of the asset’s carrying value over its fair value, which in most cases is calculated using a discounted cash flow model. Discounted cash flow models are highly reliant on various assumptions which are considered Level 3 inputs, including estimates of future cash flows (including long-term growth rates), discount rates and the probability of achieving the estimated cash flows. 123 Table of Contents Segment Information The Company operates in one reportable segment, generic pharmaceuticals. As such, the Company aggregates its financial information for all products. The following table identifies the Company’s net sales by medical indication for fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019. The medical indication categories for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 were reclassified to better align with industry standards and the Company’s peers. (In thousands) Medical Indication Analgesic Anti-Psychosis Cardiovascular Central Nervous System Endocrinology Gastrointestinal Infectious Disease Migraine Respiratory/Allergy/Cough/Cold Urinary Other Contract manufacturing revenue Total net sales Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020 2019 $ 2021 14,684 43,720 65,987 95,115 27,070 67,540 67,761 25,554 9,258 5,786 35,312 20,991 $ 478,778 $ 8,680 104,934 88,576 77,256 — 73,477 73,237 44,266 11,576 4,225 35,013 24,504 $ 545,744 $ 8,251 73,453 101,467 59,019 197,522 63,043 16,950 41,592 12,479 6,755 51,517 23,359 $ 655,407 Customer, Supplier and Product Concentration The following table presents the percentage of total net sales, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, for certain of the Company’s products, defined as products containing the same active ingredient or combination of ingredients, which accounted for at least 10% of total net sales in any of those periods: Product 1 Product 2 Product 3 June 30, 2021 June 30, 2020 June 30, 2019 12 % 7 % 3 % 10 % 18 % — % — % 10 % 30 % The following table presents the percentage of total net sales, for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, for certain of the Company’s customers which accounted for at least 10% of total net sales in any of those periods: Customer A Customer B Customer C Customer D June 30, June 30, June 30, 2021 2020 2019 27 % 21 % 12 % — % 25 % 23 % 11 % — % 21 % 18 % 10 % 12 % 124 Table of Contents Revenue Recognition The Company complies with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which superseded ASC Topic 605, Revenue Recognition. Under ASC 606, the Company recognizes revenue when (or as) we satisfy our performance obligations by transferring a promised good or service to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration the Company is expected to be entitled. Our revenue consists almost entirely of sales of our pharmaceutical products to customers, whereby we ship product to a customer pursuant to a purchase order. Revenue contracts such as these do not generally give rise to contract assets or contract liabilities because: (i) the underlying contracts generally have only a single performance obligation and (ii) we do not generally receive consideration until the performance obligation is fully satisfied. The revenue standard impacts the timing of the Company’s revenue recognition by requiring recognition of certain contract manufacturing arrangements to change from “upon shipment or delivery” to “over time.” However, the recognition of these arrangements over time does not currently have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial position. When revenue is recognized, a simultaneous adjustment to gross sales is made for estimated chargebacks, rebates, returns, promotional adjustments and other potential adjustments. These provisions are primarily estimated based on historical experience, future expectations, contractual arrangements with wholesalers and indirect customers and other factors known to management at the time of accrual. Accruals for provisions are presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements as a reduction to gross sales with the corresponding reserve presented as a reduction of accounts receivable or included as rebates payable, depending on the nature of the reserve. Provisions for chargebacks, rebates, returns and other adjustments require varying degrees of subjectivity. While rebates generally are based on contractual terms and require minimal estimation, chargebacks and returns require management to make more subjective assumptions. Each major category is discussed in detail below: Chargebacks The provision for chargebacks is the most significant and complex estimate used in the recognition of revenue. The Company sells its products directly to wholesale distributors, generic distributors, retail pharmacy chains and mail-order pharmacies. The Company also sells its products indirectly to independent pharmacies, managed care organizations, hospitals, nursing homes and group purchasing organizations, collectively referred to as “indirect customers.” The Company enters into agreements with its indirect customers to establish pricing for certain products. The indirect customers then independently select a wholesaler from which to purchase the products. If the price paid by the indirect customers is lower than the price paid by the wholesaler, the Company will provide a credit, called a chargeback, to the wholesaler for the difference between the contractual price with the indirect customers and the wholesaler purchase price. The provision for chargebacks is based on expected sell-through levels by the Company’s wholesale customers to the indirect customers and estimated wholesaler inventory levels. As sales to the large wholesale customers, such as Cardinal Health, AmerisourceBergen and McKesson increase (decrease), the reserve for chargebacks will also generally increase (decrease). However, the size of the increase (decrease) depends on product mix and the amount of sales made to indirect customers with which the Company has specific chargeback agreements. The Company continually monitors the reserve for chargebacks and makes adjustments when management believes that expected chargebacks may differ from the actual chargeback reserve. 125 Table of Contents Rebates Rebates are offered to the Company’s key chain drug store, distributor and wholesaler customers to promote customer loyalty and increase product sales. These rebate programs provide customers with credits upon attainment of pre-established volumes or attainment of net sales milestones for a specified period. Other promotional programs are incentive programs offered to the customers. Additionally, as a result of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”) enacted in the U.S. in March 2010, the Company participates in a cost-sharing program for certain Medicare Part D beneficiaries designed primarily for the sale of brand drugs and certain generic drugs if their Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) approval was granted under a New Drug Application (“NDA”) or 505(b) NDA versus an Abbreviated New Drug application ("ANDA’). Drugs purchased within the Medicare Part D coverage gap (commonly referred to as the “donut hole”) result in additional rebates. The Company estimates the reserve for rebates and other promotional credit programs based on the specific terms in each agreement when revenue is recognized. The reserve for rebates increases (decreases) as sales to certain wholesale and retail customers increase (decrease). However, since these rebate programs are not identical for all customers, the size of the reserve will depend on the mix of sales to customers that are eligible to receive rebates. Returns Consistent with industry practice, the Company has a product returns policy that allows customers to return product within a specified time period prior to and subsequent to the product’s expiration date in exchange for a credit to be applied to future purchases. The Company’s policy requires that the customer obtain pre-approval from the Company for any qualifying return. The Company estimates its provision for returns based on historical experience, changes to business practices, credit terms and any extenuating circumstances known to management. While historical experience has allowed for reasonable estimations in the past, future returns may or may not follow historical trends. The Company continually monitors the reserve for returns and makes adjustments when management believes that actual product returns may differ from the established reserve. Generally, the reserve for returns increases as net sales increase. Other Adjustments Other adjustments consist primarily of “price adjustments”, also known as “shelf-stock adjustments” and “price protections,” which are both credits issued to reflect increases or decreases in the invoice or contract prices of the Company’s products. In the case of a price decrease, a credit is given for product remaining in customer’s inventories at the time of the price reduction. Contractual price protection results in a similar credit when the invoice or contract prices of the Company’s products increase, effectively allowing customers to purchase products at previous prices for a specified period of time. Amounts recorded for estimated shelf-stock adjustments and price protections are based upon specified terms with direct customers, estimated changes in market prices and estimates of inventory held by customers. The Company regularly monitors these and other factors and evaluates the reserve as additional information becomes available. Other adjustments also include prompt payment discounts and “failure-to-supply” adjustments. If the Company is unable to fulfill certain customer orders, the customer can purchase products from our competitors at their prices and charge the Company for any difference in our contractually agreed upon prices. Leases The Company complies with ASC Topic 842, Leases, which superseded ASC Topic 840, Leases. Under ASC 842, when the Company enters into a new arrangement, it must determine, at the inception date, whether the arrangement is or contains a lease. This determination generally depends on whether the arrangement conveys to the Company the right to control the use of an explicitly or implicitly identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. Control of an underlying asset is conveyed to the Company if the Company obtains the rights to direct the use of and to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from using the underlying asset. Once a lease has been identified, the Company must determine the lease term, the present value of lease payments and the classification of the lease as either operating or financing. 126 Table of Contents The lease term is determined to be the non-cancelable period including any lessee renewal options which are considered to be reasonably certain of exercise. Our lease agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. The present value of lease payments includes fixed and certain variable payments, less lease incentives, together with amounts probable of being owed by the Company under residual value guarantees and, if reasonably certain of being paid, the cost of certain renewal options and early termination penalties set forth in the lease arrangement. To calculate the present value of lease payments, we use our incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at commencement date, as the rate implicit in the lease is generally not readily available. In making the determination of whether a lease is an operating lease or a finance lease, the Company considers the lease term in relation to the economic life of the leased asset, the present value of lease payments in relation to the fair value of the leased asset and certain other factors. Upon the commencement of the lease, the Company will record a lease liability and right-of-use (“ROU”) asset based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term at commencement date. The ROU asset also includes any lease payments made and excludes lease incentives and initial direct costs incurred. For operating leases, a single lease cost is generally recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations on a straight- line basis over the lease term unless an impairment has been recorded with respect to a leased asset. For finance leases, amortization expense and interest expense are recognized separately in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, with amortization expense generally recorded on a straight-line basis and interest expense recorded using the effective interest method. Variable lease costs not initially included in the lease liability and ROU asset impairment charges are expensed as incurred. Cost of Sales, including Amortization of Intangibles Cost of sales includes all costs related to bringing products to their final selling destination, which includes direct and indirect costs, such as direct material, labor and overhead expenses. Additionally, cost of sales includes product royalties, depreciation, amortization and costs to renew or extend recognized intangible assets, freight charges and other shipping and handling expenses. Research and Development Research and development costs are expensed as incurred, including all production costs until a drug candidate is approved by the FDA. Research and development expenses include costs associated with internal projects as well as costs associated with third-party research and development contracts. Contingencies Loss contingencies, including litigation-related contingencies, are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations when the Company concludes that a loss is both probable and reasonably estimable. Legal fees for litigation-related matters are expensed as incurred and included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations under the Selling, general and administrative expenses line item. Restructuring Costs The Company records charges associated with approved restructuring plans to remove duplicative headcount and infrastructure associated with business acquisitions or to simplify business processes. Restructuring charges can include severance costs to eliminate a specified number of employees, infrastructure charges to vacate facilities and consolidate operations and contract cancellation costs. The Company records restructuring charges based on estimated employee terminations, site closure and consolidation plans. The Company accrues severance and other employee separation costs under these actions when it is probable that a liability exists, and the amount is reasonably estimable. 127 Table of Contents Share-Based Compensation Share-based compensation costs are recognized over the vesting period, using a straight-line method, based on the fair value of the instrument on the date of grant less an estimate for expected forfeitures. The Company uses the Black-Scholes valuation model to determine the fair value of stock options, the stock price on the grant date to value restricted stock and the Monte-Carlo simulation model to determine the fair value of performance-based shares. The Black-Scholes valuation and Monte-Carlo simulation models include various assumptions, including the expected volatility, the expected life of the award, dividend yield and the risk-free interest rate as well as performance assumptions of peer companies. These assumptions involve inherent uncertainties based on market conditions which are generally outside the Company’s control. Changes in these assumptions could have a material impact on share-based compensation costs recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Self-Insurance The Company self-insures for certain employee medical and prescription benefits. The Company also maintains stop loss coverage with third party insurers to limit its total liability exposure. The liability for self-insured risks is primarily calculated using independent third-party actuarial valuations which take into account actual claims, claims growth and claims incurred but not yet reported. Actual experience, including claim frequency and severity as well as health-care inflation, could result in different liabilities than the amounts currently recorded. The liability for self-insured risks under this plan was not material to the consolidated financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020. Income Taxes The Company uses the liability method to account for income taxes as prescribed by ASC 740, Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities as measured by the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when these differences reverse. Deferred tax expense (benefit) is the result of changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are adjusted to recognize the effects of changes in tax laws or enacted tax rates in the period during which they are signed into law. The Company evaluates the need for a valuation allowance each reporting period weighing all positive and negative evidence. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization include, but are not limited to, the Company’s forecast of future taxable income, historical results of operations, statutory expirations and available tax planning strategies and actions that could be implemented to realize the net deferred tax assets. Under ASC 740, Income Taxes, a valuation allowance is required when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position claimed on a tax return only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. The authoritative accounting standards also provide guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties on income taxes, accounting in interim periods and requires increased disclosures. On March 27, 2020, in response to COVID-19 and its detrimental impact to the global economy, former President Trump signed the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) into law, which provides a stimulus to the U.S. economy in the form of various individual and business assistance programs as well as temporary changes to existing tax law. Among the changes to the provision in business tax laws include a five-year net operating loss carryback for the Fiscal 2019 - 2021 tax years, a deferral of the employer’s portion of certain payroll tax, and an increase in the interest expense deductibility limitation for the Fiscal 2020 and 2021 tax years. ASC 740 requires the tax effects of changes in tax laws or rates to be recorded in the period of enactment. As a result of the CARES Act, the Company carried back its Fiscal 2020 taxable loss into the Fiscal 2015 tax year. 128 Table of Contents Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share The presentation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share is required on the face of the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations as well as a reconciliation of the computation of basic earnings (loss) per common share to diluted earnings (loss) per common share. In accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per share, the Company computes earnings (loss) per share using the two-class method, which requires an allocation of earnings between the holders of common stock and the Company’s participating security holders. The warrants issued in connection with the Second Lien Secured Loan Facility (the “Warrants”) are considered participating securities, as discussed further in Note 13 “Warrants.” Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders, which excludes the income allocated to participating security holders, by the basic weighted average common shares outstanding. For purposes of determining diluted earnings per share, the Company further adjusts the basic earnings per share to include the effect of potentially dilutive shares outstanding, including options and restricted stock awards, the 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes (the “Convertible Notes”), and the Warrants. In this calculation, the Company reallocates net income based on the rights of each potentially dilutive share and will report the most dilutive earnings (loss) per share. The weighted average number of diluted shares is adjusted for the potential dilutive effect of the exercise of stock options, treats unvested restricted stock and performance-based shares as if it were vested, and assumes the conversion of the 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes. The Company uses the “if-converted" method to compute earnings (loss) per share when assuming the conversion of the Convertible Notes, which is calculated by dividing the adjusted "if-converted" net income by the adjusted weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. The adjusted "if-converted" net income is adjusted for interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs, both net of tax, associated with the Convertible Notes. Because the Warrants do not participate in losses, the Company will allocate undistributed earnings when calculating basic and diluted earnings per share in periods of net income only. Anti-dilutive securities are excluded from the calculation. Dilutive shares are also excluded in the calculation in periods of net loss because the effect of including such securities would be anti-dilutive. Comprehensive Income (Loss) Comprehensive income (loss) includes all changes in equity during a period except those that resulted from investments by or distributions to the Company’s stockholders. Other comprehensive income (loss) refers to gains and losses that are included in comprehensive income (loss) but excluded from income (loss) for all amounts are recorded directly as an adjustment to stockholders’ equity. Recent Accounting Pronouncements In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt - Debt with Conversion and Other Options and Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity, with changes to modify and simplify the application of U.S. GAAP for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity. ASU 2020-06 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. The ASU requires adoption using either the retrospective basis or the modified retrospective basis. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2020-06 on its Consolidated Financial Statements. 129 Table of Contents Note 3. Restructuring Charges 2020 Restructuring Plan On July 10, 2020, the Board of Directors authorized a restructuring and cost savings plan (the “2020 Restructuring Plan”) to enhance manufacturing efficiencies, streamline operations and reduce the Company’s cost structure. The 2020 Restructuring Plan was implemented, in part, as a result of previously anticipated near-term competition and pricing pressure with respect to certain key products. The 2020 Restructuring Plan included lowering operating costs and reducing the workforce by approximately 80 positions. The 2020 Restructuring Plan was initiated on July 13, 2020 and completed as of December 31, 2020. The Company incurred $4.0 million in severance-related costs in Fiscal 2021 in connection with the 2020 Restructuring Plan. The Company expects the 2020 Restructuring Plan to result in annual cost savings in excess of $15.0 million. A reconciliation of the changes in restructuring liabilities associated with the 2020 Restructuring Plan from June 30, 2020 through June 30, 2021 is set forth in the following table: (In thousands) Balance at June 30, 2020 Restructuring charges Payments Balance at June 30, 2021 Note 4. Accounts Receivable Accounts receivable consisted of the following components at June 30, 2021 and 2020: Employee Separation Costs — 4,043 (4,035) 8 $ $ (In thousands) Gross accounts receivable Less: Chargebacks reserve Less: Rebates reserve Less: Returns reserve Less: Other deductions Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts Accounts receivable, net June 30, 2021 $ 239,271 (69,564) (16,272) (38,395) (15,505) (701) $ 98,834 June 30, 2020 $ 271,557 (61,877) (24,536) (40,796) (17,557) (1,103) $ 125,688 For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021, the Company recorded a provision for chargebacks, rebates, returns and other deductions of $650.3 million, $133.9 million, $20.3 million and $68.2 million, respectively. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020, the Company recorded a provision for chargebacks, rebates, returns and other deductions of $761.8 million, $223.9 million, $16.9 million and $88.5 million, respectively. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019, the Company recorded a provision for chargebacks, rebates, returns and other deductions of $1.0 billion, $250.6 million, $42.0 million and $67.3 million, respectively. 130 Table of Contents The following table identifies the activity and ending balances of each major category of revenue-related reserve for fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019: Reserve Category (In thousands) Balance at June 30, 2018 Adjustment related to adoption of ASC 606 Current period provision Credits issued during the period Balance at June 30, 2019 Current period provision Credits issued during the period Balance at June 30, 2020 Current period provision Credits issued during the period Balance at June 30, 2021 Chargebacks Rebates $ 153,034 82,502 Returns 43,059 Other — — — 1,047,192 (1,110,659) 89,567 761,787 (789,477) 61,877 650,317 (642,630) 69,564 $ 250,555 (254,783) 78,274 223,932 (239,495) 62,711 133,898 (161,312) 35,297 $ 41,982 (29,487) 55,554 16,863 (31,621) 40,796 20,280 (22,681) $ 38,395 20,021 3,536 67,344 (72,773) 18,128 88,468 (89,039) 17,557 68,177 (70,229) $ 15,505 Total 298,616 3,536 1,407,073 (1,467,702) 241,523 1,091,050 (1,149,632) 182,941 872,672 (896,852) 158,761 $ For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, as a percentage of gross sales the provision for chargebacks was 48.9%, 47.2% and 51.4%, respectively, the provision for rebates was 10.1%, 13.9% and 12.3%, respectively, the provision for returns was 1.5%, 1.0% and 2.1%, respectively and the provision for other adjustments was 5.1%, 5.5% and 3.3%, respectively. The increase in the chargebacks reserve was primarily due to timing of sales and product mix partially offset by lower sales. The rebates reserve decreased primarily due to lower sales of Fluphenazine in Fiscal 2021, which had higher than average government-related rebates. Historically, we have not recorded any material amounts in the current period related to reversals or additions of prior period reserves. Note 5. Inventories Inventories at June 30, 2021 and 2020 consisted of the following: (In thousands) Raw Materials Work-in-process Finished Goods Total June 30, 2021 $ 45,370 12,685 51,490 $ 109,545 June 30, 2020 $ 59,703 12,235 70,929 $ 142,867 During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded write-downs to net realizable value for excess and obsolete inventory of $24.3 million, $10.3 million and $21.8 million, respectively. The increase in write-downs for excess and obsolete inventory was primarily related to the discontinuation of certain product lines during the second quarter of Fiscal 2021, which is discussed further in Note 8 “Intangible Assets.” 131 Table of Contents Note 6. Property, Plant and Equipment Property, plant and equipment at June 30, 2021 and 2020 consisted of the following: (In thousands) Land Building and improvements Machinery and equipment Furniture and fixtures Less accumulated depreciation Construction in progress Property, plant and equipment, net June 30, 2021 $ Useful Lives — 1,783 10 - 39 years 103,082 166,617 5 - 10 years 3,399 5 - 7 years (123,294) 151,587 15,087 $ 166,674 June 30, 2020 $ 1,783 100,285 164,704 3,116 (102,983) 166,905 12,613 $ 179,518 Depreciation expense for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $22.9 million, $24.3 million and $23.4 million, respectively. Property, plant and equipment, net included amounts held in foreign countries in the amount of $0.6 million at June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020. Note 7. Fair Value Measurements The Company’s financial instruments recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and debt obligations. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents include bank deposits and money market funds. The carrying value of certain financial instruments, primarily cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, approximate their estimated fair values based upon the short-term nature of their maturity dates. The Company follows the authoritative guidance of ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures.” Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. The authoritative guidance also establishes a fair value hierarchy which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value are entirely within Level 1 of the hierarchy as defined below: Level 1 — Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity can access at the measurement date. Level 2 — Directly or indirectly observable inputs, other than quoted prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; or model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable. Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are material to the fair value of the asset or liability. Financial instruments whose values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant judgment or estimation are examples of Level 3 assets and liabilities. If the inputs used to measure the financial assets and liabilities fall within more than one level described above, the categorization is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement of the instrument. 132 Table of Contents Financial Instruments Disclosed, But Not Reported, at Fair Value In April 2021, the Company refinanced its Term Loan B Facility by issuing 7.750% senior secured notes due 2026 (the “Notes”) and entering into a Second Lien Secured Loan Facility (“Second Lien Facility”), which is discussed further in Note 9 “Long Term Debt”. The Company also has 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes (“Convertible Senior Notes”) outstanding as of June 30, 2021. We estimate the fair value of the Notes, the Convertible Senior Notes and, previously, the Term Loan B Facility using market quotations for debt that have quoted prices in active markets (Level 1). Since our Second Lien Facility does not trade on a daily basis in an active market, the fair value estimate is based on market observable inputs based on borrowing rates currently available for debt with similar terms and average maturities (Level 2). As of June 30, 2021, the estimated fair value of the Notes and the Second Lien Facility were approximately $347 million and $189 million, respectively. The estimated fair value of Term Loan B Facility was approximately $608 million as of June 30, 2020. The estimated fair value of our 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes was approximately $53 million and $58 million as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, respectively. The fair value as of June 30, 2021 was lower than the carrying value primarily due to the Company’s stock price at June 30, 2021 as compared to the $15.29 conversion price. Non-recurring Fair Value Measurements The Company has certain assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis and are adjusted to fair value only when the carrying values are greater than the fair values. These assets are subject to fair value adjustments when there is evidence of impairment. The Company’s estimation of the fair value of intangible assets for impairment represents a Level 3 fair value measurement, due to the use of internal and external projections and unobservable measurement inputs. Based on an impairment analysis performed during the second quarter of Fiscal 2021, the Company adjusted the KUPI product rights assets and the KUPI in-process research and development asset to fair value, $84.0 million and $4.0 million respectively, as of December 31, 2020. In addition, the Company adjusted certain intangible assets included within the other product rights category of definite-lived intangible to fair value, $3.7 million, as of June 30, 2021 based on an impairment analysis performed during the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2021. Refer to Note 8 “Intangible Assets” for further information. Note 8. Intangible Assets Intangible assets, net as of June 30, 2021 and June 30, 2020, consisted of the following: Weighted Avg. Life June 30, Gross Carrying Amount June 30, (In thousands) Definite-lived: KUPI product rights KUPI trade name KUPI other intangible assets Silarx product rights Other product rights Total definite-lived Indefinite-lived: KUPI in-process research and development Total indefinite-lived Total intangible assets, net (Yrs.) 2021 2020 15 2 15 15 10 — 83,955 2,920 19,000 20,000 35,918 $ 161,793 416,154 2,920 19,000 20,000 50,718 $ 508,792 $ 4,000 4,000 $ 165,793 $ 9,000 9,000 $ 517,792 Accumulated Amortization Intangible Assets, Net June 30, 2021 June 30, 2020 June 30, June 30, 2021 2020 (4,198) (2,920) (7,095) (4,889) (8,856) 79,757 — 11,905 15,111 27,062 $ (27,958) $ (143,057) $ 133,835 (125,327) (2,920) (5,828) (3,556) (5,426) $ — $ — 4,000 4,000 $ (27,958) $ (143,057) $ 137,835 — $ — 290,827 — 13,172 16,444 45,292 $ 365,735 $ 9,000 9,000 $ 374,735 For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the Company recorded amortization expense of $24.9 million, $32.0 million and $32.2 million, respectively. 133 Table of Contents In December 2020, the Company reviewed its product portfolio and decided to discontinue 23 lower gross margin product lines, including product lines that were acquired through various past business and product acquisitions. As a result of the discontinuance and the reduction in net sales and gross margin of certain other product lines, the Company determined that such decision represents a “triggering event” and, therefore, commenced an analysis to determine the potential for impairment of certain long-lived assets, primarily its intangible assets. Based on that analysis, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $193.0 million related to the KUPI product rights intangible assets. The impairment charge is primarily a result of the decline in net sales and gross margin of certain product lines acquired in connection with the KUPI acquisition, including those product lines being discontinued. In connection with a review of the Company’s product portfolio in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021, the Company identified lower projected cash flows as a result of increased competition for the Levothyroxine tablets product, which is sold under an agreement with Cediprof, Inc. As a result, the Company recorded a $17.0 million impairment charge to its intangible asset for the distribution and supply agreement with Cediprof, Inc., which is included within the other product rights category of definite-lived intangible assets. The Company also recorded a $5.0 million impairment charge in the second quarter of fiscal year 2021 to its KUPI in- process research and development intangible asset due to delays in the expected launch of a product within the portfolio, which resulted in reduced projected cash flows. In November 2020, the Company entered into Amendment No. 2 to License and Supply Agreement (the “2020 Amendment”) with Recro Gainesville LLC (“Recro”), which amended the Company’s agreement with Recro to exclusively distribute Verelan PM ®, Verelan SR ®, and Verapamil PM. In accordance with the Company’s policy to expense costs to renew or extend the term of a recognized intangible asset as incurred, the Company recorded $5.0 million in consideration to renew the Company’s distribution agreement during Fiscal Year 2021, which is included within cost of sales on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Future annual amortization expense consists of the following: (In thousands) Fiscal Year Ending June 30, 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Thereafter 134 Amortization Expense $ $ 14,780 14,587 14,312 14,119 13,465 62,572 133,835 Table of Contents Note 9. Long-Term Debt Long-term debt, net consisted of the following: (In thousands) Term Loan A Unamortized discount and other debt issuance costs Term Loan A, net Term Loan B Unamortized discount and other debt issuance costs Term Loan B, net 7.75% senior secured notes due 2026 Unamortized discount and other debt issuance costs 7.75% senior secured notes due 2026, net Second Lien Secured Loan Facility due 2026 ($190.0M Principal, $5.7M Exit Fee, and $3.6M accrued PIK interest) Unamortized discount and other debt issuance costs Second Lien Secured Loan Facility due 2026, net 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes due 2026 Unamortized discount and other debt issuance costs 4.50% Convertible Senior Notes, net $45 million Amended ABL Credit Facility Total debt, net Less short-term borrowings and current portion of long-term debt Total long-term debt, net $ June 30, 2021 — $ — — — — — 350,000 (5,594) 344,406 199,342 (36,701) 162,641 86,250 (2,614) 83,636 — 590,683 — 590,683 $ $ June 30, 2020 48,844 (433) 48,411 572,857 (23,278) 549,579 — — — — — — 86,250 (3,111) 83,139 — 681,129 (88,189) 592,940 The weighted average interest rate for Fiscal 2021, which includes the impact of paid-in-kind (“PIK”) interest expense incurred during the period, was 8.0%. The weighted average interest rate for Fiscal 2020 was 8.8%. The Company paid off the outstanding balance of the Term Loan A of $42.0 million on November 25, 2020 with cash on hand. The Company’s undrawn $125.0 million Revolving Credit Facility also expired on November 25, 2020. On April 22, 2021, the Company issued $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of 7.750% senior secured notes due 2026 (the “Notes”) in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and outside the United States to persons other than U.S. persons in reliance upon Regulation S under the Securities Act. The Notes bear interest semi-annually in arrears on April 15 and October 15 of each year, beginning on October 15, 2021, at a rate of 7.750% per annum in cash. The Notes will mature on April 15, 2026, unless earlier redeemed or repurchased in accordance with their terms. On April 5, 2021, the Company entered into an Exchange Agreement with certain participating lenders to exchange a portion of their existing Term B Loans for Second Lien Loans pursuant to a new $190.0 million Second Lien Secured Loan Facility (“Second Lien Facility”). On April 22, 2021, in connection with the issuance of the Notes and the entrance into the Amended ABL Credit Facility, which is discussed further below, the exchange between the Company and the participating lenders was consummated. From the Closing Date until the one-year anniversary of the Closing Date, the Second Lien Loans will bear 10.0% PIK interest. Thereafter, the Second Lien notes will bear 5.0% cash interest and 5.0% PIK interest until maturity, except to the extent the Company elects to pay all or a portion of the PIK interest in cash. The Second Lien Loans will mature on July 21, 2026. When a portion or all of the Second Lien Facility is repaid, the Company is required to pay a non-refundable exit fee (“Exit Fee”) equal to 3.0% of the principal amount of the loan repaid up to a maximum of $5.7 million. In connection with the Second Lien Facility, the Company issued to the Participating Lenders warrants to purchase up to 8,280,000 shares of common stock of the Company (the “Warrants”) at an exercise price of $6.88 per share. Refer to Note 13 “Warrants” for further information on the Warrants issued. 135 Table of Contents In addition to the Notes Offering and the Second Lien Facility, on April 22, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment to that certain Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 7, 2020 (such agreement as so amended, the “Amended ABL Credit Agreement”), among the Company, certain of its wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries party thereto, as borrowers or as guarantors, Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent and as collateral agent and the other lenders party thereto, for the purpose of, among other things, increasing the aggregate amount of the revolving credit facility from $30.0 million to $45.0 million and extending the maturity thereof to the fifth anniversary of the closing date of Notes Offering (subject to a springing maturity as set forth therein). The Amended ABL Credit Agreement provides for a revolving credit facility (the “Amended ABL Credit Facility”) that includes letter of credit and swing line sub-facilities. Borrowing availability under the Amended ABL Credit Facility is determined by a monthly borrowing base collateral calculation that is based on specified percentages of eligible accounts receivable less certain reserves and subject to certain other adjustments as set forth in the Amended ABL Credit Agreement. Availability is reduced by issuance of letters of credit as well as any borrowings. Loans outstanding under the Amended ABL Credit Agreement bear interest at a floating rate measured by reference to, at the Company’s option, either an adjusted London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) (subject to a floor of 0.75%) plus an applicable margin of 2.50% per annum, or an alternate base rate plus an applicable margin of 1.50% per annum. Unused commitments under the Amended ABL Credit Facility are subject to a per annum fee of 0.50% per annum, which fee increases to 0.75% per annum for any quarter during which the company's average usage under the Amended ABL Credit Facility is less than $5.0 million. The Amended ABL Credit Agreement includes a covenant to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of no less than 1.10 to 1.00, which is tested only when Excess Availability is less than 15.0% of the lesser of (A) the borrowing base and (B) the then effective commitments under the Amended ABL Credit Facility for three consecutive business days and continuing until the first day immediately succeeding the last day of 30 consecutive days on which Excess Availability is in excess of such threshold. The Amended ABL Credit Agreement provides for events of default, which, if any of them occur, would permit or require the principal, premium, if any, and interest on all of the then outstanding obligations under the Amended ABL Credit Facility to be due and payable immediately and the commitments under the Amended ABL Credit Facility to be terminated. In connection with the Second Lien Facility, the Company is required to maintain at least $5.0 million in a deposit account at all times, subject to control by the Second Lien Collateral Agent and a minimum cash balance of $15.0 million as of the last day of each month. At June 30, 2021, the Company classified the $5.0 million required deposit account balance as restricted cash, which is included in other assets caption on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company used the net proceeds of the Notes Offering and Second Lien Facility, in addition to cash on hand, to pay off the existing Term Loan B Facility in full and pay certain fees and expenses related to the transactions. In accordance with ASC 470, Debt, the Company also recorded a $10.3 million loss on extinguishment of debt related to the payoff of the Term Loan B Facility. 136 Table of Contents Long-term debt amounts due, for the twelve-month periods ending June 30 were as follows: (In thousands) 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Thereafter Total $ Amounts Payable to Institutions — — — — 350,000 285,592 635,592 $ The long-term debt amounts due above include accrued PIK interest on the Second Lien Facility as of June 30, 2021. Following the one-year anniversary of the closing date of the Second Lien Facility, the Company may elect to pay in cash any interest required to be paid in the form of PIK interest. The outstanding Notes, Second Lien Facility, and Amended ABL Credit Facility amounts above are guaranteed by all of Lannett’s significant wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries and are collateralized by substantially all present and future assets of the Company. Note 10. Legal, Regulatory Matters and Contingencies State Attorneys General Inquiry into the Generic Pharmaceutical Industry In July 2014, the Company received interrogatories and a subpoena from the State of Connecticut Office of the Attorney General concerning its investigation into the pricing of digoxin. According to the subpoena, the Connecticut Attorney General is investigating whether anyone engaged in any activities that resulted in (a) fixing, maintaining or controlling prices of digoxin or (b) allocating and dividing customers or territories relating to the sale of digoxin in violation of Connecticut antitrust law. In June 2016, the Connecticut Attorney General issued interrogatories and a subpoena to an employee of the Company in order to gain access to documents and responses previously supplied to the Department of Justice pursuant to the federal investigation described below. Beginning in December 2016, the Connecticut Attorney General and numerous other State Attorneys General have filed civil complaints against the Company and numerous other companies and individuals relating to alleged anti-competitive behavior as more fully described below. Based on internal investigations performed to date, the Company currently believes that it has acted in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. Federal Investigation into the Generic Pharmaceutical Industry In November and December 2014, the Company and certain affiliated individuals and customers were served with grand jury subpoenas relating to a federal investigation of the generic pharmaceutical industry into possible violations of the Sherman Act. The subpoenas requested corporate documents of the Company relating to corporate, financial and employee information, communications or correspondence with competitors regarding the sale of generic prescription medications and the marketing, sale, or pricing of certain products, generally for the period of 2005 through the dates of the subpoenas. The Company received a Civil Investigative Demand (“CID”) from the Department of Justice on May 14, 2018. The CID requested information from 2009-present regarding allegations that the generic pharmaceutical industry engaged in market allocation, price fixing, payment of illegal remuneration and submission of false claims. The Company has responded to the CID. Based on internal investigations performed to date, the Company believes that it has acted in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. 137 Table of Contents Government Pricing During the quarter ended December 31, 2016, the Company completed a contract compliance review, for the period January 1, 2012 through June 30, 2016, for one of KUPI’s government-entity customers. As a result of the review, the Company identified certain commercial customer prices and other terms that were not properly disclosed to the government-entity resulting in potential overcharges. For the period January 1, 2012 through November 24, 2015 (“the pre- acquisition period”), the Company is fully indemnified per the Stock Purchase Agreement. On May 22, 2019, the Department of Veterans Affairs issued a Contracting Officer’s Final Decision and Demand for Payment, assessing the sum of $9.4 million for overpayments by the Veteran’s Administration for the period of January 1, 2012 through June 30, 2016. In August 2019, the Company remitted payment to the VA and received reimbursement from UCB for the indemnified portion of the payment in the amount of $8.1 million. The VA requested additional information for the period of July 1, 2016 through March 2018. The Company is in the process of responding to the information request. State Attorneys General and Private Plaintiffs Antitrust and Consumer Protection Litigation In December 2016, the Connecticut Attorney General and various other State Attorneys General filed a civil complaint alleging that six pharmaceutical companies engaged in anti-competitive behavior. The Company was not named in the action and does not compete on the products that formed the basis of the complaint. The complaint was later transferred for pretrial purposes to the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania as part of a multidistrict litigation captioned In re: Generic Pharmaceuticals Pricing Antitrust Litigation (the “MDL”). On October 31, 2017, the State Attorneys General filed a motion for leave to amend their complaint to add numerous additional defendants, including the Company, and claims relating to 13 additional drugs. The District Court granted that motion on June 5, 2018. The State Attorneys General filed their amended complaint on June 18, 2018. The claim relating to Lannett involves alleged price-fixing for one drug, doxycycline monohydrate, but does not involve the pricing for digoxin. The State Attorneys General also allege that all defendants were part of an overarching, industry-wide conspiracy to allocate markets and fix prices generally. On August 15, 2019, the Court denied the defendants' joint motion to dismiss the overarching conspiracy claims but has yet to decide an individual motion filed by the Company to dismiss the overarching conspiracy claims as to it. On May 10, 2019, the State Attorneys General filed a new lawsuit naming the Company and one of its employees as defendants, along with 33 other companies and individuals. The complaint again alleges an overarching conspiracy and contains claims for price-fixing and market allocation under the Sherman Act and related state laws. The complaint focuses on the conduct of another generic pharmaceutical company, and the relationships that company had with other generic companies and their employees. The specific allegations in this complaint against Lannett relate to the Company’s sales of baclofen and levothyroxine. The complaint also names another current employee as a defendant, but the allegations pertain to conduct that occurred prior to their employment by Lannett. In June 2020, the State Attorneys General filed a third overarching conspiracy complaint involving scores of different drugs used primarily to treat dermatological conditions, including alleged price-fixing by the Company for acetazolamide. Both complaints have been added to the MDL. In 2016 and 2017, the Company and certain competitors were named as defendants in a number of lawsuits filed by private plaintiffs alleging that the Company and certain generic pharmaceutical manufacturers have conspired to fix prices of generic digoxin, levothyroxine, ursodiol and baclofen. These cases are part of a larger group of more than 100 lawsuits generally alleging that over 30 generic pharmaceutical manufacturers and distributors conspired to fix prices for multiple different generic drugs in violation of the federal Sherman Act, various state antitrust laws, and various state consumer protection statutes. The United States also has been granted leave to intervene in the cases. On April 6, 2017, these cases were added to the MDL. The various plaintiffs are grouped into three categories - Direct Purchaser Plaintiffs, End Payer Plaintiffs, and Indirect Reseller Purchasers - and filed Consolidated Amended Complaints (“CACs”) against the Company and the other defendants in August 2017. 138 Table of Contents The CACs naming the Company as a defendant involve generic digoxin, levothyroxine, ursodiol and baclofen. Pursuant to a court-ordered schedule grouping the 18 different drug cases into three separate tranches, the Company and other generic pharmaceutical manufacturer defendants in October 2017 filed joint and individual motions to dismiss the CACs involving the six drugs in the first tranche, including digoxin. In October 2018, the Court (with one exception) denied defendants’ motions to dismiss plaintiffs’ Sherman Act claims with respect to the drugs in the first tranche. In March 2019, the Company and other defendants filed answers to the Sherman Act claims. In addition, in February 2019, the Court dismissed certain of the plaintiffs’ state law claims but denied the remainder of defendants’ motions to dismiss and set a deadline of April 1, 2019 for certain plaintiffs to amend their existing complaints. Those plaintiffs amended their complaints, but further motions to dismiss the state-law claims remain pending. Following the lead of the state Attorneys General, the Direct Purchaser Plaintiffs, End Payer Plaintiffs and Indirect Reseller Plaintiffs filed their own complaints in June 2018 alleging an overarching conspiracy relating to 14 generic drugs in the End Payer complaint and 15 generic drugs in the Indirect Reseller complaint. Although the complaints allege an overarching conspiracy with respect to all of the drugs identified, the specific allegations related to drugs the Company manufactures involve acetazolamide and doxycycline monohydrate. In addition, between December 2019 and February 2020, the End Payer Plaintiffs, Indirect Reseller Purchasers, and Direct Purchaser Plaintiffs filed separate complaints alleging overarching, industry-wide price-fixing conspiracies modeled on the second one filed by the state Attorneys General. The new complaint involves 135 new drugs in addition to those named in previous complaints. As to the Company, the new drugs involved are pilocarpine HCL, triamterene HCTZ capsules, amantadine HCL, and oxycodone HCL. None of the defendants, including the Company, has responded yet to these new complaints. Between January 2018 and December 2020, a number of opt-out parties filed individual complaints or otherwise commenced actions against the Company and dozens of other companies and individuals alleging an overarching conspiracy and individual conspiracies to fix the prices and allocate markets on scores of different drug products, including digoxin, doxycycline, levothyroxine, ursodiol and baclofen. The opt-out parties include various retailers, insurers and county governments, which have filed federal suits in Pennsylvania, New York, California, Minnesota and Texas. All of those complaints have been added to the MDL but none of the defendants, including the Company, has responded to any of the complaints. Other groups of insurers have commenced actions in Pennsylvania state court against the Company and other drug companies by filing writs of summons, which are not complaints but can serve to toll the running of statutes of limitations. Those state-court cases have not been added to the MDL, although the parties have agreed to stay those cases pending further developments in the MDL. In June 2020, the Company and a number of other generic pharmaceutical manufacturers were named as defendants in a Statement of Claim in a proposed class proceeding in federal court in Toronto, Ontario, Canada. The case alleges a violation of Canada’s Competition Act. The allegations are similar to those in the MDL alleging an overarching, industry- wide conspiracy to allocate markets and fix the price of generic drugs. That alleged conspiracy reached Canada because these same manufacturers also allegedly sell the majority of generic drugs in Canada. The Statement of Claim alleges that the conspiracy extends to the entire generic pharmaceutical market. The specific drugs identified with respect to the Company are: acetazolamide, baclofen, digoxin, doxycycline monohydrate, levothyroxine, and ursodiol. The Company has not yet responded to the Statement of Claim. On July 13, 2020, the District Court overseeing the MDL selected as “bellwether” cases the second overarching conspiracy case filed by the state Attorneys General in May 2019 as well as individual-conspiracy cases filed by the Direct Purchaser Plaintiffs, End Payer Plaintiffs, and Indirect Reseller Purchasers involving the drugs clobetasol, clomipramine and pravastatin. The Company is a defendant only in the overarching conspiracy case. On February 9, 2021, the District Court vacated the order selecting the bellwether cases. Thereafter, the District Court re-designated the clobetasol and clomipramine cases as individual-conspiracy bellwethers, and on May 7, 2021, selected the third complaint filed by the state Attorneys General in June 2020 as the new overarching conspiracy bellwether case. The state Attorneys General have since indicated that they intend to amend their complaint in the overarching conspiracy bellwether case but have not yet filed a new amended complaint. To date, none of the bellwether cases have been scheduled for trial. 139 Table of Contents The Company believes that it acted in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. Accordingly, the Company disputes the allegations set forth in these class actions and plans to vigorously defend itself against these claims. Shareholder Litigation In November 2016, a putative class action lawsuit was filed against the Company and two of its former officers in the federal district court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania, alleging that the Company and two of its former officers damaged the purported class by making false and misleading statements regarding the Company’s drug pricing methodologies and internal controls. In December 2017, counsel for the putative class filed a second amended complaint. The Company filed a motion to dismiss the second amended complaint in February 2018. In July 2018, the court granted the Company’s motion to dismiss the second amended complaint. In September 2018, counsel for the putative class filed a third amended complaint alleging that the Company and two of its former officers made false and misleading statements regarding the impact of competition on prices and sales of certain of the Company’s products, regarding the potential effects on the Company of regulatory investigations and antitrust litigation, and regarding the defendants’ investigation of purported anticompetitive conduct. The Company filed a motion to dismiss the third amended complaint in November 2018. In May 2019, the court denied the Company’s motion to dismiss the third amended complaint. In July 2019, the Company filed an answer to the third amended complaint. On October 1, 2020, counsel for the putative class filed a motion for class certification. In March 2021, the Company filed a brief in opposition to the motion to certify the putative class. On August 12, 2021, the Court entered an Order granting the motion and certifying the class. In August 2021, the court granted the motion to certify the proposed class, to appoint class representatives, and to appoint class counsel. The Company believes it acted in compliance with all applicable laws and continues to vigorously defend itself from these claims. The Company cannot reasonably predict the outcome of the suit at this time. In May 2019, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed against certain of the Company’s current and former officers and certain of the current and former members of the Company’s Board of Directors in the federal court for the District of Delaware. The Company was also named as a nominal defendant in the suit. The suit alleges that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties as directors and/or officers of the Company, that certain of the defendants caused the Company to issue false and misleading proxy statements in violation of Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, that the defendants were unjustly enriched at the expense of the Company, and that the defendants wasted corporate assets belonging to the Company. On December 4, 2019 the Court entered a stipulation consolidating the suit with a separate shareholder derivative suit filed in July 2019, as described below. On December 6, 2019, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated cases. On January 14, 2020, the parties reached an agreement in principle to resolve the consolidated cases, subject to the execution of a mutually acceptable settlement document and Court approval. In July 2019, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed against certain of the Company’s current and former officers and directors in the federal court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. The Company was also named as a nominal defendant in the suit. The suit alleges that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties as directors and/or officers of the Company and that certain of the defendants caused the Company to violate Sections 10(b), 14(a), and 29(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In October 2019, this suit was transferred to the federal court for the District of Delaware and was pending before the same judge presiding over the shareholder derivative suit that was filed in May 2019. On December 4, 2019, the Court entered a stipulation consolidating the suit with a separate shareholder derivative suit filed in May 2019, as described above. On December 6, 2019, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated cases. On January 14, 2020, the parties reached an agreement in principle to resolve the consolidated cases, subject to the execution of a mutually agreeable settlement document and Court approval. 140 Table of Contents The settlement of the two consolidated cases, which was preliminarily approved by the Court on August 7, 2020, requires the Company to implement certain new corporate policies and pay the plaintiffs’ counsel in the consolidated cases, collectively, the sum of $600,000 in exchange for a release of all liability with respect to both of the consolidated cases. A settlement hearing was held on October 7, 2020. At the settlement hearing, the Magistrate Judge issued an oral Report and Recommendation approving the settlement and denying the objecting parties’ motion to intervene. The time period to object to the Report and Recommendation has expired. On October 22, 2020, the Court adopted the Report and Recommendation, granted the motion for final approval of the settlement, denied the objecting parties’ motion to intervene, and issued a final judgement dismissing the consolidated cases with prejudice. The Company considers these matters closed. In September 2019, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed against certain of the Company’s current and former officers, directors, and employees in the federal court for the District of Delaware. The Company was also named as a nominal defendant in the suit. The suit alleges that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties as directors and/or officers of the Company, alleges waste of corporate assets and gross mismanagement, and alleges that certain of the defendants caused the Company to violate Section 14(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. On November 22, 2019, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On January 16, 2020, the Court entered the parties’ stipulation to stay the case pending the resolution of the defendants’ motion to dismiss the two earlier filed consolidated shareholder derivative cases referenced above. On February 18, 2020, the Court entered the parties’ stipulation to withdraw the Company’s motion to dismiss without prejudice to the Company’s ability to refile a renewed motion to dismiss after the stay is lifted. On March 11, 2020, following notice that Plaintiffs no longer consented to the stay, the Court lifted the stay. On April 6, 2020, certain of the defendants, including the Company, filed a renewed motion to dismiss or, in the alternative, to stay the account. On April 29, 2020, the Court entered the parties’ stipulation to stay the action, pending a decision from the Court regarding the settlement in the consolidated derivative actions discussed above. In light of the Final Order and Judgment entered in the two earlier filed consolidated shareholder derivative cases referenced above, the parties filed a stipulation and proposed order dismissing this action, with prejudice. On October 29, 2020, the District Court Judge entered an Order approving the parties’ Stipulation of Dismissal, with prejudice. The Company considers this matter closed. In February 2020, a shareholder derivative lawsuit was filed against certain of the Company’s current and former officers, directors, and employees in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware. The Company was also named as a nominal defendant in the suit. The suit alleges that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties as directors and/or officers of the Company and were unjustly enriched. On March 16, 2020, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, and a motion to stay the proceedings. On March 27, 2020, the Company filed its opening brief in support of its motion to stay the proceedings. On April 6, 2020, the parties entered into a stipulation and proposed order to stay the action. The Court granted the stipulation and proposed order that same day. In light of the Final Order and Judgment entered in the two earlier filed consolidated shareholder derivative cases referenced above, the parties agreed to dismiss this action, with prejudice. The Court granted Stipulation of Dismissal with Prejudice on November 4, 2020. The Company considers this matter closed. 141 Table of Contents Genus Life Sciences In December 2018, Genus Lifesciences, Inc. (“Genus”) sued the Company, Cody Labs, and others in California federal court, alleging violations of the Lanham Act, Sherman Act, and California false advertising law. Genus received FDA approval for a cocaine hydrochloride product in December 2018, and its claims are premised in part on allegations that the Company falsely advertises its unapproved cocaine hydrochloride solution product. The Company denied that it is falsely advertising its cocaine hydrochloride solution product and continued to market its unapproved product relying on the Guidance for FDA Staff and Industry, Marketed Unapproved Drugs — Compliance Policy Guide, pending approval of its Section 505(b)(2) application (until August 15, 2019, when it agreed to a request by the FDA to cease marketing its unapproved product as a result of the approval of a competitor’s product). In January 2019, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On May 3, 2019, the Court issued a written decision granting in part and denying in part the motion to dismiss. On June 6, 2019, Genus filed an Amended Complaint. On June 27, 2019, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the amended complaint. By Order dated September 3, 2019, the Court granted in part and denied in part the Company's motion to dismiss. On November 20, 2019, Genus filed a second amended complaint. On December 17, 2019, the Company filed an answer to the second amended complaint. The Company believes it acted in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and plans to vigorously defend itself from these claims. On August 16, 2021, the Company and Genus reached an agreement in principle to amicably resolve this case, along with three other cases involving the Company’s approved cocaine hydrochloride product. The parties are in the process of negotiating and finalizing various agreements memorializing the settlement and have a motion to stay the case for 60 days. Sandoz, Inc. On July 20, 2020, Sandoz, Inc. (“Sandoz”) filed a complaint in federal court in Philadelphia, alleging claims for tortious interference with contract, unfair competition and conversion of confidential information, arising out of Cediprof, Inc.’s (“Cediprof”) termination of Sandoz’s contract to distribute levothyroxine tablets in the United States and certain territories. Along with the complaint, Sandoz filed a motion for a temporary restraining order and preliminary injunction, seeking to enjoin the Company from commencing the distribution of levothyroxine tablets on August 3, 2020. On the same day, Sandoz filed a separate complaint and application for a temporary restraining order and preliminary injunction against Cediprof in federal court in New York, seeking to prevent Cediprof from selling its levothyroxine tablets in the United States and certain of its territories to anyone other than Sandoz. On July 27, 2020, the New York court held a hearing and denied Sandoz’s application for a temporary restraining order, ruling Sandoz had failed to establish irreparable harm. Sandoz subsequently dismissed the complaint and is proceeding against Cediprof in an Arbitration in New York, where the Company has agreed to indemnify Cediprof. On July 28, 2020, the Philadelphia court held a hearing and denied Sandoz’s application for a temporary restraining order, ruling that Sandoz had failed to establish irreparable harm and failed to establish that it is likely to succeed on the merits of its claim against Lannett. On October 5, 2020, the Company filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On December 28, 2020, the Court granted in part and denied in part the motion, dismissing certain of the claims. The Company has filed a motion to stay the case pending the Arbitration of the Sandoz/Cediprof dispute. On January 11, 2021, the Company filed an answer and counterclaim to the complaint. Upon the conclusion of fact discovery, the Court entered an order on July 16, 2021 staying the remaining deadlines in the case pending the outcome of the Arbitration between Sandoz and Cediprof. The Company denies that it tortiously interfered with Sandoz’s contract or that it converted any of Sandoz’s alleged confidential information. Discovery is ongoing and the Company cannot reasonably predict the outcome of this suit at this time. Other Litigation Matters The Company is also subject to various legal proceedings arising out of the normal course of its business including, but not limited to, product liability, intellectual property, patent infringement claims and antitrust matters. It is not possible to predict the outcome of these various proceedings. An adverse determination in any of these proceedings or in any of the proceedings described above in the future could have a significant impact on the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company. 142 Table of Contents Note 11. Commitments Leases At June 30, 2021 and 2020, the Company has a ROU lease asset of $10.6 million and $9.3 million, respectively, and a ROU liability of $13.1 million and $10.9 million, respectively. The current balance of the ROU liability at June 30, 2021 and 2020 was $2.0 million and $1.1 million, respectively. In February 2021, the Company extended our existing lease for the warehouse in Seymour, Indiana. The lease term is now set to expire in March 2031. Accordingly, the Company recorded a ROU lease asset and liability totaling $2.3 million, respectively, in the third quarter of Fiscal 2021. Components of lease costs are as follows: (In thousands) Operating lease cost Variable lease cost Short-term lease cost (a) Total ______________________ (a) Not recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheet Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2021 1,754 133 448 2,335 2020 2,246 153 579 2,978 $ $ $ $ Supplemental cash flow information and non-cash activity related to our operating leases are as follows: (In thousands) Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities: Operating cash flows from operating leases Non-cash activity: ROU assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities $ $ Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2021 2020 1,916 $ 2,086 2,275 $ 4,317 Weighted average remaining lease term and discount rate for our operating leases are as follows: Weighted-average remaining lease term Weighted-average discount rate Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2021 10 years 8.5 % 2020 9 years 7.9 % 143 Table of Contents Maturities of lease liabilities by fiscal year for our operating leases are as follows: (In thousands) 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 Thereafter Total lease payments Less: Imputed interest Present value of lease liabilities Other Commitments $ Amounts Due 2,051 2,064 2,083 2,104 2,124 8,513 18,939 5,847 13,092 $ During Fiscal 2017, the Company signed an agreement with a company operating in the pharmaceutical business, under which the Company agreed to provide up to $15.0 million in revolving loans, which expires in seven years and bears interest at 2.0%, for the purpose of expansion and other business needs. In Fiscal 2019, the Company sold 50% of the outstanding loan to a third party for $5.6 million, in addition to assigning 50% of all rights, title and interest in the loan and loan documents. As of June 30, 2021, $6.6 million was outstanding under the revolving loan and is included in other assets. Based on the guidance set forth in ASC 810-10 Consolidation, the Company has concluded that it has a variable interest in the entity. However, the Company is not the primary beneficiary to the entity and as such, is not required to consolidate the entity’s results of operations. In Fiscal 2020, the Company executed a License and Collaboration Agreement with North South Brother Pharmacy Investment Co., Ltd. and HEC Group PTY, Ltd. (collectively, “HEC”) to develop an insulin glargine product that would be biosimilar to Lantus Solostar. Under the terms of the deal, among other things, the Company shall fund up to the initial $32 million of the development costs and split 50/50 any development costs in excess thereof. As of June 30, 2021, the Company has incurred approximately $4 million of development costs towards the $32 million commitment made by the Company. Lannett shall receive an exclusive license to distribute and market the product in the United States upon FDA approval under the 50/50 profit split for the first ten years following commercialization, followed by a 60/40 split in favor of HEC for the following five years. To date, the COVID-19 pandemic has not had a material impact on the development of the insulin glargine product. However, the timing of the product development and approval could be delayed as the COVID-19 pandemic continues. On February 8, 2021, the Company executed a License and Collaboration Agreement and a Supply Agreement with Sunshine Lake Pharma Co., Ltd. an HEC Group company (“Sunshine”) with respect to the development of a biosimilar insulin aspart product. Under the terms of the deal, among other things, the Company shall fund up to the initial $32 million of the development costs, provided that if total development and other costs paid by Lannett are less than $32 million then the difference will be paid to Sunshine over the first year of commercialization. As of June 30, 2021, the Company has not yet incurred material costs towards the $32 million commitment made by the Company. The parties shall negotiate the sharing of any development costs in excess of $32 million. Lannett shall receive an exclusive license to distribute and market the product in the United States upon FDA approval under the 50/50 profit split for the first ten years following commercialization, followed by a 60/40 split in favor of Sunshine for the following five years. 144 Table of Contents Note 12. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss The Company’s Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss was comprised of the following components as of June 30, 2021 and 2020: (In thousands) Foreign Currency Translation Beginning Balance, June 30 Net income (loss) on foreign currency translation (net of tax of $0 and $0) Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax Total Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss Note 13. Warrants June 30, 2021 2020 $ $ (627) $ 79 79 (548) $ (615) (12) (12) (627) In connection with the Second Lien Facility, which is discussed further in Note 9 “Long-Term Debt” above, the Company issued to the Participating Lenders warrants to purchase up to 8,280,000 shares of common stock of the Company (the “Warrants”) at an exercise price of $6.88 per share. The Warrants were issued on April 22, 2021 with an eight-year term. The Participating Lenders received registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock of the Company to be received upon exercise of the Warrants. The Company concluded that the Warrants were indexed to its own stock and, therefore, are classified as an equity instrument. In accordance with ASC 470, Debt, the Company allocated the proceeds of the Second Lien Facility issuance based on the relative fair value of the debt instrument and the Warrants separately at the time of issuance, which was determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Various assumptions were used in the valuation model, including the expected volatility of 74.2%, the expected life of the Warrants of 8 years, and the risk-free rate of 1.3%. The relative fair value allocated to the Warrants was $24.4 million at the issuance date. The holders of the Warrants are entitled to receive dividends or distributions of any kind made to the common stockholders to the same extent as if the holder had exercised the Warrant into common stock. Although the Company did not issue or declare dividends during the period, the Warrants are considered participating securities under ASC 260, Earnings per share, for purposes of calculating earnings (loss) per share under the two-class method. Refer to Note 14 “Loss Per Common Share” for further details of the two-class method and the Company’s calculation of earnings (loss) per share. 145 Table of Contents Note 14. Loss Per Common Share A reconciliation of the Company’s basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share was as follows: (In thousands, except share and per share data) Numerator: Net loss Net income allocated to participating securities for the Warrants Interest expenses applicable to the Convertible Notes, net of tax Amortization of debt issuance costs applicable to the Convertible Notes, net of tax Adjusted "if-converted" net loss Denominator: Basic weighted average common shares outstanding Effect of potentially dilutive options and restricted stock awards Effect of conversion of the Convertible Notes Effect of participating securities for the Warrants Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding For Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020 2019 2021 $ $ (363,475) — — $ (33,366) — — (272,107) — — — — — $ (363,475) $ (33,366) $ (272,107) 39,391,589 38,592,618 — — — 39,391,589 — — — 38,592,618 37,779,812 — — — 37,779,812 Loss per common share: Basic Diluted $ $ (9.23) (9.23) $ $ (0.86) (0.86) $ $ (7.20) (7.20) In accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per share, the Company computes earnings (loss) per share using the two-class method, which requires an allocation of earnings between the holders of common stock and the Company’s participating security holders. Basic earnings (loss) per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) available to common stockholders, which excludes the income allocated to participating security holders, by the basic weighted average common shares outstanding. For purposes of determining diluted earnings per share, the Company further adjusts the basic earnings per share to include the effect of potentially dilutive shares outstanding, including options and restricted stock awards, the Convertible Notes, and the Warrants. In this calculation, the Company reallocates net income based on the rights of each potentially dilutive share and will report the most dilutive earnings (loss) per share. Because the Warrants do not participate in losses, the Company will allocate undistributed earnings when calculating basic and diluted earnings per share in periods of net income only. The effect of the Warrants is excluded from the calculation of basic and diluted loss per share in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. The number of anti-dilutive shares that have been excluded in the computation of diluted earnings per share for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 were 8.0 million, 6.6 million and 1.9 million, respectively. The effect of potentially dilutive shares was excluded from the calculation of diluted loss per share in the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 because the effect of including such securities would be anti-dilutive. Note 15. Share-based Compensation At June 30, 2021, the Company had two share-based employee compensation plans (the 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) and the 2021 LTIP). The 2021 LTIP, which authorized 3.0 million new shares of common stock for future issuances, was approved by the stockholders of the Company in January 2021. Together these plans authorized an aggregate total of 8.0 million shares to be issued. As of June 30, 2021, the plans have a total of 3.1 million shares available for future issuances. No awards have been granted from the 2021 LTIP as of June 30, 2021. Historically, the Company has issued share-based compensation awards with a vesting period ranging up to 3 years and a maximum contractual term of 10 years. The Company issues new shares of stock when stock options are exercised. As of June 30, 2021, there was $9.5 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation awards. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.0 years. 146 Table of Contents Stock Options The Company measures share-based compensation costs for options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following table presents the weighted average assumptions used to estimate fair values of the stock options granted, the estimated annual forfeiture rates used to recognize the associated compensation expense and the weighted average fair value of the options granted during the fiscal years ended June 30: Risk-free interest rate Expected volatility Expected dividend yield Forfeiture rate Expected term Weighted average fair value 2021 0.2 % 82.5 % — % — % 5.0 years 2020 1.9 % 73.7 % — % — % 5.1 years 2019 2.9 % 58.4 % — % 6.5 % 5.3 years $ 3.86 $ 4.00 $ 6.52 Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the price of our common shares during the historical period equal to the expected term of the option. The Company uses historical information to estimate the expected term, which represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The risk-free rate for the period equal to the expected life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The forfeiture rate assumption is the estimated annual rate at which unvested awards are expected to be forfeited during the vesting period. This assumption is based on our actual forfeiture rate on historical awards. Periodically, management will assess whether it is necessary to adjust the estimated rate to reflect changes in actual forfeitures or changes in expectations. Additionally, the expected dividend yield is equal to zero, as the Company has not historically issued and has no immediate plans to issue a dividend. A stock option summary as of June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and changes during the years then ended, is presented below: (In thousands, except for weighted average price and life data) Awards Weighted- Average Exercise Price Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (yrs.) Aggregate Intrinsic Value Outstanding at June 30, 2018 Granted Exercised Forfeited, expired or repurchased Outstanding at June 30, 2019 Granted Exercised Forfeited, expired or repurchased Outstanding at June 30, 2020 Granted Exercised Forfeited, expired or repurchased Outstanding at June 30, 2021 Vested and expected to vest at June 30, 2021 Exercisable at June 30, 2021 $ 22.46 1,057 $ 12.20 73 (94) $ 4.06 (464) $ 30.61 $ 17.56 572 6.57 522 $ (56) $ 5.42 (47) $ 24.73 12.11 991 $ 5.95 $ 309 (37) $ 4.12 (217) $ 17.17 9.51 1,046 $ 1,045 383 $ 9.51 $ 14.82 $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ $ 2,584 5.4 311 273 237 678 61 25 25 25 5.0 5.6 7.2 7.2 4.9 147 Table of Contents Restricted Stock The Company measures restricted stock compensation costs based on the stock price at the grant date less an estimate for expected forfeitures. The annual forfeiture rate used to calculate compensation expense was 6.5% for fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019. A summary of restricted stock awards as of June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and changes during the fiscal years then ended, is presented below: (In thousands, except for weighted average price data) Non-vested at June 30, 2018 Granted Vested Forfeited Non-vested at June 30, 2019 Granted Vested Forfeited Non-vested at June 30, 2020 Granted Vested Forfeited Non-vested at June 30, 2021 Performance-Based Shares Weighted Average Grant - Awards date Fair Value Intrinsic Value Aggregate 704 1,176 (434) (158) 1,288 941 (773) (112) 1,344 901 (805) (90) 1,350 $ $ $ $ 20.06 9.90 19.75 14.00 11.63 6.45 10.54 10.75 8.70 5.74 8.60 9.18 6.75 $ $ $ 4,107 6,401 4,668 In September 2017, the Company approved a plan to begin granting performance-based awards to certain key executives. The stock-settled awards will cliff vest based on relative Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) over a three-year performance period. The Company measures share-based compensation cost for TSR awards using a Monte-Carlo simulation model. A summary of performance-based share awards as of June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and changes during the current fiscal years then ended, is presented below: (In thousands, except for weighted average price and life data) Non-vested at June 30, 2018 Granted Vested Forfeited Non-vested at June 30, 2019 Granted Vested Forfeited Non-vested at June 30, 2020 Granted Performance adjustment (1) Non-vested at June 30, 2021 ________________________________________ 148 Weighted Average Grant - date Fair Value Awards 20 52 — — 72 178 (46) — 204 339 (12) 531 $ $ $ $ $ $ 25.58 17.69 — — 19.92 10.71 15.08 — 12.99 9.22 25.58 10.29 Table of Contents (1) Represents the adjustment based on the performance of the September 2017 awards, which was below the Threshold goal level at the end of the three-year performance period. Employee Stock Purchase Plan In February 2003, the Company’s stockholders approved an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Employees eligible to participate in the ESPP may purchase shares of the Company’s stock at 85% of the lower of the fair market value of the common stock on the first day of the calendar quarter, or the last day of the calendar quarter. Under the ESPP, employees can authorize the Company to withhold up to 10% of their compensation during any quarterly offering period, subject to certain limitations. The ESPP was implemented on April 1, 2003 and is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Board of Directors authorized an aggregate total of 1.1 million shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance under the ESPP. During the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, 109 thousand shares, 118 thousand shares and 185 thousand shares were issued under the ESPP, respectively. As of June 30, 2021, 1.0 million total cumulative shares have been issued under the ESPP. The following table presents the allocation of share-based compensation costs recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations by financial statement line item: (In thousands) Selling, general and administrative expenses Research and development expenses Cost of sales Total Tax benefit at statutory rate Note 16. Employee Benefit Plan For Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020 2019 2021 $ $ $ 7,016 538 1,483 9,037 2,033 $ $ $ 7,087 801 2,328 10,216 2,299 $ $ $ 5,715 750 2,562 9,027 2,031 The Company has a 401(k) defined contribution plan (the “Plan”) covering substantially all employees. Pursuant to the Plan provisions, the Company is required to make matching contributions equal to 50% of each employee’s contribution, not to exceed 4% of the employee’s compensation for the Plan year. Beginning January 1, 2021, the Company reduced the matching contribution to 50% of each employee’s contribution, not to exceed 2% of the employee’s compensation for the Plan year. Contributions to the Plan during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020, and 2019 were $1.6 million, $2.2 million and $2.3 million, respectively. In Fiscal 2020, the Company implemented a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for certain senior-level management and executives. The non-qualified deferred compensation plan allows certain eligible employees to defer additional pre-tax earnings for retirement, beyond the IRS limits in place under the Plan. Contributions to the non-qualified deferred compensation plan during Fiscal 2020 were not material. Note 17. Income Taxes On March 27, 2020, in response to COVID-19 and its detrimental impact to the global economy, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) was signed into law, which provided a stimulus to the U.S. economy in the form of various individual and business assistance programs as well as temporary changes to existing tax law. Among the changes to the provision in business tax laws include a five-year net operating loss carryback for the Fiscal 2019 - 2021 tax years, a deferral of the employer’s portion of certain payroll tax, and an increase in the interest expense deductibility limitation for the Fiscal 2020 and 2021 tax years. ASC 740 requires the tax effects of changes in tax laws or rates to be recorded in the period of enactment. As a result of the CARES Act, the Company will carry back its Fiscal 2021 taxable loss into the Fiscal 2016 tax year, which resulted in an approximately $10.3 million tax rate benefit in the current year. In Fiscal 2020, the Company carried back its taxable loss into the Fiscal 2015 tax year, which resulted in a an approximately $2.8 million tax rate benefit in the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020. 149 Table of Contents The following table summarizes the components of the provision for income taxes for the fiscal years ended June 30: (In thousands) Current Income Tax Expense (Benefit) Federal State and Local Total Current Income Tax Expense (Benefit) Deferred Income Tax Expense (Benefit) Federal State and Local Total Deferred Income Tax Expense (Benefit) Total Income Tax Expense (Benefit) 2021 2020 2019 $ (57,335) $ 70 (57,265) (7,082) $ 405 (6,677) 13,185 (81) 13,104 112,414 5,476 117,890 60,625 $ (6,525) (2,060) (8,585) (85,022) (2,220) (87,242) $ (15,262) $ (74,138) A reconciliation of the differences between the effective rates and federal statutory rates was as follows: Federal income tax at statutory rate State and local income tax, net Nondeductible expenses Nondeductible drug fee Foreign rate differential Income tax credits Unrecognized tax benefits Change in tax laws Excess tax benefits on share-based compensation Valuation allowance Other Effective income tax rate 150 June 30, 2021 June 30, 2020 June 30, 2019 21.0 % (1.4)% (0.1)% (0.1)% — % 0.2 % — % 5.1 % (0.3)% (44.3)% (0.1)% (20.0)% 21.0 % 2.7 % (1.1)% (1.6)% (0.1)% 2.5 % (5.0)% 15.4 % (0.8)% — % (1.6)% 31.4 % 21.0 % 0.5 % (0.1)% — % (0.4)% 0.5 % 0.1 % — % (0.3)% — % 0.1 % 21.4 % Table of Contents The principal types of differences between assets and liabilities for financial statement and tax return purposes are accruals, reserves, impairment of intangibles, accumulated amortization, accumulated depreciation and share-based compensation expense. A deferred tax asset is recorded for the future benefits created by the timing of accruals and reserves and the application of different amortization lives for financial statement and tax return purposes. The Company’s deferred tax liability is mainly attributable to different depreciation methods for financial statement and tax return purposes. A deferred tax asset valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that the Company will be unable to realize certain of the deferred tax assets. As of June 30, 2021 and 2020, temporary differences which give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows: (In thousands) Deferred tax assets: Share-based compensation expense Reserve for returns Inventory Federal net operating loss State net operating loss Impairment on Cody note receivable Accumulated amortization on intangible assets Foreign net operating loss Interest carryforward Operating lease R&D carryforward Other Total deferred tax asset Valuation allowance Total deferred tax asset less valuation allowance Deferred tax liabilities: Prepaid expenses Property, plant and equipment Operating lease Total deferred tax liability Net deferred tax asset June 30, 2021 June 30, 2020 $ $ 1,779 8,213 6,047 273 9,415 1,157 112,548 1,792 21,111 2,890 1,334 849 167,408 (153,383) 14,025 239 11,525 2,261 14,025 $ — $ 2,661 11,022 4,920 273 8,387 1,171 79,939 1,822 25,392 3,439 491 2,862 142,379 (14,622) 127,757 681 5,383 3,803 9,867 117,890 The federal and state and local tax deferred tax assets begin to expire in fiscal years 2026 and 2036, respectively. The General Business Credit generated in fiscal year 2021 will expire in fiscal year 2041. The interest carryforward has an indefinite life. In the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2021, the Company recorded a full valuation allowance of its net deferred tax assets totaling $153.4 million. In determining whether a valuation allowance was necessary, the Company reviewed all available positive and negative evidence including forecasts of future taxable income, historical results of operations, statutory expirations and available tax planning strategies, among other considerations. In accordance with ASC 740 Income Taxes, the weight given to the evidence reviewed was commensurate with the extent each can be objectively verified. Based on our review, the Company determined that the positive evidence related to longer-term projected profitability, when taking into consideration the inherent uncertainty around the available data, was insufficient to overcome the significant negative evidence attributed to recent historical losses incurred as well as the revised forecasts indicating continued competitive pressures on our near-term outlook. The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position claimed on a tax return only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position should be measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. 151 Table of Contents A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits (exclusive of interest and penalties) was as follows: (In thousands) Balance at June 30, 2019 Additions for tax positions of the current year Additions for tax positions of prior years Lapse of statute of limitations Balance at June 30, 2020 Additions for tax positions of the current year Additions for tax positions of prior years Settlements Balance at June 30, 2021 Balance 2,199 2,467 (51) (24) 4,591 91 104 (240) 4,546 $ $ $ The amount of unrecognized tax benefits at June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 was $4.5 million, $4.6 million and $2.2 million, respectively, of which $4.4 million, $4.5 million and $2.1 million would impact the Company’s effective tax rate, respectively, if recognized. The Company has not recorded any interest and penalties for the periods ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019 in the statement of operations and no cumulative interest and penalties have been recorded either in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2021 and 2020. The Company will recognize interest accrued on unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and any related penalties in operating expenses. The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction and various states. The Company’s federal tax returns for Fiscal Year 2014 and prior generally are no longer subject to review as such years are closed. The Company’s Fiscal Year 2015 through 2017 federal returns are currently under examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). In March 2021, the Company was notified that its Fiscal Year 2020 federal return was also selected for examination. The Company has received preliminary assessments from the IRS, which are not considered material to the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations; however, we cannot reasonably predict the final outcome of the examinations at this time. In October 2018, the Company was notified that the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania will conduct a routine field audit of the Company’s Fiscal 2016 and Fiscal 2017 corporate tax returns. In March 2021, the Company received a preliminary assessment from the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, which is not considered material to the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations. In December 2019, the Company was notified that the Florida Department of Revenue will conduct a routine field audit of the Company’s Fiscal 2016, 2017 and 2018 corporate tax returns. In December 2020, the Company settled the audit with the Florida Department of Revenue for an immaterial amount. Note 18. Related Party Transactions The Company had sales of $2.6 million, $3.0 million and $3.8 million during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, to a generic distributor, Auburn Pharmaceutical Company (“Auburn”), which is a member of the Premier Buying Group. Jeffrey Farber, a current board member, is the owner of Auburn. Accounts receivable includes amounts due from Auburn of $0.4 million and $0.7 million at June 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Note 19. Assets Held for Sale In the first quarter of Fiscal 2019, the Company approved a plan to sell the Cody API business, which includes the manufacturing and distribution of active pharmaceutical ingredients for use in finished goods production. As a result of the plan, the Company recorded the assets of the Cody API business at fair value less costs to sell. The Company performed a fair value analysis which resulted in a $29.9 million impairment of the Cody Labs long-lived assets in Fiscal 2019. 152 Table of Contents The Company was unable to sell the Cody API business as an ongoing operation and intended to sell the equipment utilized by the Cody API business as well as the real estate upon receiving approval of the Company’s cocaine hydrochloride solution Section 505(b)(2) NDA application and to have Cody Labs cease all operations. During Fiscal 2020, the Company completed the sale of the equipment associated with the Cody API business for approximately $3.0 million. In the second quarter of Fiscal 2020, the Company signed a two-year agreement to lease a portion of the real estate to a third party. In October 2020, the Company entered into an agreement for the sale of real estate associated with the Cody API business for $3.8 million before fees and selling costs, subject to certain closing conditions. However, prior to closing, the buyer terminated the transaction in December 2020. The Company continues to actively market the real estate. As of June 30, 2021, the remaining real estate associated with the Cody API business, totaling $2.7 million, is recorded in the assets held for sale caption on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following table summarizes the financial results of the Cody API business for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2021, 2020 and 2019: (In thousands) Net sales Pretax loss attributable to Cody API business Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020 2021 $ — $ 1,067 $ (761) (6,549) 2019 3,139 (51,509) The pretax loss attributable to the Cody API business during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 includes a full impairment of a $1.2 million ROU lease asset that was recorded upon adoption of ASU No. 2016-02 on July 1, 2019. The pretax loss attributable to the Cody API business during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2019 includes impairment charges totaling $32.8 million to adjust the long-lived assets to their fair value less costs to sell. 153 Exhibit 10.90 CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN EXCLUDED FROM THIS EXHIBIT BECAUSE IT IS NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO THE REGISTRANT IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. [***] INDICATES THAT INFORMATION HAS BEEN REDACTED. DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT THIS DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made this 26th day of September, 2019 (the “Effective Date”), by and between Respirent Pharmaceuticals Co. Ltd., a Chinese company having an address of 5-190, Yunham Drive, High-Tech Industrial Park, Shuitu, Beibei District, Chongqing 400714 China (“Supplier”), and LANNETT COMPANY, INC., a Delaware corporation having an address of 9000 State Road, Philadelphia, PA 19136 and its Affiliates (“Lannett”). Lannett and Supplier are separately referred to as “Party” or jointly as “Parties.” BACKGROUND WHEREAS, Supplier is engaged in the business of developing, manufacturing and supplying various pharmaceutical Products; and WHEREAS, Lannett desires to purchase certain of those Products from Supplier for purposes of marketing and distributing those Products, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows: 1. DEFINITIONS. 1.1. “Additional Distribution Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7. 1.2. “Adverse Event” means any untoward medical occurrence in a patient or clinical investigation subject who is administered a Product, but which does not necessarily have a causal relationship with the treatment for which a Product is used. An “Adverse Event” can include any unfavorable and unintended sign (including an abnormal laboratory finding), symptom or disease temporally associated with the use of a Product, whether or not related to a Product. A pre-existing condition that worsened in severity after administration of a Product would be considered an “Adverse Event”. 1.3. “Affiliate(s)” of a Party means any other person or legal entity directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such Party. For the purpose of this definition, “control” when used with respect to a specified person or legal entity means the power to direct the management and policies of such person or legal entity directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 1 1.4. “Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble of this Agreement. 1.5. “ANDA” means an Abbreviated New Drug Application (including any amendments, submissions and supplements thereto) as defined in Section 505(j) of the FD&C Act. 1.6. “Applicable Laws” means all applicable statutes, ordinances, regulations, codes, rules, or orders of any kind whatsoever of any governmental authority in the Territory, including the FD&C Act, the Generic Drug Enforcement Act of 1992 (21 U.S.C. § 335a et seq.), the Prescription Drug Marketing Act, the Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b et seq.), the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the Federal False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §3729-3733), the Code, the Department of Health and Human Services Office of Inspector General Compliance Program Guidance for Pharmaceutical Manufacturers, released April 2003, the Antifraud and Abuse Amendment to the Social Security Act, the AMA guidelines on gifts to physicians, as well as any state laws impacting the promotion of pharmaceutical products, including any state anti-kickback/fraud and abuse related laws, all as amended from time to time. 1.7. “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which banks in the State of Delaware or China are required or authorized to close. 1.8. “Commercial Launch” means with respect to each dosage strength of the Product, the first sale of such dosage strength of the Product by Lannett, or a Lannett Affiliate, to an unaffiliated third party for end use or consumption after the FDA has approved the ANDA for such dosage strength of the Product. 1.9. “Competitor(s)”means any third party selling a generic, authorized generic or brand at generic price levels of the same molecule, strength and dosage form. 1.10. “Confidential Information” means all Intellectual Property Rights and confidential facts relating to the business and affairs of a Party or any of its Affiliates, including financial information, business opportunities, information relating to pharmaceutical products of any nature whatsoever, know-how, and compilations of information in any form whatsoever; provided, however, that “Confidential Information” shall not include any information that (a) was already in the public domain at the time of disclosure; (b) becomes part of the public domain through no action or omission of the receiving Party after disclosure to the receiving Party; (c) was already lawfully known to the receiving Party, other than under an obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party, at the time of the disclosure by the other Party, as shown by documentary evidence; (d) was independently discovered or developed by the receiving Party without the use of Confidential Information belonging to the disclosing Party as shown by pre-existing proof; or (e) was disclosed to the receiving Party, other than under an obligation of confidentiality to which a third party was subject, by a third party who had no obligation to the disclosing Party not to disclose such information to others, as shown by independent proof. 1.11.“Cost of Goods Sold” means the fully burdened cost of manufacturing a Product, which consists of the direct and indirect costs associated with acquiring the materials, the manufacturing, testing and analysis of the finished dosage of a Product, quality control, Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 2 quality assurance, idle and stability costs, warehousing costs before shipment, labeling, and packaging, labor (including benefits), depreciation and overhead, shipping to port of US entry under CIP, all determined in accordance with GAAP. 1.12. “Distribution Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7. 1.13.“FDA” means the United States Food and Drug Administration or any successor agency which issues a Regulatory Approval for the marketing of a Product in the United States. 1.14.“FD&C Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1. 1.15.“Forecast” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1. 1.16.“Gross Profits” means an amount equal to (i) the Net Sales of a Product, minus the sum of (ii) the Cost of Goods Sold, and (iii) shipping costs from port of US entry to Lannett’s Place of Delivery. 1.17.“Initial Distribution Fee” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7. 1.18.“Intellectual Property Rights” means all patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, service names, trade names, internet domain names, e-mail addresses, applications or registrations for any of the foregoing, or extensions, renewals, continuations or re-issues thereof, or amendments or modifications thereto, brandmarks, brand names, trade dress, labels, logos, know-how, show-how, technical and non-technical information, trade secrets, formulae, techniques, sketches, drawings, models, inventions, designs, specifications, processes, apparatus, equipment, databases, research, experimental work, development, pharmacology and clinical data, software programs and applications, software source documents, Third-Party licenses, and any similar type of proprietary Intellectual Property Right vesting in the owner and/or licensee thereof pursuant to the Applicable Laws of any relevant jurisdiction or under any applicable license or contract, whether now existing or hereafter created, together with all modifications, enhancements and improvements thereto. 1.19. “Loss(es)” means any and all losses, costs, damages, interests, fees or expenses, including but not limited to all reasonable attorneys’ fees, experts’ or consultants’ fees, expenses and costs. 1.20.“Minimum Safety Stock Level” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.8. 1.21.“Net Profit” means an amount equal to the Gross Profit of a Product, minus the Sales, Marketing and Distribution Allowance. 1.22.“Net Profit Split” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.8. 1.23. “Net Sales” means the aggregate gross sales proceeds billed for a Product by Lannett minus: Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 3 (a) (b) (c) (d) (e) Any service and administrative fees charged to Lannett by third parties related to the Product, such as contract administration fees, analytic fees, and redistribution fees; Any and all promotional allowances, including, but not limited to, credits, chargebacks, rebates to government agencies or retailers, and quantity and cash discounts, and other usual and customary discounts to customers; Amounts refunded, repaid or credited to wholesalers and retailers for rejections, returns, recall of goods, shelf stock adjustments or retroactive price reductions; Customary cash prompt pay discounts all calculated in accordance with GAAP; and Any sales, excise, turnover, inventory, value-added, and similar taxes and duties assessed on applicable sales. 1.24.“Place of Delivery” means delivery at Lannett’s warehouse located at 1101 “C” Avenue West, Seymour, IN 47274. 1.25.“Product” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1. 1.26.“Purchase Order” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2. 1.27.“Quality Agreement” means the agreement related to quality assurance and control, by and between Supplier and Lannett, as further detailed in Section 7.4 hereof. 1.28.“Regulatory Approval” means all approvals or authorizations granted by the FDA for the marketing of a Product in the Territory. 1.29. “Regulatory Requirements” means all applicable Regulatory Approvals, licenses, registrations, GMPs, and authorizations and all other requirements of the FDA in relation to Product, including each of the foregoing which is necessary for, or otherwise governs, the manufacture, marketing, packaging and testing of Product in the Territory. 1.30.“Safety Data Exchange Agreement (SDEA)” means the agreement related to safety reporting, by and between Supplier and Lannett, as further detained in Section 7.3 hereof. 1.31. Sales, Marketing and Distribution Allowance” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1. 1.32.“Territory” means the United States of America, and its territories and possessions. 1.33.“Upfront Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7. 2. APPOINTMENT; COMMITMENT BY SUPPLIER. Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 4 2.1. Appointment. Supplier hereby appoints Lannett as the authorized exclusive distributor of record in the Territory for the products set forth on Exhibit A (“Product”). Exhibit A may be amended by Supplier from time to time, upon mutual agreement of Lannett, and upon the terms set forth herein. Lannett may exercise its rights and obligations hereunder itself or through its Affiliates, local companies and wholesalers. During the Term of this Agreement, neither Party will develop or commercialize any other Fluticasone Propionate – Salmeterol Xinafoate Powder Inhaler formulations which would be an AB rated product to Advair Diskus in the Territory. If requested, during the Term of the Agreement Lannett shall provide long term office space to Supplier within Lannett’s offices for two (2) or three (3) people at no cost. Additional office space, as needed, can be negotiated as a pass through cost. 2.2. Sales to Lannett. Supplier will sell and supply Product to Lannett for distribution in the Territory during the Term (as defined in Section 16.1), on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, as it may be amended as provided herein. Supplier shall be responsible for the purchase of adequate supplies of all materials, including, without limitation, raw materials, in accordance with the ANDA for the Product, and other filings with FDA for the Product, as necessary to supply finished Product to Lannett in accordance with Applicable Laws. 2.3. Scope of Agreement. This Agreement will serve as the master agreement between the Parties and, as such, sets forth all of the terms and conditions concerning, and will apply to all purchases by Lannett of Product during the Term. The terms and conditions of this Agreement will apply to all purchase orders issued hereunder. In no event will any terms or conditions included on any purchase order, invoice or acknowledgement thereof or any other document, whether paper, electronic or otherwise, relating thereto, apply to the relationship between the Parties under this Agreement, unless such terms are expressly agreed to by the Parties in writing. If there is a conflict between the terms of any purchase order or other document and this Agreement, the terms of such purchase order or other document will control, but only if it has been signed by both Parties and solely to the extent of the conflict. Otherwise, this Agreement will control. The Parties further agree that no course of dealing between the Parties will in any way modify, change or supersede the terms and conditions of this Agreement. 3. PRODUCT PRICES; PAYMENTS. 3.1. Prices. Prices payable by Lannett for Product during the Term of this Agreement (“Pricing”) will be set forth on Exhibit A, as agreed upon by Lannett and based upon [***]. All sums will be expressed in and payable in U.S. Dollars and all prices are exclusive of VAT or other taxes. Failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 3.1 will be a material breach of this Agreement. 3.2. Pricing Modifications. Supplier shall use commercially reasonable efforts to reduce its manufacturing expenses for the Product. At either Party’s written request, the Parties will discuss in good faith the revision of the Pricing (and any subsequently agreed prices) to take into account adverse market conditions resulting in unsatisfactory returns for Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 5 Lannett or changes in the manufacturing costs for the Products. The revised Pricing shall be laid down in writing and inserted as an amended Exhibit A to this Agreement. Confirmed orders are excluded from Pricing negotiations. [***] 3.3. Date of Price. Supplier agrees to accept Purchase Orders at the prices in effect on the day the order is confirmed in writting. Under no circumstances will a Purchase Order be cancelled by Supplier or Lannett without mutual agreement. 3.4. Last Buy. Upon early termination, Lannett shall be entitled to buy up to six (6) months’ supply to address failure to supply provisions. 3.5. Modification of Orders. Purchase Orders may be modified upon mutual agreement up to four (4) weeks prior to the earliest delivery date applicable to such Purchase Order. 3.6. Payment Terms. Unless otherwise set forth in this Agreement, Supplier will offer Lannett payment terms of net [***] days; provided, however, that Lannett will not be obligated to pay any disputed amounts until such dispute has been resolved. Payment terms for new Product introductions will be [***] on the first two Purchase Orders submitted by Lannett within [***] days after the date on which the new Product is available to be ordered by Lannett. 3.7. Distribution Fee. (a) Within five (5) business days after Lannett’s receipt of a fully executed copy of this Agreement, Lannett shall pay to Supplier the sum of [***] (the “Upfront Payment”). (b) Within five (5) business days after Lannett’s receipt of the next successful BE study report, Lannett shall pay to Supplier the sum of [***]. (b) Upon FDA filing acceptance of the Product, Lannett shall pay to Supplier the sum of [***] (the “Initial Distribution Fee”). (c) Upon FDA approval of the Product, Lannett shall pay to Supplier the sum of [***] (the “Additional Distribution Fee” and together with the Upfront Payment and the Initial Distribution Fee, the “Distribution Fee”). 3.8. Net Profit Split. (a) During the Term, Lannett shall pay to Supplier an amount equal to either (i) [***] OR (ii) [***] (“Net Profit Split”). In no case shall the Net Profit Split for any calendar quarter be negative; provided, however in the event of a loss in any calendar quarter, the amount of that loss shall be carried forward to subsequent calendar quarters until the amount of such loss has been fully absorbed. In the event that Net Profits for calendar quarter are negative, Lannett shall carry over the Net Profit Split multiplied by the value by which the Net Profits are negative in such calendar quarter and deduct this amount from the calculation of Net Sales for the following calendar quarter. If Net Profits are negative in [***] or more consecutive calendar quarters, Lannett shall invoice Supplier the Net Profit Split multiplied by the value by which the Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 6 Net Profits are negative for the previous calendar quarter and carry over the Net Profit Split multiplied by the value by which Net Profits are negative for the current calendar quarter. For the avoidance of doubt, if Net Profits are negative in subsequent calendar quarters, the amounts will be similarly carried over or reimbursed as per the terms set forth in this Section 3.8 until Net Profits are positive. Reimbursement of negative Net Profits owed by Supplier in this Section 3.8 shall be payable to Lannett within forty-five (45) days after receipt of an invoice from Lannett. [***]. (b) An example of the calculation of the sharing of Net Profits pursuant to this Section 3.8, for illustration purposes only, follows: [***] (c) An example of the calculation of Negative Net Profits pursuant to this Section 3.8, for illustration purposes only is: [***] 3.9. Reporting and Payment. Not later than thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter, through and including the calendar quarter in which all rebate and chargeback amounts on Product sold during the Term are finally reconciled, Lannett shall deliver to Supplier a written report that specifies the Cost of Goods Sold, shipping costs from Supplier to Lannett’s Place of Delivery, the Net Sales and the Sales, Marketing and Distribution Allowance that were used to calculate the Net Profit with respect to such calendar quarter, as well as the Net Profit calculation pay to Supplier the amount owed with respect to such calendar quarter. 4. SUPPLIER OBLIGATIONS. 4.1. Government Reporting. Supplier shall provide Lannett with necessary information to the extent of supporting Lannett’s government reporting obligations. 4.2. Supplier Code of Conduct. Supplier will at all times comply with, and cause all of its subcontractors and suppliers to comply with, the Supplier Code of Conduct on Lannett’s website at https://www.lannett.com/supplier-code-of-conduct, as the same may be amended from time to time at Lannett’s discretion. 4.3. Authorized Distributor Status. Within ten (10) business days after the execution of this Agreement, Supplier will deliver to Lannett a letter designating Lannett as an Authorized Distributor of Record. 5. FORECASTS AND ORDERS; DELIVERY. 5.1. Forecast. Lannett shall provide Supplier with a quarterly rolling forecast of its estimated purchase requirements for the next twelve (12) months with the first six (6) months of such forecast being binding on Lannett. It is understood that the remaining six (6) months of said forecasts shall not be binding on Lannett and shall be provided to Supplier for planning purposes only. Supplier shall use commercially reasonable efforts to fully meet Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 7 Lannett’s sales request above Lannett’s requirement forecast of Product for the applicable period. Lannett’s minimum purchase requirement shall be [***] (the “Minimum Purchase Requirement”). If in any twenty-four (24) month period, Lannett does not meet the Minimum Purchase Requirement, or over any twelve (12) month period does not meet fifty percent (50%) of the Minimum Purchase Requirement, Supplier may terminate with six (6) months’ written notice. 5.2. Purchase Orders. Lannett will order Product by placing a firm purchase order with Supplier at least four (4) months in advance of the proposed shipping date (“Purchase Order”). Lannett will have the right to place orders for Product up through the last day of the Term of this Agreement. Supplier will fill all orders even though Product may be shipped and paid for after this Agreement has expired or terminated. Purchase Orders shall include the shipping instructions in accordance with Exhibit B hereto. All Purchase Orders shall be in writing and shall include: - - - - the proposed quantity of the Products to be purchased; the proposed shipping date; any other information dictated by this Agreement or the circumstances of the order; and a description of the Products being ordered 5.3. Confirmation of Purchase Order. Supplier shall, within five (5) Business Days of receipt of a Purchase Order, confirm in writing whether a given Purchase Order has been accepted. If such notification is not received by Lannett within five (5) Business Days of receipt of such Purchase Order, the Purchase Order shall be deemed accepted. Supplier shall be required to accept all Purchase Orders which are provided to Supplier in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement. All accepted Purchase Orders are construed as Firm Orders. 5.4. Shelf-Life. Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the Parties, shelf-life of the Product at the shipping date shall be no more than [***] from the manufacture date of the Product in the Territory, excluding initial launch batches. 5.5. Packaging of Product. Supplier shall package the Product in a manner that will protect the Product against damage or deterioration under normal conditions and shall advise Lannett as to any special conditions which may be required during transit and storage thereof. 5.6. Title; Delivery. Title to, all rights in and all risk of loss to the Product shall remain with Supplier until the Product has been delivered to the carrier in accordance with the agreed delivery terms. Supplier shall preserve and package all Product in a manner that will afford adequate protection against corrosion, deterioration and physical damage during shipment, and must conform to common carrier rules and regulations and Lannett’s directions for shipment. Furthermore, all costs, risks of loss, and damages due to (i) holds or enforcement actions by the U.S. Department of Agriculture or the FDA, and (ii) taxes and duties imposed upon the delivery of the Product, shall be the responsibility of Supplier until receipt of the Product by Lannett. Supplier agrees that Lannett may (but is not required to) accept delivery of fewer than all of the items ordered hereunder. In the event Lannett accepts Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 8 one or more partial deliveries, Supplier agrees to present for payment a separate invoice for each delivery. 5.7. Serialization. All Product delivered by Supplier to Lannett shall meet serialization requirements, as outlined in the Drug Supply Chain Security Act (Title II of the Drug Quality and Security Act) signed into law on November 27, 2013. Requirements include, but are not limited to, the addition of Product identifiers imprinted on each sellable unit, on each homogeneous case and on each pallet intended to be introduced in the United States market. Unique product identifiers will include a national drug code, serial identifier (provided by Lannett), lot number, and expiration date. Serial numbers must be aggregated from item to case and case to pallet. 5.8. Safety Stock. Lannett shall use good faith efforts to maintain not less than three (3) months of inventory of the Product based upon the forecast provided under Section 5.1 (the “Minimum Safety Stock Level”). If Supplier is unable to meet its obligations to supply a Product, Lannett shall draw upon its Minimum Safety Stock Level in an amount equal to Supplier’s inability to supply a Product and, upon Lannett’s drawing upon its Minimum Safety Stock Level, Lannett’s obligation to maintain the Minimum Safety Stock Level shall be reduced by the amount of Product drawn down until Supplier has replenished the Minimum Safety Stock Level to the agreed amount set forth above. At such time as Supplier is able to resume supply of a Product pursuant to new Purchase Orders, the Parties shall enter into good faith discussions to determine the timetable on which Supplier will replenish the Minimum Safety Stock Level. Lannett shall place Purchase Orders pursuant to such schedule until Supplier has replenished such Minimum Safety Stock Level. 5.9. Shipment. All orders will be shipped by Supplier to Lannett at the location indicated on Lannett’s Purchase Order and in accordance with the shipping instructions set forth on Exhibit B. Unless Lannett and Supplier agree otherwise in writing, all Product will be shipped CIP Point of US Entry (Incoterms 2010) destination, freight prepaid. Title to and risk of loss of Product sold to Lannett will pass to Lannett upon delivery of Product to the carrier, free and clear of all third party liens, security interests, claims and/or encumbrances of any kind or nature. 6. DELAY IN DELIVERY; FAILURE TO SUPPLY. 6.1. Delay in Delivery. Supplier shall deliver the Product in accordance with Section 5.9 on the date stated in the confirmation of the Purchase Order. Supplier will notify Lannett immediately if Supplier cannot deliver the Product on or before the stated delivery date or if Supplier anticipates any failure to meet Lannett’s binding forecasted supply of the Product (“Failure to Supply”), and Supplier shall provide Lannett, as soon as reasonably possible, with a new date of delivery. 6.2. Failure to Supply. If a Failure to Supply event occurs based on binding forecast set forth in Section 5.1, then Supplier shall be liable, upon reasonable proof by Lannett (redacted to preserve confidentiality), for any and all costs, fees, penalties, charges or amounts, if any, otherwise incurred by Lannett, resulting directly or indirectly from such Failure to Supply. Lannett may, in its sole discretion, invoice Supplier for the amount of such Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 9 Failure to Supply or offset such amount against the amounts otherwise payable to Supplier pursuant to this Agreement. 7. REGULATORY MATTERS. 7.1. Regulatory Responsibilities. Supplier will, at its own cost and expense, continue to own and maintain the applicable Regulatory Approvals necessary to market the Product in the Territory. Supplier shall be responsible for all regulatory and safety reporting requirements associated with ownership of the Regulatory Approvals, including, without limitation, Periodic Adverse Drug Experience Reports and Annual Reports mandated by the Applicable Laws in the Territory. Additionally, Supplier shall be responsible for complying with Applicable Laws to appropriately categorize and report changes to the FDA, including without limitation, amendments, supplements, and Annual Reports. All communications by Supplier with the FDA relating to the Product as marketed in the Territory shall be promptly provided in writing to Lannett, and Supplier shall promptly provide Lannett copies of all documents sent to or received from the FDA regarding the Product. At Supplier’s request, Lannett will advise Supplier on all regulatory matters at no direct charge. Also at Supplier’s request, Lannett will act as Supplier’s agent for the purpose of coordinating with the FDA and the electronic publishing of submissions and FDA correspondence as needed. Lannett shall be entitled to attend all meetings and participate in conference calls with the FDA under Respirent’s supervision. 7.2. Labeling. Supplier shall be responsible for the creation, content, and printing of the labeling for the Product under Lannett’s guidance for Lannett’s labeling specifications. Supplier shall send Lannett all labeling materials for the Product (e.g., package insert, container label, carton label, medication guide, patient labeling, etc.) in final format for Lannett’s review and final written approval. Supplier is responsible for ensuring the most current labeling content, consistent with the reference listed drug (“RLD”) labeling content and all requested FDA updates, is used on Product supplied to Lannett. Supplier is responsible for notifying Lannett within three (3) business days of any FDA communication requesting changes to labeling materials, including Safety Change Notifications and changes requested per section 505(o)(4) of the FD&C Act. Supplier will provide Lannett with a copy of all FDA communications related to labeling. All changes to labeling materials for the Product require Lannett’s review and final written approval. Labeling materials that have not been subject to Lannett’s review and written approval are prohibited to be used on Product supplied to Lannett. Supplier is responsible for submitting the content of labeling in Structured Product Labeling (“SPL”) format to the FDA for Lannett’s NDC numbers within fourteen (14) days of ANDA approval to ensure proper drug listing. Supplier is also responsible for submitting updated SPL files within fourteen (14) days when labeling changes are made and approved and as required by Applicable Laws. 7.3. Monitoring Adverse Events . Supplier shall be responsible for all safety reporting requirements associated with ownership of the Regulatory Approvals mandated by the Laws in the Territory. All activities associated with pharmacovigilance and safety monitoring will be handled by Lannett outside of any regulatory filings which will be handled by Supplier. All costs associated with those activities will be deducted from Supplier’s Net Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 10 Profits. The Parties shall enter into a separate Safety Data Exchange Agreement (“SDEA”) substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit C to this Agreement. The SDEA shall be executed as early as possible but no later than the date of first commercial marketing of the Products covered by the present Agreement. To the extent there are any inconsistencies or conflicts between this Agreement and the SDEA, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control unless specifically otherwise agreed to in writing by the Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in matters regarding safety reporting, the terms of the SDEA shall supersede those in this Agreement. Supplier, as the owner of the ANDA for the Product, shall be solely responsible for FDA reporting in relation to the Product. 7.4. Quality Agreement and Quality Complaints. The Parties shall negotiate in good faith and use commercially reasonable efforts to enter into a Quality Agreement, substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit D to this Agreement, within ninety (90) days after the Effective Date, which Quality Agreement will set out the policies, procedures and standards by which the Parties will coordinate and implement the operation and quality assurance activities and regulatory compliance objectives contemplated under this Agreement with respect to the Product. To the extent there are any inconsistencies or conflicts between this Agreement and the Quality Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall control unless specifically otherwise agreed to in writing by the Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in matters regarding quality, the terms of the Quality Agreement shall supersede those in this Agreement. 7.5. Cooperation . Without limiting the foregoing, each of Supplier and Lannett shall provide to each other in a timely manner with all information which the other Party reasonably requests regarding the Product in order to enable the other Party to comply with all Applicable Laws applicable to the Product in the Territory. Each of Supplier and Lannett shall provide to the other or, if applicable, directly to the FDA, any assistance and all documents reasonably necessary to enable the other to carry out its obligations under this Section 7. In general, requests for cooperation should be responded to by the other Party within three (3) Business Days and both should make responsible efforts to ensure that cooperation is maintained to ensure completion of the given project. 8. PRODUCT QUALITY AND PRODUCT RECALLS. 8.1. Product Testing. Supplier shall be responsible for Product test procedures for quality assurance before any Product is delivered to Lannett. Supplier shall provide a certificate of analysis and other documents (collectively, the “COA”) as set forth in the Quality Agreement, in such forms as the Parties shall agree upon, for any Product batch delivered to Lannett hereunder, certifying that such Product has been manufactured and packaged in compliance with its specifications, GMPs and all other applicable Regulatory Requirements. 8.2. Damage. Lannett shall inspect all shipments of Product promptly after receipt. If Lannett receives Product with visible damage, Lannett will reject the non-conforming Product within thirty (30) days, note the damage on the delivery slip and promptly report the damage to Supplier’s customer service department, requesting that Supplier accept prompt return of the damaged Product (“Rejection Notice”). Supplier will promptly provide Lannett with Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 11 disposition instructions in writing (including by email). Unless otherwise instructed by Supplier, Lannett will hold damaged Product for inspection for fifteen (15) days after receipt. Supplier will bear all freight and incidental costs incurred by Lannett in connection with damaged Product. If Lannett does not issue the Rejection Notice to Supplier within thirty (30) days, then all Product will be deemed accepted by Lannett. (a) If Supplier agrees with or is deemed to agree with the basis for Lannett’s Rejection Notice, then Supplier shall promptly replace, at no cost to Lannett, such rejected Product. (b) If Supplier disagrees with the basis for Lannett’s rejection specified in the Rejection Notice, Supplier shall promptly replace such rejected Product. No payment shall be due with respect to the replacement Product until it is determined which Party shall bear the burden of such cost hereunder. The Parties shall submit samples of the rejected Product for testing and/or resolution to a mutually acceptable third party laboratory approved by the FDA or a quality consultant (if not a laboratory analysis issue) within convenient proximity to Supplier. The third party laboratory or quality consultant shall determine whether such Product conforms to the confirmed Purchase Order or in which way the Products are defective. The Parties agree that the determination of the third party laboratory or quality consultant shall be final and determinative. If the third party laboratory or quality consultant determines that the rejection by Lannett was unjustified, then Lannett shall promptly pay Supplier for any replacement Product. If the third party laboratory or quality consultant determines that the relevant shipment of Product does not conform to the Purchase Order or other regulatory requirements, then Supplier shall not invoice Lannett for the replacement Product. The Party against whom the third party laboratory or quality consultant rules shall also bear all cost and fees charged by the third party laboratory or quality consultant in connection with resolution of the disagreement, including all out-of-pocket costs. 8.3. Incorrect shipment. In the event of an incomplete shipment, a shortage in shipment, the misdirection of any delivery, or any overshipment, Supplier, upon written notification from Lannett, will immediately contact Lannett’s purchasing department and will comply with any reasonable directions provided with respect to the delivered and undelivered portions of the affected order(s). Supplier will be responsible for any related freight or incidental charges caused by the incorrect shipment. Lannett will not have any obligation to accept overshipments. 8.4. Latent Defects and Recall. The Parties acknowledge that it is possible for Product to have manufacturing defects that are not discoverable through industry standard physical inspection or testing (“Latent Defects”). Latent Defects may include, by way of illustration and not definition or limitation, loss of potency/stability, discoloration, contamination with foreign matter or substances or other manufacturing defects. Supplier will remain responsible for all Latent Defects except to the extent due to Lannett’s negligence or willful misconduct. Lannett will maintain such traceability records as are necessary to permit a recall, market withdrawal or field correction of a Product, including inventory withdrawal in connection with any of the foregoing (each a “Recall”). If either Party discovers or becomes aware of a Latent Defect, or any safety or regulatory concerns, or any order, request or directive of a court or the FDA requesting or requiring a Recall, it will notify the other Party in writing in Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 12 accordance with Section 8.5 below. Supplier will be responsible for any related freight or incidental charges related to Latent Defects. 8.5. Notification of Recall. If any regulatory authority or other governmental agency issues or requests a Recall or takes similar action in connection with a Product in the Territory, or if Lannett reasonably determines after consultation with Supplier that an event has occurred which may result in the need for a Recall, or if Supplier reasonably believes that a recall is warranted, the Party notified of or wishing to implement such Recall shall, within forty-eight (48) hours (regardless of weekday, weekend or holiday), advise the other Party thereof by telephone, facsimile or e-mail, after which the Parties shall promptly discuss and work together to effect an appropriate course of action. Supplier shall be responsible for notifying the Regulatory Authorities in the Territory of any voluntary Recall and implementing any Recalls. Supplier shall be responsible for coordinating all the necessary activities in connection with such Recall; provided, however, if a Recall is implemented as a result of Lannett’s negligence, gross negligence, or willful misconduct, Supplier shall either request Lannett to coordinate such Recall or Supplier shall coordinate the Recall and seek reimbursement from Lannett for costs directly related to such Recall. The Parties shall fully cooperate with one another to fully implement any Recall. Supplier agrees to forward to Lannett a copy of any field communication associated with the Products that it plans to issue before such communication is issued or sent to any governmental agency. Supplier will maintain complete and accurate records of any activities conducted with respect to any Recall for such period as may be required by Applicable Laws. Following any Recall, Supplier will review all of its procedures as impacted by the identified root cause in the associated investigation, and will revise such procedures, as necessary, to correct the cause of such Recall subject to the change control requirements set forth in the Quality Agreement. Supplier will provide Lannett with such information regarding such review and revisions as Lannett may request and Supplier shall provide Lannett the right to approve, reject or request modifications to the proposed changes. For clarity, Supplier shall have the final decision making authority with respect to determining the necessity and nature of the action to be taken. 8.6. Recall Expenses. Supplier shall pay all out-of-pocket expenses in connection with a Recall, except that Lannett shall bear such direct out-of-pocket expenses to the extent that such Recall is implemented as a result of Lannett’s negligence or willful misconduct under this Agreement. For such purposes, recalled Product units shall include both units held by Lannett in inventory and units shipped by Lannett to its customers, as applicable. Lannett shall utilize a batch tracking and recall system which will enable Lannett to identify, on a reasonable prompt basis, customers within the Territory who have been supplied with Product of any particular batch, and to recall such Product from such customers. If a Recall is partially caused by the actions or omissions of both Parties, then each Party shall be responsible for its proportionate share of the Recall expenses based on its proportionate share of causation. Recall expenses include the expenses of notification, shipping, return, replacement (if possible), customer fees and penalties, and destruction of recalled Products (including Products which cannot be shipped due to the condition causing the Recall). The Parties shall discuss in good faith and agree on the scope and costs of Recall, if practicable, prior to enforcement of the Recall. Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 13 8.7. Notice of Failure to Meet Specifications. If Supplier discovers that there is a potential that any batch or lot of the Products already delivered to Lannett may fail to conform to the Specifications, then Supplier shall notify Lannett within one (1) business day, of such determination of failure to meet the Specifications and of the nature thereof in detail, including, but not limited to, supplying Lannett with all investigatory reports, data and communications, out-of-specification reports and data and the results of all outside laboratory testing and conclusions, if any. Supplier shall investigate all such failures promptly, and at its sole expense, cooperate with Lannett in determining the cause for the failure and a corrective action to prevent future failures. 9. SALES, MARKETING AND DISTRIBUTION ALLOWANCE; WEBSITE 9.1. Sales, Marketing and Distribution Allowance. During each year of the Term of this Agreement, Supplier will provide Lannett with a Sales, Marketing and Distribution Allowance (“Sales, Marketing and Distribution Allowance”) in the amount of [***], to compensate Lannett for its direct costs associated with selling, marketing, and distributing the Product. Such Sales, Marketing and Distribution Allowance will be deducted by Lannett from Gross Profits on a quarterly basis. 9.2. Website. Supplier will list Lannett on a publicly-accessible portion of its website as an authorized distributor of Supplier’s Product. 10. RETURNS. If this Agreement expires without being renewed or is subject to early termination, Lannett may sell through the Product in its inventory or, if Supplier and Lannett agree, return its Product to Supplier for full credit and without any restocking fee or other administrative charge of any kind. 11. CONTINUING GUARANTY; WARRANTIES; COVENANTS. 11.1. Continuing Guarantee. Supplier hereby guarantees to Lannett that: (a) each shipment or other delivery of Product under this Agreement now or hereafter made by Supplier, its subsidiaries, divisions or affiliated companies, to or on the order of Lannett will not be, at the time of such shipment or delivery, adulterated, misbranded, or otherwise prohibited within the meaning of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, 21 U.S.C.A. 301 et seq., as amended, and in effect at the time of such shipment or delivery (the “FD&C Act”), or within the meaning of any applicable state or local law in which the definition of adulteration or misbranding are substantially the same as those contained in the FD&C Act; (b) such Product is not, at the time of such shipment or delivery, merchandise which may not be introduced or delivered for introduction into interstate commerce under the provisions of Sections 301, 404, or 505 of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C.A. 331, 334, and 355, respectively); and (c) such Product constitutes merchandise that may be legally transported and sold under the provisions of applicable federal, state and local laws in the Territory. 11.2. Additional Warranties. Supplier represents and warrants to Lannett that: (a) It has full right and power to enter into this Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder in accordance with its terms; Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 14 (b) All Product and all components and ingredients thereof will be manufactured and delivered in strict compliance with: (i) the specifications therefor; (ii) the terms of this Agreement and the Quality Agreement; (iii) all Applicable Laws, including, but not limited to, the provisions of the FD&C Act, and current Good Manufacturing Practices (“cGMPs”); and (iv) all of Supplier’s quality control procedures and associated test methods for such Product; (c) No Product will include any components or ingredients that would cause such Product to degrade prior to the expiration of such Product’s designated shelf-life; (d) Supplier will not deviate from manufacturing any Product in accordance with the terms of this Agreement without the prior written consent of a duly authorized representative of Lannett; (e) All manufacturing, packaging and testing procedures utilized with respect to Product have been or will be validated under the FD&C Act; (f) Neither the manufacture nor the sale of any Product will infringe or violate any patents, trademarks, copyrights, trade secrets or other Intellectual Property Rights of any third party; and (g) Neither Supplier, nor any of its Affiliates, nor, to the best of Supplier’s knowledge, any of their respective employees, have been “debarred” or suspended by the FDA, or subject to a similar sanction from any regulatory authority in the Territory or any jurisdiction outside the Territory, nor have debarment proceedings against Supplier, any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective employees been commenced. Supplier shall not, in the performance of its obligations, under this Agreement use the services of any person so “debarred” or suspended. 11.3. Mutual Warranties. Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that it holds all necessary and required permits and authorizations, including, but not limited to, those required by the FD&C Act, and will undertake throughout the Term of this Agreement to maintain the same in full force and effect. Each Party further covenants that it will use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all such other permits and authorizations as may be reasonably required from time to time in either case to operate their respective facilities and/or businesses in order to manufacture, provide, distribute and/or sell Product hereunder. 11.4. Generic Drug Enforcement Act of 1992. Each party will comply at all times with the provisions of the United States Generic Drug Enforcement Act of 1992, as amended, and will upon request certify in writing to the other parties that none of its employees nor any person providing services in connection with this Agreement and/or involved in the manufacture, shipment, distribution or sale of any Product has been debarred under the provisions of such Act. 12. CONFIDENTIALITY; PUBLIC ANNOUNCEMENTS. 12.1. Confidentiality. This Agreement and all documents and other information provided to Supplier by Lannett pursuant to this Agreement, or any order placed hereunder, including, but not limited to, any information concerning prices and quantities purchased by Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 15 Lannett, will be held by Supplier in strict confidence and not disclosed either directly or indirectly to any third party during the Term of this Agreement and for seven (7) years thereafter. Supplier acknowledges that, should it breach any of its covenants in this Section 12, Lannett will be irreparably harmed thereby and will be entitled to an injunction preventing Supplier from further breaching such covenant without any further or more particularized showing of irreparable injury and without the need to post bond or other security. Such an injunction may be applied for before any court having jurisdiction thereof. In any such proceeding, Lannett will be entitled to recover any damages it suffers as a result of Supplier’s breach, including the recovery of any costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in enforcing its rights hereunder. The confidentiality of disclosed proprietary and confidential information and the obligation of confidentiality hereunder will survive any expiration or termination of this Agreement until such time as the information in question ceases to be confidential. The Parties specifically agree that all terms of this Agreement, all sales and Product requirements, all costs, and all purchase orders will be deemed to be confidential; provided, however, that this sentence will not apply to any person or entity that desires to acquire or merge with or into either Party, so long as such person or entity enters into a confidentiality agreement or non-disclosure agreement on terms comparable to those set forth herein. 12.2. Exceptions. Disclosed information will not be deemed confidential hereunder if: (a) it is now or later becomes publicly known, other than through the fault of the receiving Party; (b) it is rightfully known to the receiving Party at the time of disclosure; (c) it is rightfully obtained by the receiving Party from a third party without restriction and without breach of this Agreement or any similar agreement; (d) it is independently developed by the receiving Party without use of or access to the disclosing Party’s information; and/or (e) it is required to be disclosed by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, administrative agency or governmental body, or by subpoena, summons or other legal process, or by law, rule or regulation, or by applicable regulatory or professional standards, provided that, prior to such disclosure, the disclosing Party is given reasonable advance notice of such order or obligation and an opportunity to object to such disclosure. 12.3. Separate Confidentiality Agreement. The Parties have entered into one or more separate confidentiality agreements or non-disclosure agreements, including a Confidential Disclosure Agreement dated October 24, 2018 (each, a “Confidentiality Agreement”). Such Confidentiality Agreement(s) will be and remain in full force and effect as provided therein. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any such Confidentiality Agreement, the terms of such Confidentiality Agreement will control. 12.4. Public Announcements. During the Term of this Agreement, neither Party hereto will issue or release, directly or indirectly, any press release, marketing material or other communication to or for the media or the public that pertains to this Agreement, any Product, or the transactions contemplated hereby (collectively, a “Press Release”) unless the content of such Press Release has been approved by the other Party hereto, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement will prevent or preclude either Party from making such disclosures as may be Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 16 required by Applicable Laws, including, but not limited to, any disclosures required by applicable securities laws. 13. INDEMNIFICATION. 13.1. Supplier’s Indemnity. Supplier will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Lannett, its Affiliates, its and their successors and assigns, and its and their officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors (individually and collectively, the “Lannett Indemnitees”) from and against any and all Losses resulting from third-party claims against any Lannett Indemnitee, including, but not limited to, any prosecution or action whatsoever by any governmental body or agency or by any private party, and will, at Supplier’s sole cost and expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs, defend each Lannett Indemnitee against claims for Losses that may be asserted against any Lannett Indemnitee by any such third party, relating to or arising out of, directly or indirectly from: (a) Supplier’s breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or other obligations set forth in this Agreement; (b) the negligence, gross negligence or willful misconduct of Supplier or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents, contractors or Affiliates; (c) the condition of any Product sold, supplied or delivered to Lannett under this Agreement, including any defect in material, workmanship, design, manufacturing or formulary; (d) any warnings and instructions, or lack thereof, for any Product; (e) the possession, distribution, sale and/or use of, or by reason of the seizure of, any Product; (f) any actual or asserted violation(s) of the FD&C Act or any other federal, state or local law, rule or regulation by virtue of which any Product sold, supplied or delivered to Lannett under this Agreement is alleged or determined to be adulterated, misbranded, mislabeled or otherwise not in full compliance with, or in contravention of, any federal, state or local law, rule or regulation; (g) any actual or alleged infringement of the Product, the use of the Product, the manufacture, processing and/or sale of the Product infringes upon any proprietary or Intellectual Property Rights of any third party, including the infringement of any trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade secrets, patents, or copyrights; and/or (h) any actual or asserted violations of product liability with respect to the Product. 13.2. Lannett’s Indemnity. Lannett will indemnify, defend and hold harmless Supplier, its Affiliates, its and their successors and assigns, and its and their officers, directors, employees, agents and contractors (individually and collectively, the “Supplier Indemnitees”) from and against any and all Losses resulting from third-party claims against any Supplier Indemnitee, including, but not limited to, any prosecution or action whatsoever by any governmental body or agency or by any private party, and will, at Lannett’s cost and expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs, defend each Supplier Indemnitee against claims for Losses that may be asserted against any Supplier Indemnitee by any such third party, relating to or arising directly from: (a) the breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or obligation by Lannett hereunder; (b) sale or use of a pharmaceutical product which is not supplied by or on behalf of Supplier or any of its Affiliates or agents pursuant to this Agreement and which is sold or combined by Lannett with Product; (c) improper handling, storage or transport of Product by Lannett; and/or (d) the unauthorized alteration, modification, or adulteration of Product by Lannett. Notwithstanding the above, in no event will Lannett be liable under subsections (a) through (d) above to the extent that any Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 17 such Loss results from the willful, grossly negligent or negligent act or omission of Supplier or any Supplier Indemnitee. 13.3. Procedure. Each Party will promptly notify the other Party of any actual or threatened judicial or other proceedings which could involve a claim under this Section 13 and shall include sufficient information to enable the other Party to assess the facts. The Parties will cooperate with each other to the extent reasonably necessary in the defense of all actual or potential liability claims and in any other litigation relating to any Product supplied under this Agreement. 13.4.Indemnification Not Sole Remedy . Each Party hereby acknowledges that the indemnification provided under this Section 13 shall in no manner limit, restrict or prohibit (unless liability is otherwise expressly limited by the terms of this Agreement) either Party from seeking any recovery or remedy provided at law or in equity from the other Party in connection with any breach or default by such other Party of any representation, warranty or covenant hereunder, including injunctive relief. 14. INSURANCE. Supplier will maintain and keep in full force and effect during the Term of this Agreement and for five (5) years after full performance by Supplier under this Agreement and any orders for Product by Lannett hereunder, primary and noncontributing Product Liability Insurance in amounts not less than $10,000,000.00 per occurrence and $10,000,000 in the aggregate, Combined Single Limit (Bodily Injury and Property Damage), including naming Lannett as an additional insured thereon, including an ISO Broad Form Vendors Endorsement or its equivalent, a waiver of subrogation rights against Lannett, include coverage for cross suits liability, and a provision for at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice in the event of any cancellation or material reduction of coverage by Supplier’s insurer. Upon request by Lannett, Supplier will promptly submit to Lannett satisfactory evidence of such insurance. All insurance coverage must be with a carrier reasonably acceptable to Lannett. The provisions set forth in this Section 14 are in addition to, and not in lieu of, any terms set forth in any other agreement between Supplier and Lannett. In the event of any conflict between the provisions relating to insurance in any such agreement and this Section 14, this Agreement will prevail and be controlling; except if and to the extent that such other agreement provides greater insurance protection for Lannett. Failure to comply with all insurance requirements set forth herein will be deemed a material breach under this Agreement. 15. CREDIT MATTERS. 15.1. Discrepancies. Supplier will bring to Lannett’s attention in writing all discrepancies affecting monies owed by either Supplier or Lannett to the other, including, but not limited to, discrepancies with respect to accounting, invoicing, debit memos, and credit memos, within six (6) months of the date of the invoice. 15.2. Disputes; Audit Rights. Neither the acceptance of any fee nor the deposit of any check will preclude Lannett from questioning the correctness of any payment at any time. If Lannett disputes any charges or fees on any invoice, then Lannett and Supplier will diligently proceed to work together in good faith to resolve the disputed amount. Each Party will keep accurate and complete books and records of all transactions related to this Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 18 Agreement for twelve (12) months following each year during the Term of this Agreement. On reasonable notice and during business hours, each Party and its representatives will have the right to audit the books and records of the other Party and its Affiliates for compliance with applicable Regulatory Requirements and to determine the accuracy of the amounts paid to Supplier under this Agreement with respect to the period of time covered by the audit. 15.3. Inspection of Facilities. Lannett shall have the right to inspect, at all reasonable times, during normal business hours, upon ten (10) days’ advance notice or on less notice if reasonably required in order to timely respond to or comply with inquiries from or requirements imposed by any applicable regulatory authority, the operations and facilities wherein any Product is manufactured, packaged, tested, labeled and/or stored for shipping. All Products manufactured by Supplier shall be subject to approval by Lannett’s quality assurance group or such other technical representatives as Lannett may select, with respect to whether or not the Product complies with all warranties contained in this Agreement. Supplier warrants that the plant(s) for manufacture of the Product is and shall be in compliance with all applicable cGMPs and that such plant(s) is and shall continue to be available for FDA inspection if and when the FDA so requests. 16. TERM AND TERMINATION. 16.1. Term. This Agreement will commence as of the Effective Date and will continue in effect until the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date of the first Commercial Launch of the Product in the Territory, unless earlier terminated as provided herein or renewed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1. If neither Party is in default, in any material respect, of any of its obligations under this Agreement, then the Term of this Agreement may be extended, upon mutual written agreement of the Parties, for renewal terms of two (2) years (or such other period of time as the Parties may mutually agree) at the expiration of the initial term or any renewal term unless and until this Agreement is terminated by either Party in accordance with the terms hereof. Any reference to the Term of this Agreement will include any renewal or extension of the Term hereof. 16.2. Grounds for Termination. (a) Either Party will have the right to terminate this Agreement upon the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the failure of the other Party to comply with any of the terms of this Agreement or otherwise discharge its duties hereunder in any material respect, or the breach by the other Party of any of its representations or warranties herein in any material respect, if such failure or breach is not cured within thirty (30) days of such breaching Party’s receipt of written notice specifying the nature of such failure or breach with particularity; or (ii) the admission by the other Party in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, the making by the other Party of an assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or the filing by or against such other Party of any petition under any federal, state or local bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws, if such filing has not been stayed or dismissed within sixty (60) days after the date thereof. (b) Lannett will also have the right to suspend further performance under this Agreement and/or terminate this Agreement in its entirety, without liability except for unpaid Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 19 previously delivered Product, if: (i) Supplier loses any approval(s) from the FDA required to perform its obligations under this Agreement; (ii) Supplier or its principals are involved in felonious or fraudulent activities; or (iii) Supplier is unable to successfully address material deficiencies identified by the FDA as a result of an inspection of Supplier’s facility within sixty (60) days after Supplier’s receipt of a deficiency notice from the FDA; or (iv) more than three (3) late shipments of the Products occur during any 12-month period during the Term. In any such event, Lannett may terminate this Agreement immediately by written notice to Supplier. For purposes of this Section, a late shipment shall mean failure by Supplier to ship to Lannett one hundred percent (100%) of the Products ordered by Lannett for delivery within forty-five (45) days of the date specified for such delivery in the applicable Purchase Order. (c) [***]. 16.3. Effect of Termination on Orders. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, Supplier will fill all outstanding Purchase Orders in accordance with their terms within four (4) months after the date of such expiration or termination. 16.4. Continuing Obligations; Survival. In no event will any expiration or termination of this Agreement excuse either Party from any breach or violation of this Agreement and full legal and equitable remedies will remain available therefor, nor will it excuse either Party from making any payment due under this Agreement with respect to any period prior to the date of expiration or termination. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Sections 3.4, 3.5, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9.2, 10, 11 and 12 hereof will survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement. 17. AGREEMENT TO CONSUMMATE; FURTHER ASSURANCES. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each of the Parties hereto agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to do all things necessary, proper or advisable under this Agreement, Applicable Laws and regulations to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated hereby. If, at any time after the date hereof, any further action is necessary, proper or advisable to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, then, as soon as is reasonably practicable, each Party to this Agreement will take, or cause its proper officers to take, such action. FORCE MAJEURE. Any delay in the performance of any of the duties or obligations of 18. either Party hereto (except for the payment of money) caused by an event outside the affected Party’s reasonable control will not be considered a breach of this Agreement and the time required for performance will be extended for a period equal to the period of such delay. Such events will include, but will not be limited to, acts of God, acts of a public enemy, acts of terrorism, war, insurrections, riots, injunctions, embargoes, fires, explosions, floods, or any other unforeseeable causes beyond the reasonable control and without the fault or negligence of the Party so affected. The Party so affected will give prompt written notice to the other Party of such event, and will take whatever reasonable steps are appropriate in that Party’s reasonable discretion to relieve the effect of such event as rapidly as possible. Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 20 ANNUAL GDUFA FEES. GDUFA establishes certain provisions with respect to self- 19. identification of facilities and payment of annual facility and program fees. GDUFA fees for the manufacturing facilities of the Product supplied hereunder and program fees for the application are the responsibility of Supplier. Supplier acknowledges that it is a violation of U.S. federal law to ship Product in interstate commerce or to import Product into the United States if manufactured in a facility that has not met its obligations to self-identity or to pay fees when they are due. Supplier will indemnify and hold harmless Lannett for any and all costs, fees, fines or penalties paid by Lannett associated with Supplier’s failure to self-identify or to pay GDUFA fees when due. 20. GENERAL PROVISIONS. 20.1. Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any interest herein may be assigned, in whole or in part, by either Party without the prior written consent of the other, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, except that either Party may assign its rights and obligations under this Agreement: (a) to an affiliate, division or subsidiary of such Party; and/or (b) to any third party that acquires all or substantially all of the stock or assets of such Party, whether by asset sale, stock sale, merger or otherwise, and, in any such event such assignee will assume the transferring Party’s obligations hereunder. However, notwithstanding any such assignment, the transferring Party will remain liable under this Agreement (in addition to the transferee) unless such liability is specifically waived in writing by the other Party hereto. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties hereto, and their respective successors and permitted assigns. 20.2. Notice. Any notice or request required or permitted to be given under or in connection with this Agreement will be deemed to have been sufficiently given if in writing and sent by: (a) personal delivery against a signed receipt therefor, (b) certified mail, return receipt requested, first class postage prepaid, (c) nationally recognized overnight delivery service (signature required), (d) confirmed facsimile transmission, or (e) confirmed electronic mail (with any notices sent by facsimile transmission or electronic mail to also be sent by one of the other methods set forth in this Section), addressed as follows: Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 21 If to Supplier, then to: Respirent Pharmaceuticals Co.,Ltd. _ 5 - 190, Yunhan Drive, High-Tech Industrial Park, Shuitu, Beibei District, 400714, Chongqing, China. Attn: Legal Facsimile: (___) ___-____ Email:Qichao.Wang@respirent.cn with a copy, sent as provided herein, to: Respirent Pharmaceuticals Co.,Ltd. 5 - 190, Yunhan Drive, High-Tech Industrial Park, Shuitu, Beibei District, 400714, Chongqing, China. If to Lannett, then to: Attn: CEO Facsimile: (___) ___-____ Email:robert.cao@respirent.cn Lannett Company, Inc. 9000 State Road Philadelphia, PA 19136 Attn: Legal Department Facsimile: 215-464-1861 E-Mail: Samuel.Israel@lannett.com Either Party may alter the address to which communications are to be sent by giving notice of such change of address in conformity with the provisions of this Section providing for the giving of notice. Notice will be deemed to be effective, if personally delivered, when delivered; if mailed, at midnight on the third business day after being sent by certified mail; if sent by nationally recognized overnight delivery service, on the next business day following delivery to such delivery service; and if sent by confirmed facsimile transmission or confirmed electronic mail, upon receipt (so long as any notices sent by facsimile transmission or electronic mail are also sent by one of the other methods set forth in this Section). 20.3. Entire Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Parties as to the subject matter hereof and merges all prior discussions and negotiations between them, and neither Party will be bound by any conditions, definitions, warranties, understandings or representations with respect to such subject matter other than as expressly provided herein or as duly set forth on or subsequent to the date hereof in writing and signed by a proper and duly authorized officer or representative of the Parties to be bound thereby, except that this Agreement will not supersede any separate confidentiality or non-disclosure agreement that may have been, or that may be, entered into by the Parties. Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 22 20.4. Amendment and Modification. This Agreement may be amended, modified and supplemented only by written agreement duly executed and delivered by each of the Parties hereto. 20.5. Waiver. The failure of either Party to exercise any right or to demand the performance by the other Party of duties required hereunder will not constitute a waiver of any rights or obligations of the Parties under this Agreement. A waiver by either Party of a breach of any of the terms of this Agreement by any other Party will not be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of the terms of this Agreement. 20.6. Dispute Resolution. In the event that a dispute, difference, claim, action, demand, request, investigation, controversy, threat, or other question arises pertaining to any matters which arise under, out of, in connection with, or in relation to this Agreement (a “Dispute”) and either Party so requests in writing, prior to the initiation of any formal legal action, the Dispute will be submitted to the designated senior management representatives. For all Disputes referred to the designated senior management representatives, such designated senior management representatives shall use their good faith efforts to meet in person and to resolve the Dispute within ten (10) Business Days after such referral. The Parties hereby agree that in the event the designated senior management representatives are unable to resolve a Dispute within thirty (30) days of referral to such designated senior management representatives, either Party may, at its sole discretion, seek resolution of such matter in accordance with Section 20.7. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, either Party will have the right to seek temporary injunctive relief in any court of competent jurisdiction as may be available to such Party under the Applicable Laws and rules applicable in such jurisdiction with respect to any matters arising out of the other Party’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement. 20.7. Submission to Arbitration for Resolution. Subject to Section 20.6, any Dispute arising out of or relating to this Agreement, including the existence, validity, interpretation, performance, breach or termination thereof shall be referred to and finally resolved by arbitration adminstrered by the Hong Kong International Arbitration Centre (“HKIAC”) under the HKIAC Administered Arbitration Rules in force when the Notice of Arbitration is submitted. The law of this arbitration clause shall be Hong Kong law. The seat of arbitration shall be Hong Kong. The number of arbitrators shall be three (3). The arbitration proceedings shall be conducted in the English language. 20.8. Governing Law; Venue. This Agreement is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Hong Kong, notwithstanding any conflict of law principles to the contrary. 20.9. Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under Applicable Laws, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any Applicable Laws or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any action in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been contained herein. Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 23 20.10. Construction. The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event of any ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring either Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the singular will include the plural and vice versa, and the terms “include” and “including” will be deemed to be immediately followed by the phrase “but not limited to.” The terms “herein” and “hereunder” and similar terms will be interpreted to refer to this entire Agreement, including any schedules attached hereto. Unless otherwise specified herein, the term “affiliate” will include affiliates that currently exist and those that may be created, formed or acquired in the future. 20.11. Relationship of the Parties. Neither Party will hold itself out to third parties as possessing any power or authority to enter into any contract or commitment on behalf of any other Party. This Agreement is not intended to, and will not, create any agency, partnership or joint venture relationship between or among the Parties. Each Party is an independent contractor with respect to the other. Neither Party is granted any right or authority to assume or create any obligation or responsibility, express or implied, on behalf of, or in the name of the other Party hereto, or to bind the other Party hereto in any manner or with respect to anything, whatsoever. 20.12. Captions. The captions and headings in this Agreement are inserted for convenience and reference only and in no way define or limit the scope or content of this Agreement and will not affect the interpretation of its provisions. 20.13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original and all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. 20.14. Subcontractors. Any work that is to be done by either Party under this Agreement may be subcontracted to a third party, with the prior written consent of the other Party, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, in accordance with the approved ANDA, cGMPs and any applicable FDA guidelines which relate to the work to be performed under the direction and supervision of such Party, as the case may be; provided, however, that, as between the Parties hereto, the subcontracting Party will be and remain responsible for all acts and omissions of any such subcontractor. 20.15. Schedules and Exhibits. All Schedules and Exhibits referenced in this Agreement, if any, are hereby incorporated by reference into, and made a part of, this Agreement. 20.16. Currency. All sums set forth in this Agreement and any appendices, exhibits or schedules hereto are, and are intended to be, expressed in United States dollars. Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 24 [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS] Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 25 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written. RESPIRENT PHARMACEUTICALS CO. LTD. /s/ Cao Yuan By: Name: Cao Yuan Title: CEO LANNETT COMPANY, INC. /s/ Timothy C. Crew By: Name: Timothy C. Crew Title: CEO Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement 26 LIST OF EXHIBITS Exhibit A+ Exhibit B+ Exhibit C+ Product and Price List Shipping Instructions Safety Data Exchange Agreement _________________________________________ * This Exhibit have been redacted to preserve confidentiality. The registrant hereby undertakes to provide further information regarding such redacted information to the Commission upon request. + This Exhibit has been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. The registrant undertakes to provide further information regarding such omitted materials to the Commission upon request. Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement EXHIBIT A Product and Price List [***] Lannett Company, Inc. Distribution Agreement CERTAIN INFORMATION HAS BEEN EXCLUDED FROM THIS EXHIBIT BECAUSE IT IS NOT MATERIAL AND WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM TO THE REGISTRANT IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED. [***] INDICATES THAT INFORMATION HAS BEEN REDACTED. Exhibit 10.91 AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT BETWEEN RESPIRENT PHARMACEUTICALS CO. LTD. AND LANNETT COMPANY, INC. This Amendment No. 1 to the Distribution Agreement (the “Amendment No. 1”) between Respirent Pharmaceuticals Co. Ltd., a Chinese company having an address of 5-190, Yunham Drive, High-Tech Industrial Park, Shuitu, Beibei District, Chongqing 400714 China (”Supplier”), and LANNETT COMPANY, INC., a Delaware corporation having an address of 9000 State Road, Philadelphia, PA 19136 and/or its Affiliates (“Lannett”), is effective this 28th day of July 2020 (the “Amendment No.1 Effective Date”). Supplier and Lannett are separately referred to as “Party” or jointly as “Parties.” Background WHEREAS, the Parties entered into that certain Distribution Agreement effective September 26, 2019 (the “Agreement”), whereby Supplier granted Lannett the right to distribute, market and sell the Product in the Territory; WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend the Distribution Fee and the Term of the Agreement; Agreement NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein and in the Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows: 1. Incorporation of Background; Capitalized Terms. The “Background” provision set forth above, together with the defined terms therein, are incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Agreement. 2. Distribution Fee. Section 3.7 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following language: “3.7 Distribution Fee. (a) Within five (5) business days after Lannett’s receipt of a fully executed copy of the Agreement, Lannett paid to Supplier the sum of [***] (the “Upfront Payment”). (b) Within five (5) business days after receipt of the next successful BE study report, Lannett shall pay to Supplier the sum of [***] (the “2nd Upfront Payment”). (c) Upon FDA filing acceptance of the Product, Lannett shall pay to Supplier the sum of [***] (the “Initial Distribution Fee”). (d) Upon FDA approval of the Product, Lannett shall pay to Supplier the sum of [***] (the “Additional Distribution Fee” and together with the Upfront Payment, 2nd Upfront Payment and the Initial Distribution Fee, the “Distribution Fee”).” 3. Term. Section 16.1 of the Agreement shall be in its entirety and replaced with the following language: “16.1 Term. This Agreement will commence as of the Effective Date and will continue in effect until [***], unless earlier terminated as provided herein or renewed in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1. If neither Party is in default, in any material respect, of any of its obligations under this Agreement, then the Term of this Agreement may be extended, upon mutual written agreement of the Parties, for renewal terms of [***] (or such other period of time as the Parties may mutually agree) at the expiration of the initial term or any renewal term unless and until this Agreement is terminated by either Party in accordance with the terms hereof. Any reference to the Term of this Agreement will include any renewal or extension of the Term hereof.” 4. Inconsistencies; Disputes. To the extent of any inconsistency between the Agreement and this Amendment No. 1, the terms and conditions of this Amendment No.1 shall prevail. Except as amended and/or modified by this Amendment No.1, the Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed and all other terms of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, unaltered and unchanged by this Amendment No. 1. 5. Counterparts. This Amendment No. 1 may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument. [Signature Page Immediately Follows] IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties each hereby execute this Amendment No. 1 by its duly authorized representative intending to be bound as of the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date set forth above. RESPIRENT PHARMACEUTICALS CO. LTD. /s/ Cao Yuan By: Name: Cao Yuan CEO Title: Date: August 4, 2020 LANNETT COMPANY, INC. /s/ Timothy C. Crew By: Name: Timothy C. Crew Title: CEO Date: August 3, 2020 Exhibit 21.1 The following list identifies the subsidiaries of the Company: Subsidiaries of the Company Subsidiary Name State of Incorporation Lannett Holdings, Inc. Cody Laboratories, Inc. Silarx Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Kremers Urban Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Delaware Wyoming New York Indiana CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We have issued our reports dated August 26, 2021, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting included in the Annual Report of Lannett Company, Inc. on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2021. We consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in the Registration Statements of Lannett Company, Inc. on Forms S-3 (File No. 333-235640 and File No. 333-255866) and on Forms S-8 (File No. 333-103236, File No. 333-147410, File No. 333-172304, File No. 333-193509, File No. 333-103235, File No. 333-230461, and File No. 333-253361). Exhibit 23.1 /s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP Philadelphia, Pennsylvania August 26, 2021 1 CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Timothy C. Crew, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Lannett Company, Inc.; Exhibit 31.1 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: August 26, 2021 /s/ Timothy C. Crew Chief Executive Officer CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, John Kozlowski, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Lannett Company, Inc.; Exhibit 31.2 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; (b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: August 26, 2021 /s/ John Kozlowski Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 Exhibit 32 In connection with the Annual Report of Lannett Company, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Timothy C. Crew, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and I, John Kozlowski, the Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer of the Company, hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 1. 2. The Report complies with the requirements of Section13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. Dated: August 26, 2021 Dated: August 26, 2021 /s/ Timothy C. Crew Timothy C. Crew, Chief Executive Officer /s/ John Kozlowski John Kozlowski, Vice President of Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above